EM Paper 1

Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

* 4 7 9 1 3 6 2 3 8 4 *
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT 0680/12

Paper 1 February/March 2016
1 hour 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.
READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Answer all questions.
Electronic calculators may be used.

You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.
At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
This document consists of 13 printed pages and 3 blank pages.
DC (ST/FD) 106670/6
© UCLES 2016 [Turn over
2
1 Look at the diagram below, which shows part of the water cycle.
D
A
D
C
B
lake
B
E
ocean
land
(a) Complete the table below using letters from the diagram. [3]
water cycle process letter
condensation ................
evaporation ................
groundwater flow ................
precipitation ................
transpiration ................
(b) Large dams are built to store water in reservoirs.
(i) Describe three factors that are important when choosing a site for a large dam and
reservoir.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2016 0680/12/F/M/16

3
(ii) Explain why people living near the proposed site of a large dam might not want it to be
built.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]
© UCLES 2016 0680/12/F/M/16 [Turn over

4
2 Look at the diagram below, which shows part of a food web in the tundra.
polar bear
seal
fox
owl
fish
zooplankton lemming hare
phytoplankton grasses flowering plants
(a) (i) Use the diagram to complete the food chain below. [1]
hare
.......................... ..........................
© UCLES 2016 0680/12/F/M/16

5
(ii) State what the food web shows the polar bears could feed on if there are not enough
seals.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) State the largest number of feeding (trophic) levels shown in the food web.
......................................[1]
(iv) The arrows in the food web show the flow of energy.
State and explain what happens to the amount of energy passing along a food chain in
this ecosystem.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) State and explain two characteristics of vegetation in the tundra.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]
(c) Scientists have reported that temperatures are increasing in the tundra.
Suggest how increasing temperatures might affect vegetation in the tundra.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]

6
3 Look at the report below about global energy consumption in 2013.
Global Energy Report for 2013

Global energy consumption grew by 2.3% in 2013.
Global hydro-electric power (H.E.P.) output was 6% of global energy consumption.
Coal accounted for 30% of global energy consumption. This was its highest share
of global primary energy since 1970. Oil remained the world s leading fuel with
32% of global energy consumption.
Global natural gas consumption grew to 23% of global energy consumption.
Nuclear power (4% of global energy consumption) grew by 0.9%, the first increase
since 2010. Japanese nuclear output fell by 18.6% and has fallen by 95% since
2010.
Renewable forms of energy (other than H.E.P.) accounted for 5% of global energy
consumption.
(a) (i) Complete the table below with the names of three fossil fuels and their percentage share
of global energy consumption in 2013. [3]
percentage share of
fossil fuel global energy
consumption in 2013
....................................................... ....................
....................................................... ....................
....................................................... ....................
(ii) Describe government strategies that can be used to conserve fossil fuel supplies.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]
© UCLES 2016 0680/12/F/M/16
7
(b) Suggest reasons why some countries do not want nuclear power stations.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

8
4 Look at the climate graph below for a weather station.
35 35
30 30
average temperature
average temperature
25 25
20 20
/ °C
/ °C
15 15
10 10
5 5
0 0
350 350
300 300
250 250
precipitation
precipitation
/ mm
/ mm
200 200
150 150
100 100
50 50
0 0
J F M A M J J A S O N D
month
(a) (i) Complete the graph using these figures for October, November and December. [3]
month average temperature / °C precipitation / mm

October 28 18
November 26 10
December 24 0
(ii) Circle the type of climate shown in the graph. [1]
desert equatorial savanna tundra
© UCLES 2016 0680/12/F/M/16

9
(b) The table below shows three instruments used to measure the weather.
For each instrument complete the table with the name of the instrument and what it measures.
[3]
instrument name of instrument what it measures
.........................................
.....................................
.........................................
.........................................
.....................................
.........................................
........................................
.....................................
.........................................
(c) In many parts of the world irrigation is needed for crop growing.
Explain the advantages of trickle drip irrigation.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

10
5 Look at the newspaper report below. The map shows the location of some of the volcanoes in
Java.
Mount Kelud Erupts

Sumatra N
Mount Kelud
Jakarta
Semarang
Java
Bandung Surakarta
Surabaya
Cilacap
Yogyakarta Malang Bali
Key
city airport 0 130
volcano ash cloud km
Mount Kelud on the Indonesian island of Java erupted yesterday throwing

hot ash and rocks high into the sky. The eruption was heard in Surabaya, the
country s second largest city. Airports were closed and 200 000 people close to
Mount Kelud were evacuated.
Four people were killed when the roofs of their homes collapsed under the weight
of volcanic ash. Several centimetres of ash covered central Java.
There are 130 active volcanoes in Indonesia.
(a) Use the newspaper report to answer these questions.
(i) State the direction in which ash from the volcano travelled.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Determine the distance of Surabaya from Mount Kelud.
...................................... km [1]
© UCLES 2016 0680/12/F/M/16

11
(iii) The island of Java has 45 active volcanoes.

Calculate the percentage of Indonesia’s active volcanoes in Java.
....................................... % [1]
(b) Suggest reasons why, during the eruption:
some of the airports on Java were closed ................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
thousands of people were evacuated. ......................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[3]
(c) Java is one of the most densely populated places in the world.
Suggest reasons why millions of people live close to active volcanoes.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]

12
6 Look at the map below, which shows the areas in the world where malaria occurs.
North Asia
40° N America Europe
Tropic of
Cancer
Equator Africa
South
Tropic of America
Capricorn Oceania
Key
areas where malaria occurs
(a) (i) Describe the distribution of malaria shown on the map.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(ii) State and explain one way of controlling malaria.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(iii) Malaria is a water-related disease.

State the names of two other water-related diseases.
1 .........................................................
2 ......................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2016 0680/12/F/M/16

13
(b) Suggest three reasons why, in many parts of the world, the water in urban areas is usually
safer to drink than water in rural areas.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2016 0680/12/F/M/16

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2016 0680/12/F/M/16

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2016 0680/12/F/M/16

16
BLANK PAGE
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.
Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
© UCLES 2016 0680/12/F/M/16

* 1 8 0 9 7 9 0 1 9 7 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (NF/FC) 129759/3
2
1 The diagram shows a plate boundary.
N
Lima
A
F
surface of ocean
B
E C
(a) Complete the table using letters from the diagram. Use each letter only once.
feature letter
continental plate ...............
mountains ...............
oceanic plate ...............
subduction zone ...............
trench ...............
volcano ...............
[3]
© UCLES 2017 0680/12/F/M/17

3
(b) Describe what happens at the type of plate boundary in the diagram.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [4]
(c) In September 2014 there was an earthquake with a magnitude of 4.9 in the mountains over
1000 kilometres east of Lima. Lima, the capital of Peru, is marked on the diagram.
Suggest three reasons why only eight people died in this earthquake.
1. ..............................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2. ..............................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
3. ..............................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[3]

4
2 The graph shows the sources of water used by a developed country.
(a) Complete the divided bar graph for domestic use using the following information and the key.
groundwater 20%
surface water 50%
water from desalination 30%
100
90
80 Key
percentage water from desalination
70
surface water
60
groundwater
50
40
30
20
10
0
domestic farming industry
[3]
(b) Name two surface water stores.
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) Describe one method of extracting groundwater.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2017 0680/12/F/M/17

5
(d) (i) State what is meant by the term desalination.
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Suggest reasons why very few countries use desalination to provide drinking water.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]

6
3 The newspaper report is about an oil discovery under the Arctic Ocean.
OIL FOUND IN THE ARCTIC OCEAN
Oil has been found under the Arctic Ocean close to the Russian Arctic
National Park. Over half of the national park is ocean. Tourists come to see
the wildlife such as polar bears, reindeer, walruses and birds. Rare animals
include the narwhal and the bowhead whale. There are also many rare
plants.
The temperature in winter can reach minus 45 °C. The ocean is covered in
one metre thick ice for nine months of the year.
Scientists think that there could be more oil and gas under the Arctic
Ocean.
(a) (i) Explain, using information in the report and your own knowledge, why searching for oil
under the Arctic Ocean is difficult and expensive.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
(ii) Explain how the wildlife in the Russian Arctic National Park might be affected by oil spills.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [4]
© UCLES 2017 0680/12/F/M/17

7
(b) Describe three ways of reducing the impacts of oil spills.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [3]

8
4 The diagram shows a temperature inversion over a city.
Sun
temperature inversion warmer air

cooler air
emissions from vehicles
and factories are trapped
warm air
rises
and
smog cools
cool air mountains
ocean
west east
(a) Use words and information from the diagram to complete the passage.
Winds bring .................. air from the ocean. The emissions from vehicles and
.................................... are prevented from rising by a temperature inversion. The emissions
are ....................... by ....................... air at a higher level and react with light from the
................... to produce .................... . [3]
(b) (i) Explain how high levels of air pollution can affect the health of people living in cities.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
© UCLES 2017 0680/12/F/M/17

9
(ii) Describe ways of reducing air pollution in cities.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [4]

10
5 The table and pie graph show the composition of a soil.
(a) (i) Use the information in the table and the key to complete the pie graph.
soil component percentage

mineral particles 45
air 25
water 25
organic content 5
100 / 0%
90% 10%
Key
80% 20% mineral particles
air
water
70% 30%
organic content
60% 40%
50%
[2]
(ii) State two examples of the organic component found in soil.
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(iii) State one source of mineral particles in soil.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2017 0680/12/F/M/17

11
(b) (i) Suggest why planting trees conserves soil.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
(ii) Describe one other strategy for conserving soil.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]

12
6 The map shows the distribution of tropical rainforest.
North Europe Asia

America
Tropic of Cancer
Africa
Equator
South
America
Oceania Tropic of
Capricorn
Key
tropical rainforest
(a) Describe the distribution of tropical rainforest shown on the map.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2017 0680/12/F/M/17

13
(b) The diagram shows what happens when an area of tropical rainforest is used for shifting
cultivation. Shifting cultivation is a type of subsistence farming.
secondary forest
similar to primary forest
50 primary (original) forest after 100 years
40
30 plot farmed
height forest cut and plot
/m burnt ash put abandoned
20
into mounds
10
0
time
2 to 3 years of good crop after 2 after 60
growth, then 1 to 2 years years years
of poor crop growth as
weeds increase after 15
years
Suggest two advantages and two disadvantages of shifting cultivation in tropical rainforests.
advantages
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
disadvantages
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[4]

14
(c)
Suggest strategies to conserve tropical rainforests.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2017 0680/12/F/M/17

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2017 0680/12/F/M/17

16
BLANK PAGE
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
© UCLES 2017 0680/12/F/M/17

* 3 2 5 9 1 7 4 0 9 1 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (LEG/JG) 143988/3
2
E continent
ocean ocean
A
D
not to scale
(a) (i) Complete the table using letters A to E from the diagram.
feature letter
continental crust ..............
core ..............
mantle ..............
oceanic crust ..............
sediment ..............
[3]
© UCLES 2018 0680/12/F/M/18

3
(ii) State the meaning of the terms:
igneous rock
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
metamorphic rock
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
sedimentary rock
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[3]
(b) Most rocks are mined using opencast (open-pit) methods.
Describe four impacts of opencast mining on the environment.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
3 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
4 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[4]

4
2 The diagram shows part of a food web in the Southern Ocean.
killer
whale
baleen
whale
penguin elephant seal
leopard seal
bird fish
squid
krill
phytoplankton
not to scale
(a) (i) Use the diagram of the food web to complete the food chain.
baleen whale
........................... ........................... ...........................
[1]
(ii) Name the producer in this food web.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) Determine the largest number of trophic (feeding) levels in this food web.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iv) Scientists have reported that the population of krill is decreasing.
Explain what will happen to leopard seals if the population of krill decreases.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2018 0680/12/F/M/18

5
(b) (i) State four resources that oceans can provide.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
3 ........................................................................................................................................
4 ........................................................................................................................................
[4]
(ii) Suggest why most of the marine resources that people use are found on continental
shelves.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]

6
3 The pie graphs, A and B, show the production and consumption of palm oil in million tonnes per
year. Palm oil is used in food, cosmetics, animal feed and biofuel.
A: palm oil production
Papua New Guinea Ecuador 0.5

0.5 Other Countries
3.8
Nigeria 0.9
Colombia 1.0
Thailand 1.9
Indonesia 28.4
Malaysia 19.2
B: palm oil consumption
Other Countries India 8.3

17.1
Indonesia 7.9
Bangladesh 1.2
USA 1.2
Thailand 1.5 European Union
Countries 6.6
Nigeria 1.8
Pakistan 2.1
Malaysia 2.3 China 6.2
(a) Use the pie graphs to answer the following questions.
(i) Name two countries that are both producers and consumers of palm oil.
1 .........................................................
2 .........................................................
[1]
© UCLES 2018 0680/12/F/M/18

7
(ii) The total world palm oil production in pie graph A is 56.2 million tonnes.
Calculate the percentage of palm oil production produced by Indonesia and Malaysia
combined.
....................................................... % [1]
(iii) Name the two countries that consume the same amount of palm oil.
............................................................... and ............................................................... [1]
(b) Palm oil trees grow in an equatorial climate.
Describe the temperature and precipitation during the year in an equatorial climate.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
(c) Some tropical rainforests have been cleared for plantations of palm oil trees.
Suggest advantages and disadvantages of replacing tropical rainforests with palm oil trees.
advantages
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
disadvantages
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[4]

8
4 The map and table show information about the ten largest wetlands in the world.
J A
NORTH H I EUROPE
AMERICA ASIA
G
Tropic of Cancer
B
AFRICA
D
Equator
SOUTH F C
AMERICA
Tropic of Capricorn E
OCEANIA
letter on map name of wetland area / km2

A West Siberian Lowland 2 745 000
B River Nile Basin 92 000
C Congo River Basin 189 000
D Lake Chad Basin 106 000
E Pantanal 138 000
F Amazon River Basin 1 738 000
G Mississippi River Basin 108 000
H Prairie Potholes Region 63 000
I Hudson Bay Lowland 374 000
J Mackenzie River Basin 166 000
(a) Use the map and table to answer the following questions.
(i) State the size of the largest wetland and name the continent where it is found.
size ........................................................
continent ........................................................
[1]
© UCLES 2018 0680/12/F/M/18

9
(ii) Name the continent with the largest number of wetlands and state the number of
wetlands.
continent ........................................................
number of wetlands ........................................................

[1]
(iii) Name the largest tropical wetland.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) (i) Suggest three reasons why people drain wetlands.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
3 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[3]
(ii) Suggest four reasons why wetlands should not be drained.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
3 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
4 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[4]

10
5 The diagram shows population pyramids for Japan in 1950 and 2010 and the estimated population
pyramid for 2050.
1950 2010
male 80+ female male 80+ female

75–79 75–79
70–74 age 65 years 70–74
65–69 65–69
60–64 60–64
55–59 55–59
50–54 50–54
45–49 45–49
40–44 40–44
35–39 35–39
30–34 30–34
25–29 25–29
20–24 20–24
15–19 age 15 years 15–19
10–14 10–14
5–9 5–9
0–4 0–4
8 6 4 2 0 0 2 4 6 8 8 6 4 2 0 0 2 4 6 8
% of population % of population
2050 (estimated)
male 80+ female

75–79
70–74
65–69 age 65 years
60–64
55–59
50–54
45–49
40–44
35–39
30–34
25–29
20–24
15–19 age 15 years
10–14
5–9
0–4
10 8 6 4 2 0 0 2 4 6 8 10
% of population
(a) Use the diagram to answer these questions.
(i) State the year with the largest percentage of children aged 0 to 14.
........................................................ [1]
(ii) State the year with the largest percentage of the population aged 30 to 64.
........................................................ [1]
© UCLES 2018 0680/12/F/M/18

11
(iii) Determine the percentage of the population that it is estimated will be aged 80 or over
in 2050.
....................................................... % [1]
(b) Describe ways the government of a country with an ageing population can encourage
population growth.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
(c) State three possible problems for a country with large numbers of young people aged
between 0 and 14.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
3 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[3]
(d) State the name of the model that shows changes in birth rates, death rates and total
population over time in a series of stages.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]

12
6 The diagram shows energy supplies on the island of El Hierro in the Atlantic Ocean.
upper reservoir
wind farm
settlement
pipeline
port
hydro-electric
lower
power station
reservoir
oil-fired power station
pumping station
ocean
(a) (i) Use the words on the diagram to complete the passage.
When the wind is strong, the wind ................................................. produces electricity.
When this electricity is not needed, it is used to pump water in a pipeline from the
................................................. reservoir to the ................................................. reservoir.
During times when there is little wind, the water is released down the
................................................. to a ................................................. power station to
produce electricity.
The ................................................. power station provides power when other sources
are unable to provide all the electricity needed. [3]
(ii) State one advantage of using wind power instead of oil to generate electricity.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2018 0680/12/F/M/18

13
(b) The island of El Hierro is a biosphere reserve.
Describe the purposes of a biosphere reserve.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
(c) The island of El Hierro was formed after volcanic eruptions over a million years ago.
Suggest reasons why people live on this volcanic island.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2018 0680/12/F/M/18

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2018 0680/12/F/M/18

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2018 0680/12/F/M/18

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2018 0680/12/F/M/18

Cambridge Assessment International Education
* 4 3 2 3 3 2 7 9 1 1 *

Paper 1 Theory February/March 2019
1 hour 45 minutes
Write your centre number, candidate number and name in the spaces at the top of this page.

DC (ST/TP) 167511/2
2
Section A
1 The diagram shows part of the water cycle.
condensation
precipitation
ice and transpiration

snow
X evaporation
infiltration
ocean
ground water flow
Key
movement of water
process
(a) State the process at X in the diagram.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Describe the processes leading to the precipitation in the diagram.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [4]
[Total: 5]
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/F/M/19

3
2 The diagram shows the approximate altitude of the first four layers of the Earth’s atmosphere.
85 to 500 km
50 to 85 km
15 to 50 km
0 to 15 km
the Earth
(a) Complete the diagram by labelling the four layers.

Use words from the list.
mesosphere stratosphere thermosphere troposphere

[3]
(b) The ozone layer is part of one of the layers of the atmosphere.
CFCs have depleted the ozone layer.
Describe the impacts of ozone depletion.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 5]

4
3 During 2011 the world population reached seven billion. The world’s population continues to
increase.
(a) State two strategies for controlling population growth.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) The increasing population means that there is a shortage of food in some parts of the world.
(i) Describe how the use of fertilisers can increase agricultural yields.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Describe how the overuse of fertilisers can impact river ecosystems.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
[Total: 6]
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/F/M/19

5
4 (a) Describe two advantages of using nuclear power rather than using fossil fuels to generate
electricity.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) Explain how people can reduce the consumption of electricity in the houses they live in.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 4]

6
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/F/M/19

7
Section B
5 In October 2016, Hurricane Matthew hit Haiti. About 1000 people died and nearly 175 000
people were made homeless. Winds reached 230 km / h and caused storm surges, which led to
widespread flooding.
(a) The table shows the categories of hurricanes.
wind speed in damage

category
km / h caused
1 119–153 minimal
2 154–177 moderate
3 178–208 extensive
4 209–251 extreme
5 > 252 catastrophic
Determine the category of Hurricane Matthew when it hit Haiti.

Give a reason for your answer.
category ........................................
reason .......................................................................................................................................
[1]

8
(b) Some people from Haiti spoke about the preparation for, and management of, Hurricane
Matthew.
Person A:
Before the hurricane, I lived in a shelter I had made myself. Lots of us lived like this.
There were no building regulations. All the shelters were completely destroyed as
soon as the hurricane started. I will have to build a new shelter.
Person B:
The roads into our village were destroyed by landslides and they were covered
with flood water. No one came to help us for days. The country doesn’t have
enough money to help everyone.
Person C:
I didn’t know what to do when the hurricane hit. No one had told us how to prepare.
We had no mobile phone signal and all the power lines were down, so we had no
idea what was happening.
Person D:
We lived outside for days. The only help we got was from a charity. They gave us
plastic sheets for shelter and some food.
Person E:
Since the hurricane, a charity has given us early warning hurricane sirens. The
maintenance of the solar-powered sirens is paid for by using them as charging
stations for mobile phone users.
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/F/M/19

9
(i) Do you think Haiti had an effective strategy for managing the impacts of Hurricane
Matthew?
Support your view with reference to the comments made by the different people.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [6]
(ii) Suggest why people were concerned about water-related diseases after Hurricane
Matthew.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]

10
(c) Hurricane Matthew destroyed most of the crops in Haiti and people were not able to replant
crops for many months.
Suggest the consequences of this for the people of Haiti.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(d) Suggest reasons why people live in areas that are often hit by hurricanes, despite the
dangers.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 15]
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/F/M/19

11
6 In 2015, a new tungsten mine was opened in the United Kingdom. Tungsten is a metal used in
many industries.
Before the mine opened, the United Kingdom imported the majority of its tungsten from overseas.
The new mine will be the fourth-biggest tungsten mine in the world. The tungsten is found very
close to the surface.
There is an increased world demand for tungsten.
The new mine created approximately 200 jobs in the local area.
The photograph shows this type of mining.
(a) (i) State the type of mining shown in the photograph.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Explain why this type of mining is suitable for the new tungsten mine.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Describe three impacts of this mine on the local area.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
3 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[3]

12
(c) Recycling is one strategy for the sustainable use of rocks and minerals.
Describe another way rocks and minerals can be used sustainably.
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) A student read an article in a scientific journal about e-waste.
E-waste
E-waste consists of electrical and electronic equipment and their components, which have
been thrown away rather than being reused.
E-waste is difficult to manage because it is made-up of many different components, many

of which are toxic. Typical toxins include heavy metals such as mercury, chromium and
lead, acidic gases from burning plastics and CFCs from refrigeration units. These toxins
can have negative environmental and health effects. Some e-waste contains useful metals
such as tungsten, gold, silver, iron, aluminium and copper.
Some countries have take-back systems where consumers can safely recycle their e-waste
and even have their e-waste collected from their homes. However, most e-waste is
incinerated, buried as land-fill or dumped illegally.
(i) Describe what is meant by e-waste.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Suggest and explain two negative effects of e-waste.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/F/M/19

13
(iii) Suggest how countries can reduce the negative impact of e-waste.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(e) The article also contained some data about e-waste.
The total global e-waste generated in 2014 was 41.9 million tonnes (Mt) and 50.0 Mt in
2018. In 2014, e-waste contained 1.00 Mt of lamps; 6.30 Mt of screens; 12.8 Mt of small
electronic equipment; 3.00 Mt of small information technology items; 11.8 Mt of large
electronic equipment and 7.00 Mt of refrigeration equipment.
(i) Calculate the percentage increase in e-waste from 2014 to 2018.
...................................................... % [2]
(ii) The student wants to summarise the data in the article to show the types of equipment
e-waste contained in 2014.
Record the data in a suitable table.
[3]

14
(f) The bar chart shows the average amount of e-waste produced per person for some countries
in 2014. It also shows the population of these countries in 2014.
24 1500
22
20 1250
18
16 1000
14
production
of e-waste population
12 750 / million
/ kg per
person
10
8 500
4 250
0 0
India Singapore South UK USA
Africa
country
Key
production of e-waste
/ kg per person
population / million
(i) Use the key to complete the bar chart for Singapore, to show that 19.6 kg per person of
e-waste was produced in 2014. [1]
(ii) Use the bar chart to determine the country which produces the most e-waste.
Explain how you determined your answer.
country ........................................
explanation ........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
[Total: 19]
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/F/M/19

15
BLANK PAGE

16
7 The map shows major ocean currents.
Europe
EUROPE Asia
NORTH
North ASIA
AMERICA
America North
Tropic of Y Atlantic
Cancer Ocean
Africa
AFRICA
Equator
South
SOUTH
Tropic of AMERICA
America
Capricorn Oceania
OCEANIA
South
Atlantic
Ocean
ANTARCTICA
Key
warm current
cold current
Y oil spill
(a) Use the map to answer the following questions.
(i) Describe the major ocean currents in the Atlantic Ocean.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(ii) Explain why an oil spill at location Y would be of international concern.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/F/M/19

17
(iii) Large fish populations are found off the west coast of southern Africa.
Explain why.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]

18
(b) Eight out of ten of the world’s most populated cities are coastal. Over half of the world’s
population lives within 200 km of the coastline.
More than 10% of the world’s population depend on fisheries for their livelihood.
The graph shows the trend in human population and the trend in total species extinctions.
8000
7000
60 000
6000
50 000
5000
40 000
4000 human
total
population
species 30 000
extinctions 3000 / million
20 000
2000
10 000 1000
0 0
1800 1850 1900 1950 2000
year
Key
human population / million
total species extinctions
Some people are concerned about the exploitation of fisheries.
To what extent do you agree with this concern? Use the information to support your answer.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [4]
[Total: 11]
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/F/M/19

19
8 The diagram shows part of a food web.
wolves
foxes owls
mice deer small birds
grass insects
(a) (i) Write one food chain from this food web.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Determine the greatest number of trophic levels shown in the food web.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]

20
(b) Plants, such as grass, get their energy from the Sun.
(i) Write the word equation for this process.
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Soil is a medium for plant growth.
Complete the table to describe the features of a sandy soil.
feature of soil description of sandy soil
ease of cultivation easy
organic content
.........................................
water content
.........................................
drainage
.........................................
[3]
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/F/M/19

21
(c) The photograph shows the result of the planned burning of an area of forest in Canada.
Suggest one possible benefit and one negative effect of clearing land by burning existing
vegetation.
benefit .......................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
negative effect ..........................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]

22
(d) ‘The sustainable management of forests should be a global environmental priority.’
To what extent do you agree with this statement? Give reasons for your answer.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [6]
[Total: 15]
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/F/M/19

23
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/F/M/19

24
BLANK PAGE
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.
Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/F/M/19

w
w
Centre Number Candidate Number Name
w
.X
tr
m e
eP
ap
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
er
International General Certificate of Secondary Education
s.c
om
Paper 1
May/June 2004
1 hour 30 minutes
Additional Materials: Ruler (cm/mm)
Write in dark blue or black pen in the spaces provided on the Question Paper.
You may use a soft pencil for any diagrams, graphs or rough working.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.

FOR EXAMINER’S USE
3
If you have been given a label, look at the
details. If any details are incorrect or 4
missing, please fill in your correct details
in the space given at the top of this page. 5
Stick your personal label here, if 6
provided.
TOTAL
This document consists of 12 printed pages.

(DR) S61595/2
2 For
Examiner’s
Use
1 (a) (i) What is an earthquake?
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) The graph below shows information about four major earthquakes which have
occurred since 1970. Plot the information given for the Latur and Peru earthquakes
on the scattergraph.
Richter
Place Deaths Scale
70
Peru 66 000 7.8
65
Latur
(India) 10 000 6.5
60
55
50 Iran
Number of deaths in thousands
45
40
35
30
25 Armenia
20
15
10 Mexico City
5
Afghanistan
0
6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0
Strength on Richter scale
[2]
(iii) Which earthquake caused the greatest loss of life?
........................................................[1]
(iv) Which earthquake was the strongest?
........................................................[1]
© UCLES 2004 0680/01/M/J/04

3 For
Examiner’s
Use
(b) The strongest earthquakes do not always cause the greatest loss of life.
Give two reasons for this.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Describe strategies that governments might adopt to help people prepare for an
earthquake.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
Total [10]
© UCLES 2004 0680/01/M/J/04 [Turn over

4 For
Examiner’s
Use
2 (a) (i) The information below shows coal production for the United Kingdom between
1950 and 2000. Complete the graph by plotting the figures for 1990 and 2000.
250
Amount of
Year coal mined
(millions of tonnes)
200 1990 81
Coal mined (millions of tonnes)
2000 43
150
100
50
0
1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000
Year
[2]
(ii) Between which years was the greatest decrease in coal production?
Circle the correct answer.
1950-60 1960-70 1970-80 1980-90 1990-2000 [1]
(iii) Calculate the decrease in coal production for the period you have chosen.
.........................................million tonnes [1]
(b) (i) Suggest two reasons for the decrease of coal mining in a country.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2004 0680/01/M/J/04

5 For
Examiner’s
Use
(ii) Name two alternative forms of energy that are renewable.
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Suggest strategies that would help to conserve non-renewable energy sources.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
Total [10]

6 For
Examiner’s
Use
3 The diagram below shows some features of the water cycle.
PRECIPITATION
INTERCEPTION
EVAPORATION
TRANSPIRATION
E
AC
river U RF -OFF
lake S N
RU
INFILTRATION
sea
(a) (i) Which two processes refer to the transfer of water to the air?
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) What causes these processes to occur?
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(b) What is the difference between infiltration and surface run-off ?
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2004 0680/01/M/J/04

7 For
Examiner’s
Use
(c) What is interception, and how is it changed by deforestation?
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
(d) Explain how building towns and cities increases the risk of flooding.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
Total [10]

8 For
Examiner’s
Use
4 (a) (i) Look at the world map below. Describe where areas of hot desert are located.
30 N
Mexico
Sahara Arabian
10 N
10 S
Atacama Kalahari
and Australian
30 S Namib
Key:
Prevailing wind
Hot deserts
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Explain why hot desert areas are difficult to farm.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Explain why solar power is a suitable energy source in areas with hot desert climates.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2004 0680/01/M/J/04

9 For
Examiner’s
Use
(c) (i) Name one human activity which may lead to an increased level of carbon dioxide in
the atmosphere.
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Suggest ways in which the amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere may be
reduced.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[3]
Total [10]

10 For
Examiner’s
Use
5 The table below shows information for six countries which have areas of tropical rain forests.
Remaining Forested area

Country forested lost per year
area (km2) (km2)
Colombia 464 000 9000
Ivory Coast 45 000 5000
Nigeria 60 000 4000
Thailand 92 000 4000
Venezuela 319 000 3000

Democractic Republic
of the Congo 1 058 000 4000
(a) (i) Which country has the largest area of forest remaining?
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Which country is least at risk from losing all its rain forests?
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) At present rates of removal, which country will be the first to lose all its rain forests,
and in how many years?
Country......................................................................................................................
Number of years....................................................................................................[2]
(b) Give two reasons why tropical rain forests are being cut down.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) State two environmental changes caused by rain forest destruction.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2004 0680/01/M/J/04

11 For
Examiner’s
Use
(d) Describe one sustainable way of managing areas of tropical rain forests.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
Total [10]
University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES) which is itself a department of
the University of Cambridge.

12 For
Examiner’s
Use
6 (a) The table gives information about population in three countries. Complete the table.
Birth Rate Death Rate Natural Increase

Country (per thousand) (per thousand) %
Niger 51 20 3.1
Cuba 19 8
Finland 12 0.2
[2]
(b) (i) What is meant by:
infant mortality; ..........................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
life expectancy?.........................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Explain why life expectancy is usually lower in developing countries than in developed
countries.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(iii) Give two reasons why birth rates are usually higher in developing countries than in
developed countries.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Give two reasons why death rates might decrease in a country.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
Total [10]
Total for paper [60]
© UCLES 2004 0680/01/M/J/04
w
w
w
.X
tr
m e
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
Paper 1
0680/01
May/June 2005
1 hour 30 minutes
C andidate
N ame
C entre C andidate
Number Number

DO NOT WRITE IN THE BARCODE.

DO NOT WRITE IN THE GREY AREAS BETWEEN THE PAGES.
TOTAL

SPA (DR) S92064/3.1
2
1 (a) The graph below shows the income per head and energy consumption for four countries.
For
Examiner’s
Use
6.0
5.5 United France

Energy consumption per head (tonnes of coal equivalent)
Kingdom
5.0
4.5
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
Egypt
0.5
Kenya
0
0 5000 10 000 15 000 20 000 25 000
Income per head (US $)
Energy Income
Country per head
consumption
Brazil 0.8 $5400
Japan 4.7 $22 110
(i) Plot the figures for Brazil and Japan on the graph. [2]
(ii) Describe the pattern shown by the graph and give one reason for the pattern that
you have described.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2005 0680/01/M/J/05
3
(b) One way of generating electricity is by using nuclear power. State one advantage and
For
one disadvantage of using this method. Examiner’s
Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Many countries use fossil fuels for most of their energy. How can supplies of such fossil
fuels be made to last longer?
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
[Total: 10]

4
2 Read the following passage:

For
Examiner’s
Cubatao is a town in South East Brazil where industrial development has led to very Use
high levels of pollution. The town is located in a steep-sided valley and its industries
include a steelworks, an oil refinery and a factory producing fertilisers and other
chemicals. The smog-filled air has lead to breathing difficulties and other diseases
among the people of the town. Trees on the steep valley sides have died from pollution.
The rivers have been polluted by chemical spills and other wastes, including those from
humans.
(a) (i) Give one reason why Cubatao’s location in a valley increases air pollution.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Describe and explain environmental problems that could result from the death of
forests on the valley sides.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(b) (i) The water in the river has to be used by the people of the town for drinking,
washing and so on. The passage says that it has been polluted by human waste.
State one problem this might cause.
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) How might the government of the town make the water safer for use by the people
of the town?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2005 0680/01/M/J/05

5
(c) Suggest ways in which environments damaged by industrial development can be

For
restored. Examiner’s
Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
[Total: 10]

6
3 The map below shows the main ocean currents for part of the world.
For
Examiner’s
Use
nd
nla
r ee
E. G
Labrador
N. Atlantic
Drift
Gulf
Stream Canary
N.
Eq
uat
orial
Equa
toria
l Cou
nter
0 0
S. Equatorial
Atla n tic
Oce a n
Brazil
Benguela
tlan ti c
South A
Key:
...............................................
...............................................
(a) (i) Complete the key above for warm and cold currents. [1]
(ii) Describe the pattern of ocean currents in the Atlantic Ocean
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2005 0680/01/M/J/05

7
(iii) Describe how a cold ocean current may affect the climate of nearby coastal areas.
For
Examiner’s
.................................................................................................................................. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(b) (i) What is overfishing?
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Explain why international action is needed to bring about sustainable fishing
practices.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[3]
[Total: 10]

8
4 (a) Look at the two newspaper articles below which refer to two major floods, one which
For
happened in 1993 in the Mississippi River in the USA, a developed country, and the Examiner’s
other which affected the Ganges/Brahmaputra rivers in Bangladesh, a developing Use
country, in 1988.
‘Floods Hit ‘Over 1000 die in floods in

Mississippi’ Bangladesh’
Major floods have affected the whole In recent weeks 70% of the Asian
Mississippi River area of the USA. A country of Bangladesh has been
total of 26 000 square kilometres have flooded. The result of 4 months of very
been flooded and 50 000 people have heavy rain (from May to August), the
been moved out of their homes to floods have killed at least 1300 people,
safety. Sadly it was too late for 43 who although the final total may be much
died. The floods are the result of higher due to outbreaks of cholera and
unusually heavy rain throughout April, dysentery. 7 million homes have been
May, June and July. destroyed, making 25 million people
homeless.
(a) (i) What was the common cause of both floods?
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Compare the death toll for the two floods.
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) State one other common effect of both floods
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Suggest reasons for the different effects of the two floods
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2005 0680/01/M/J/05

9
(c) State one beneficial effect of flooding

For
Examiner’s
.......................................................................................................................................... Use
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) Is improved weather forecasting an appropriate way to reduce the effects of a flood in a
developing country? Give reasons for your answer.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
[Total: 10]

10
5 (a) (i) What is meant by the term Green Revolution?

For
Examiner’s
.................................................................................................................................. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) The figures below show changes to rice yields in India between 1931 and 2001.
Plot the figures on a graph, using the graph paper below.
Year 1931 1961 1981 1991 2001
Yield
1520 1480 1860 2620 3100
(kg/ha)
[3]
© UCLES 2005 0680/01/M/J/05

11
(iii) Describe the changes in yield between 1931 and 2001.

For
Examiner’s
.................................................................................................................................. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(b) One feature of the Green Revolution is that more of the land is owned by fewer people.
Do you think that this is a good thing? Give reasons for your answer.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
[Total: 10]

12
6 In river and pond ecosystems in certain parts of the world, the disease malaria is a major
For
problem. Malaria is transmitted by mosquitoes. Below is a FOOD WEB for such an Examiner’s
ecosystem. Use
Female Mosquito
Hawk
Racoon
Heron Musk Rats
Crayfish
Small
Frogs Mosquito Larvae
Fish
Male Mosquito
Algae
Flowers
(a) (i) Using the food web above, draw a food chain which involves female mosquitoes.
[3]
(ii) The arrows on the food web diagram represent the flow of energy from eaten to
eater. What is the source of this energy?
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2005 0680/01/M/J/05

13
(b) (i) Give details of one strategy for reducing mosquito numbers in an area.
For
Examiner’s
.................................................................................................................................. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Describe and explain two ways in which the strategy described in b (i) might affect
the numbers of animals and/or plants (other than mosquitoes) in the food web
above.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[4]
[Total: 10]
[Paper Total: 60]
© UCLES 2005 0680/01/M/J/05

14
BLANK PAGE
0680/01/M/J/05
15
BLANK PAGE
0680/01/M/J/05
16
BLANK PAGE
Copyright Acknowledgements:
Question 2 © Bunce, V (1995) Debt/Environment Cycle in Contexts, Pearson Education.
University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of
© UCLES 2005 0680/01/M/J/05

w
w
Centre Number Candidate Number Name
w
.X
tr
m e
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
Paper 1
May/June 2006
1 hour 30 minutes
Additional Materials: Ruler

For Examiner’s Use
Total

SPA (DR) T04111/2
2 For
Examiner’s
Use
1 The diagram shows the percentage of the population of different countries that has access to
safe water and to sanitation.
100 Key:
Safe water
Percent of population
80
Sanitation
60
40
20
0
es
h zil ile ina ia ya xic
o ibia
d Bra Ch Ch Ind Ken e m
ngla M Na
Ba Country
(a) (i) Which country has the lowest percentage of its population with safe water?
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Which country has the highest percentage of its population with sanitation?
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(b) (i) Name two diseases which are carried by water.
Carried by water
1 ................................................................................................................................
2 ............................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Name two diseases which are transmitted by animals which live all, or part, of their
lives in water.
Transmitted by water animals
1 ................................................................................................................................
2 ............................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2006 0680/01/M/J/06

3 For
Examiner’s
Use
(c) Local people and government could find ways to improve sanitation. Describe one way
in which each could achieve this.
Local people
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
Local or National Government
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 10]

4 For
Examiner’s
Use
2
MOUNT VESUVIUS, ITALY
In the year 79AD the volcano Vesuvius, in Italy, erupted. This event killed thousands of
people and destroyed the cities of Pompeii and Herculaneum. Since this time, Vesuvius has
erupted over thirty times, most recently in 1944, with activity every 75 years or so. Today,
however, over 2 million people still live on, or near, the slopes of this volcano.
(a) (i) What is a volcano?
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Describe two major problems that survivors of the eruption in the year 79AD might
have faced.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(iii) Explain why people are still prepared to live near volcanoes, despite the dangers.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[3]
(b) In a country with volcanoes what strategies can be used to reduce the impact of future
eruptions in the country?
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2006 0680/01/M/J/06

5
BLANK PAGE
0680/01/M/J/06 [Turn over

6 For
Examiner’s
Use
3 (a) The diagram below, shows the Earth and its atmosphere.
Ozone
layer
Significant
increased UV
penetration
Ozone hole
(i) Draw a simple sketch in the space below to show what this diagram would look like
if it was showing the Earth and the ozone layer many thousands of years ago.
[1]
(ii) Explain the causes of the changes between the diagram and your sketch.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2006 0680/01/M/J/06
7 For
Examiner’s
Use
(iii) How might the changes affect humans and the environment?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[4]
(b) The following graph shows the amount of ozone destroying gases predicted to be
present in the atmosphere if countries do not follow the Montreal Protocol (an
International Agreement) to reduce damage to the ozone layer. It also shows what
might happen if they do. What actions do you think the Montreal Protocol suggested
countries should take with regard to ozone?
15000
Without
Montreal Protocol
Concentration of ozone
destroying gases (ppt)
12000
9000
6000
With
Montreal Protocol
3000
0
1950 1975 2000 2025 2050 2075 2100
Year
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
[Total: 10]

8 For
Examiner’s
Use
4 The United Kingdom population is growing at a rate of about 0.4% per year.
The diagram below shows how the United Kingdom population has changed in structure,
since 1901.
Percentage within age categories (%) 100
75
Key:
50
% 65+
% 15 – 64
25 % under 15
0
1901 1931 1951 1971
Year
(a) (i) What proportion (%) of the population was aged 65+ in 1971?
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) What proportion (%) of the population was aged 65+ in 1901?
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) Using the diagram describe the changes in age structure which the United
Kingdom population has shown from 1901 until 1971.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2006 0680/01/M/J/06

9 For
Examiner’s
Use
(b) Niger, a country in Africa, has a population growth rate of nearly 3% per year.
(i) State two environmental problems that such a high population growth rate might
cause in Niger.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) How can the governments in countries such as Niger reduce this high growth rate?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[3]
[Total: 10]

10 For
Examiner’s
Use
5 The diagrams below show sources of energy used in the world, A and in the USA, B.
World Energy Sources USA Energy Sources

charcoal/wood
5% gas gas
17% 23%
oil
oil 40%
36%
coal
25%
coal
22%
renewables
renewables nuclear nuclear
4% 7%
13% 8%
A B
(a) (i) What world energy source is not used by the USA?
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Which is the most used energy source in the World?
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) Which is the least used energy source in the USA?
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(iv) Which source of energy do you expect to increase most in years to come?
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(v) Worldwide 13% of energy comes from renewables, and in the USA 7%.
Name two kinds of renewable energy that these figures might represent.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2006 0680/01/M/J/06

11 For
Examiner’s
Use
we are here in 2006!
Oil production
Time
(b) Look at the picture above of a T-shirt advertising the organisation www.oilcrisis.com.
The graph on the shirt shows oil production plotted against time and shows the present
day with the words ‘we are here’.
(i) Using the graph from the shirt, describe what will happen to world oil production in
the future.
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) An alternative to oil is nuclear energy. Describe two of the problems caused by the
production of nuclear energy.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[3]
[Total: 10]

12 For
Examiner’s
Use
6 The picture below shows part of an Ecosystem.
(a) (i) Using the picture, and your own knowledge, explain any two of the following terms:
niche,
habitat,
energy flow.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[4]
© UCLES 2006 0680/01/M/J/06

13 For
Examiner’s
Use
(ii) Look at the different shaded areas on the diagram, a key is given below
Key: A B C
Say which letter represents:
Producers, .................................
Consumers, .................................
Solar energy. ................................. [3]
(b) The ecosystem shown contains trees. All around the world, trees are being cleared for
various purposes.
State three reasons why trees might be cleared.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2006 0680/01/M/J/06

14
BLANK PAGE
0680/01/M/J/06
15
BLANK PAGE
0680/01/M/J/06
16
BLANK PAGE
Question 1 © Global Eye; WorldAware.

Question 3 © http://www.ecocentre.org.uk/global-warming.html
Question 5(b) © www.cafepress.com/peakoilaware
0680/01/M/J/06
w
w
w
.X
tr
m e
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
*6062866453*

Paper 1 May/June 2007
1 hour 30 minutes

1
Total
SP (SJF4354/DR) T26415/4
2
1 Look at the photograph below of a pine forest, part of which has been cleared. For
Examiner’s
Use
(a) (i) Name the process for the large scale clearance of trees.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Tree clearance as shown has a number of effects on the environment. Name and
explain one such effect.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(iii) Name a gas which will be released into the atmosphere as branches of cleared
trees breakdown or decay.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2007 0680/01/M/J/07

3
(b) (i) Describe one effect of global warming. For

Examiner’s
.................................................................................................................................. Use
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) What can governments do to reduce global warming?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 10]

4
2 Look at the climate graphs below and then answer the questions. For
Examiner’s
Climate A Climate B Use
40 40
Temperature in °C
Temperature in °C
300
60 30 30
250
Rainfall in mm
Rainfall in mm
40 20 200 20
150
20 10 100 10
50
0 0 0 0
J FMAMJ J ASOND J FMAMJ J ASOND
Months Months
Key:
rainfall
temperature
(a) (i) State which climate graph is for desert and which is for equatorial.
Desert ……………………………………………
Equatorial ……………………………………………
Give reasons for your answer.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(ii) State and explain two problems for farming caused by climate A.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [4]
© UCLES 2007 0680/01/M/J/07

5
(b) Farmers also experience problems caused by pests and weeds. How can they control For
these? Examiner’s
Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
[Total: 10]

6
3 The diagram below shows the main features of the water cycle. For
Examiner’s
Use
C
B C
A
A
D
E river
lake land
ocean
(a) (i) Name the processes A, B and C.
A ………………………………………
B ………………………………………
C ……………………………………… [3]
(ii) The process D shows run-off. How and why will the run-off change if trees were
cleared and a tourist resort built?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2007 0680/01/M/J/07

7
(b) (i) People use water for a variety of purposes. State one domestic and one industrial For
use of water, apart from drinking. Examiner’s
Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Sometimes water supplies are adequate, but not safe. Describe one way in which
the quality of water supplied to people might be improved.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]

8
4 The graph below shows the world fish catch from 1950. For
Examiner’s
World Fish Catch (million tonnes) Use
100 100
90 90
80 80
70 70
Millions of tonnes
60 60
50 50
40 40
30 30
20 20
10 10
0 0
1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000
Year
(a) (i) Add the following data to the graph:
Catch in Millions of tonnes

1998 87.7
2000 95.5
2002 93.2 [2]
(ii) Describe the changes shown by the complete graph.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2007 0680/01/M/J/07

9
(b) One of the possible reasons for change in fish catches is marine pollution. For
Examiner’s
(i) State two causes of marine pollution. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) How might governments reduce the pollution problems you have named?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 10]

10
5 Look at the diagram showing layers of sedimentary rock in a coalfield area of South For
Australia. Examiner’s
Use
oil gas
A
Million
years
0
65
140
205
250
coal
290
545
800
(a) (i) Name one sedimentary rock which can provide energy for industry.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) How are sedimentary rocks formed?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) Fuels which are obtained from the dead bodies of ancient organisms are called
fossil fuels. There are three fossil fuels shown in the diagram, state the age of the
rock in which each fuel is found.
Fuel Name Age of rock
………………………………… ………………………………… million years
………………………………… ………………………………… million years
………………………………… ………………………………… million years [2]
© UCLES 2007 0680/01/M/J/07

11
(b) (i) The coalmine at point A is an opencast one. State two ways in which people living For
nearby might be affected by opencast mining. Examiner’s
Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Describe how damage to the environment might be repaired when the opencast
mine has stopped working.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 10]

12
6 The diagrams below show the amount of wetland in Minnesota (USA) at three different For
times. Examiner’s
Use
A B C
Key:
wetland area
150 years ago 20 years ago present day
(a) (i) Describe the changes in the total area of wetland over this time between A and B
and between B and C.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Suggest how wildlife in the area might have been affected by the changes you have
described between A and B.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2007 0680/01/M/J/07

13
(b) The graph below shows how the human population of Minnesota has changed since For
1850. Examiner’s
Use
7 7
6 6
Population in millions
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
0 0
50
70
90
10
30
50
70
90
18
18
18
19
19
19
19
19
Year
(i) Using the graph, the information in part (a), and your own knowledge, suggest why
the changes in wetlands have occurred.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(ii) State one disadvantage and one advantage of making an area of wetland in
Minnesota into a wildlife reserve.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]

14
BLANK PAGE
0680/01/M/J/07
15
BLANK PAGE
0680/01/M/J/07
16
BLANK PAGE
Question 1 G. Skinner © UCLES.

Question 4 © http://www.earth-policy.org/Indicators/Fish/Fish_data.htm#table1
0680/01/M/J/07
w
w
w
.X
tr
m e
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
*9492227417*

1 hour 30 minutes
Total
This document consists of 11 printed pages and 1 blank page.
SP (CW/CGW) T48942/2
2
1 The table below shows information about three rivers in Australia. For
Examiner’s
Use
River Tia Apsley Mary
Average Daily flow (litres) 46 000 000 10 000 000 300 000 000
Catchment Area (hectares) 23 000 100 000 1 000 000
Flow/area (litres/hectare) 2000 100
(a) (i) Which of these rivers has the largest catchment area?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Calculate the average flow in litres/hectare for the Mary.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Which river provides the most efficient water supply? Give a reason for your answer.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) The Mary River is in Queensland, NE Australia. This area has been suffering its worst
drought in a 100 years. One suggested solution is to dam the Mary River. Below is a
quote from a leaflet produced by a group who are against this dam.
“We understand that people need water solutions BUT Traveston

Crossing Dam on the Mary River is NOT one of them”
(i) Suggest three reasons why people living in the Mary River valley might be against
the Traveston Crossing dam.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(ii) Another way to obtain more water for the area would be by desalination. Briefly
describe the desalination process and suggest characteristics of a country that
would allow it to produce water by this process.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2008 0680/01/M/J/08
3
2 Look at the graph below showing the effect of water supply on yield of grain growing in a For
desert area in Arizona (USA). Examiner’s
Use
grain yield / millions of tonnes

5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
irrigation/units of irrigation water
(a) (i) How much water should be supplied to barley for the best yield?
irrigation units ................................... [1]
(ii) Suggest reasons why adding too much water reduces yield.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Interaction between salt in the soil and irrigation water can increase salination.
(i) Explain how irrigation increases salination.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Development of agricultural land often requires the removal of native plants. Explain
how this might increase salination.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]

4
(iii) One method for preventing an increase in salination is to use trickle drip irrigation. For
Explain how this works and prevents salination. Examiner’s
Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2008 0680/01/M/J/08

5
3 In a number of countries, such as Brazil and Australia, ethanol is mixed with petrol for use in For
motor vehicles. Examiner’s
Use
One benefit of this is that ethanol is a renewable source of energy.
(a) (i) Explain what the term renewable means.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) A leaflet describing the advantages of adding ethanol to petrol says:
ethanol blended fuels can help to reduce the amount of dangerous chemicals in the
atmosphere
Name two dangerous chemicals which are emitted from car exhausts.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) Choose one of these chemicals and describe its effects on people and the
environment.
People ......................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
Environment .............................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(b) How can the effects of air pollution by motor vehicles be reduced by people and
governments?
People ..............................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
Governments ...................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]

6
4 In nature a stable ecosystem results from the process of vegetational succession. For
Examiner’s
(a) (i) Give an explanation of these two terms. Use
Ecosystem ................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
Vegetational Succession ..........................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [4]
(ii) In an ecosystem living things depend on each other in many ways including:
competition,
predation,
pollination,
seed dispersal.
Study the following pictures showing ecological processes and complete the table
below them.
A B
Process Letter of picture
Competition
Predation
Dispersal
Pollination
[2]
© UCLES 2008 0680/01/M/J/08

7
(b) Natural ecosystems are often cleared by people. Give reasons why such clearance For
might occur. Examiner’s
Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [4]

8
5 Study the graph below which shows how the yield of wheat has changed in three countries For
over the past 55 years. Examiner’s
Use
Wheat yields 1950-2004
5000
4500
4000
3500
yield (kg/Ha)
3000
2500
2000
1500
Mexico
1000 India
Pakistan
500
1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000
(a) (i) State the yield in Mexico in 1955 and 2000.
1955 .........................................................................................................................
2000 ..................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Increases in yield, in Mexico, were brought about by the ‘Green Revolution’. Explain
how this increase in the yield of wheat was achieved.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(iii) The Green Revolution began in Mexico in the 1950s and was then introduced into
India and Pakistan. From the graph, state when you think these methods were first
used in India and Pakistan.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2008 0680/01/M/J/08

9
(b) Describe and explain two problems resulting from the Green Revolution. For
Examiner’s
.......................................................................................................................................... Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [4]

10
6 (a) What is coal and how was it formed? For

Examiner’s
.......................................................................................................................................... Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
(b) Look at the graph below of actual and projected coal production in the United Sates.
3,500
actual
projected
3,000
2,500
millions of tonnes
2,000
1,500
1,000
500
0
1750 1800 1850 1900 1950 2000 2050 2100 2150
year
(i) How much coal will be produced in the peak year?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2008 0680/01/M/J/08

11
(ii) How much more is this than was produced in 2000? For
Examiner’s
.............................................................................................................................. [2] Use
(iii) Give one reason for this rise.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
REMOVING OVERBURDEN
MINING COAL SEAM
(c) The pictures above show open cast coal mining. The original poster had a third picture
showing how the land was reclaimed after mining had finished. Using your knowledge of
reclamation describe or draw what you think that picture might have looked like.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
[3]
0680/01/M/J/08
12
BLANK PAGE
University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
© UCLES 2008 0680/01/M/J/08
w
w
w
.X
tr
m e
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
*1869161515*

1 hour 30 minutes
Total
SP (NF/CGW) T76668/3
2
1 The diagram shows the carbon cycle. For

Examiner’s
Use
CO2
reservoir
2 2
1
3
1
dead waste materials

4 remains 4
(a) (i) Where, in the diagram, is the carbon dioxide reservoir for land plants?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Name the processes shown by 1, 2, 3 and 4.
1 .....................
2 .....................
3 .....................
4 ..................... [2]
(iii) Processes 1 and 2 show how carbon dioxide is returned into the reservoir. Process 3
shows it being removed. For thousands of years the loss and the gain have been in
balance, but this is no longer true. Explain why.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2009 0680/01/M/J/09

3
(b) (i) Explain how this lack of balance between carbon dioxide loss and gain might lead For
to climate change. Examiner’s
Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(ii) State one way people might take action to reduce this problem of climate change.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]

4
2 The diagram shows an instrument used for measuring rainfall. For

Examiner’s
Use
funnel
scale glass jar
metal
(a) (i) Describe where you would place this instrument in order to obtain accurate
measurements.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Describe how a person would take accurate, daily readings.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
The graphs shows the climate for a location in the Northern Hemisphere.
35
30
25
Rainfall in mm
20
15
10
0
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Month
© UCLES 2009 0680/01/M/J/09
5
35 For
Examiner’s
30 Use
Temperature in °C
25
20
15
10
0
Month
(b) (i) Describe the annual pattern of rainfall.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) What would farmers need to do to grow good crops throughout the year in a climate
such as this?
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) State one other way in which farmers might be able to increase crop yield.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) Describe another use for a crop other than food for people or feed for animals.
Name of crop ...............................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]

6
3 Study the diagram below of the water cycle. For

Examiner’s
Use
ocean
B
(a) (i) Name the processes
A .....................................................
B .....................................................
C .....................................................
D ..................................................... [3]
(ii) Study the map below and list the numbers of four areas with low precipitation.
60° 2 4
12 1
30° 8
7 6
3 16 14
0° 11 10
9
17
15 5
13
30°
50°
................................. ..................................
................................. .................................. [2]
© UCLES 2009 0680/01/M/J/09

7
(b) Even in areas of high precipitation, water may not be of good quality for human use. Two For
problems are pollution and water related diseases. Examiner’s
Use
(i) Name one water pollutant and state one way it affects humans.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Name one water related disease.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) How might the water related disease you have named be controlled?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]

8
4 Study the graph below of world losses of fisheries. For

Examiner’s
Use
0
20
% of fisheries lost
40
60
80
100
1950 1975 2000 2025 2050
Years
(a) (i) What percentage of world fisheries was lost by 2000?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) What will the expected percentage loss be by 2025?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) State and explain two reasons for the loss of fisheries since 1950.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [4]
© UCLES 2009 0680/01/M/J/09

9
(b) (i) Fish is an important source of food for humans, so more effort needs to be put into For
sustainable fishing. Examiner’s
State two strategies for sustainable fishing. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Suggest two reasons why these strategies are not always successful.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]

10
5 The diagram shows the main causes of deforestation in the Amazon Rainforest. For
Examiner’s
Use
Fires, mining, urbanisation, roads, dams, 3%
Logging, legal & illegal, 3%

Crop farming 1%
Small scale subsistence

agriculture
Cattle ranching
60%
(a) (i) Calculate the percentage of deforestation in the Amazon caused by small scale
subsistence agriculture (Show your working).
[2]
(ii) What is meant by ‘subsistence agriculture’?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2009 0680/01/M/J/09

11
(b) (i) Other than the loss of habitat and soil erosion, how else might cattle ranching affect For
the environment? Explain your answer. Examiner’s
Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) State one way of reducing the effects of logging on the environment.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Describe how logging in Tropical Rainforest could be reduced.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]

12
6 Study the following diagrams showing the world distribution of deposits of iron ore, copper For
and tin. Examiner’s
Use
IRON ORE COPPER

South North North America
America America
Europe South
America
Australia
Australia
Asia
Asia
Africa
TIN
Africa
Europe
South
America
North
America
Australia
Asia
(a) (i) Which continent has the largest deposit of:
iron ore ..................................
copper ..................................
tin .................................. [3]
(ii) All the above minerals are described as metallic minerals, name one non-metallic
mineral and give one of its uses.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2009 0680/01/M/J/09

13
(b) Deep and open cast mining can have negative impacts on the miners and the For
environment. State one negative impact of Examiner’s
Use
(i) deep mining on miners
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) open cast mining on the environment
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) Describe ways of improving the environment when opencast mining has stopped.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
© UCLES 2009 0680/01/M/J/09

14
BLANK PAGE
0680/01/M/J/09
15
BLANK PAGE
0680/01/M/J/09
16
BLANK PAGE
0680/01/M/J/09
w
w
w
.X
tr
m e
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
*2632874276*

1 hour 30 minutes
Total
DC (AC/DJ) 16492/5
2
1 The photograph below shows a water tower by a house in a tropical country. The water that For
is stored in the tower is obtained from rain running off roofs of houses. The water in the rain Examiner’s
comes from ponds, lakes and the sea. Use
(a) (i) Describe how the water from a pond, a lake or the sea becomes rain.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) It would be easier for the people in this area to use water from ponds and lakes.
Explain why this is not a good idea.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(iii) Small-scale schemes such as the water tower may not be possible in some
communities. Describe one other way of supplying safe water to people.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2010 0680/11/M/J/10

3
(b) Most of the water on Earth is in the oceans. As well as being a store of water, the For
oceans are also an important source of food for humans. Describe and explain where Examiner’s
the world’s main oceanic fisheries are located. Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]

4
2 Datuk has just been awarded a grant for further education in Borneo. He is one of a large For
family who grow a crop called ginger, a spice used in cooking, on their plot in Sabah. The Examiner’s
plant is grown using traditional methods and the family obtain a yield of 1600 kg/year from Use
a plot of 0.8 hectare. The plot is 1 500m above sea level and on a steep slope. The ginger is
sold at 2.5RM/kg (RM=ringitt, the Malaysian currency).
(a) (i) Calculate the annual income from ginger sales of Datuk’s family.
Show your working.
.................................................... RM
[2]
(ii) Datuk wants to use his education to learn about modern agricultural methods to
improve the ginger yield in his village. Describe and explain two methods which he
may learn about and suggest to the villagers.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [4]
(iii) Ginger is a cash crop as opposed to a subsistence crop. Explain the difference
between these two crop types.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Give two other uses to which crops can be put, other than providing food.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2010 0680/11/M/J/10

5
3 Look at the diagram showing stages in the formation of acid rain. For
Examiner’s
Use
Acid Rain Formation
Acid
SO2 Rain
NOx
(a) (i) Name two gases which form acid rain.
1 ....................................................................................................
2 .................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Name two human sources of these gases.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) Name one natural source of a gas which causes acid rain.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) (i) How could using alternative sources of energy to generate electricity reduce the
problem of acid rain?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Using alternative sources of energy often relies on government support. What can
people in developed countries do to reduce acid rain problems?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
6
4 Glow worms, the larvae of a fungus fly, prey on other small flies which they attract by having For
a glowing, sticky trap at night. Examiner’s
Use
larva’s body
glow
silk threads
with sticky mucus
Fungus flies breed mainly in moist leaf litter or in water with leaves.
(a) (i) Draw a food chain to include leaves, glow worms and flies.
[3]
(ii) Glow worm larvae are eaten by creatures called harvestmen. Are harvestmen
predators, producers or competitors?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2010 0680/11/M/J/10

7
(b) The glow of thousands of larvae makes a very exciting sight and tourists come to see For
this glow. A scientist in Australia is working on ways of making sure that these tourists Examiner’s
do so sustainably. Use
Here are some of her findings:
• Shining a torch caused glow worm lights to go out in about 2 minutes. The glow
worm lights came on again after about 10 minutes.
• People can cause water pollution when visiting because they step into the water.
• People stray from paths and trample the forest floor.
(i) Using all the information given, describe two ways in which people might affect
glow worm numbers.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [4]
(ii) Choose one of these ways and suggest how the effects of people might be
reduced.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]

8
5 (a) One of the components of soil is mineral particles. Where have these particles come For
from and how were they formed? Examiner’s
Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) (i) Read the following passage about the composition of soil. Fill each gap using the
best word from the list below. The words may be used once, more than once or not
at all.
clay, inorganic, little, much, organic, oxygen, plants, rocks, water
Soils, apart from mineral particles, contain dead, decaying ...............................
and animals (called ............................... matter). Soil can be very different
from one location to another, but generally consists of inorganic particles,
............................... matter, ............................... and air. The inorganic particles are
the ............................... that have been broken down into smaller pieces. The size
of the pieces varies from pebbles, particles of sand to silt or .............................. .
The amount of water in the soil is linked to the climate and is one thing that can
affect the amount of air. Very wet soil has ............................... air. The composition
of the soil affects the plants and therefore the animals that can live there. [4]
© UCLES 2010 0680/11/M/J/10

9
(ii) Soil is very important in agriculture, but agricultural practice can cause it to be blown For
or washed away, a process called soil erosion. State two ways in which people can Examiner’s
cause soil erosion and for each way suggest how the effect of erosion could be Use
reduced.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [4]

10
6 Look at the graph below showing changes in the level of ozone in the upper atmosphere For
from 1965 until 2005. Examiner’s
Use
Changes in the level of ozone in the upper atmosphere from 1965 until 2005
2
0
Ozone change (%)
-2
-4
-6
-8
1965 1975 1985 1995 2005
Year
(a) (i) In which year did ozone levels clearly begin to fall?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) In which year was the greatest change in ozone concentration? What was the value,
(in percent change) in that year?
year ...........................................................................................................................
value ................................................................................................................... . [2]
(iii) Describe and explain the changes in ozone level shown by the graph.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [4]
© UCLES 2010 0680/11/M/J/10

11
(b) Ozone in the upper atmosphere helps to absorb dangerous UV radiation, as shown in For
the diagram. Examiner’s
Use
t er
gh ay
Li e L
on
UV Oz
rth
Ea
List three ways in which exposure to UV radiation could affect humans.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
© UCLES 2010 0680/11/M/J/10

12
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2010 0680/11/M/J/10

w
w
w
.X
tr
m e
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
*7650762436*

1 hour 30 minutes
Total
DC (LEO/SW) 19496/3
2
1 Look at the diagram below of a volcano. For

Examiner’s
Use
A C
(a) (i) Put the correct letter next to each of the features named below:
magma chamber .........................
lava .........................
crater .........................
ash ......................... [2]
(ii) Give the letter of the feature which will improve soil fertility in
1. the short term (a few years)
2. the long term (hundreds of years)
1. ............................
2. ............................ [2]
© UCLES 2010 0680/12/M/J/10

3
(b) Volcanoes and earthquakes are due to tectonic activity. They both cause problems but For
fewer people are killed by volcanoes than earthquakes. Examiner’s
Use
(i) Give three ways in which people might be killed by volcanoes.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(ii) Why are more people killed during earthquakes than during volcanic eruptions?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) State one strategy for reducing loss of life in an earthquake.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]

4
2 Look at the diagram below which shows some sources of water pollution. For
Examiner’s
Use
F
G
E
lake B
(a) (i) A–G on the diagram are places where water pollutants are produced. Match each
letter to one of the three main sources of pollution named below.
Domestic .....................................................................................
Agricultural .....................................................................................
Industrial ..................................................................................... [3]
© UCLES 2010 0680/12/M/J/10

5
(ii) The effects of plant minerals in water are summarised in the following flow chart. For
Examiner’s
Complete the flow chart. Use
nitrate and phosphate

from farms and houses
enters lakes and rivers
organic matter broken down

by decomposers
fish and other animals die

[3]
(b) Describe ways in which water pollution might be reduced or stopped.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [4]

6
3 (a) Read the following statement about the objectives of the Convention on Biological For
Diversity established in 1993. Examiner’s
Use
Our objectives are
• the conservation of biodiversity,

• the sustainable use of its components,
• the fair sharing of the benefits of using genetic resources.
(i) State what biodiversity means.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) If global warming makes an area drier, farmers might need to find a strain of wheat
that will still grow there.
How might biodiversity and genetic resources, referred to above, help with this?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) One threat to habitats and therefore biodiversity is tourism.
(i) State two ways in which tourism can damage or destroy habitats.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Under some circumstances ecotourism can bring benefits both to the environment
and to local people.
Describe one way in which ecotourism can help
1. the environment ...................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
2. local people ..........................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2010 0680/12/M/J/10

7
(c) Another way to protect habitats and biodiversity is by sustainable management. Describe For
how forestry can be managed sustainably. Examiner’s
Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]

8
4 (a) Plants have a number of needs for growth. For

Examiner’s
water carbon dioxide minerals (such as nitrate and phosphate) Use
These are obtained from either the soil or the atmosphere.
(i) Show where each of these needs comes from by completing the table below. [2]
source needs
soil
atmosphere
(ii) In an experiment, different concentrations of nitrate were supplied to lettuces in

different amounts. The mass (weight of lettuces) was measured.
The results are shown on the graph.
250
200
mass (g)
150
100
0 60 120 180 240 300 360
nitrate concentration (mg per litre)
Describe the effects of nitrate concentration on the growth of lettuces.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2010 0680/12/M/J/10

9
(b) Look at the diagram below showing some of the causes and one consequence of soil For
erosion. Examiner’s
Use
more bare
C
animals soils
more
A firewood D
more soil erosion

E
crops
insects
eat crops
B
drought F
(i) Match the following words to the letters in the diagram:
overcultivation ...................................
natural hazards ...................................
more people ...................................
desertification ...................................
deforestation ...................................
overgrazing ................................... [3]
(ii) Describe how soil erosion can be slowed down or stopped.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]

10
5 (a) Look at the map below which shows the world distribution of major ocean fishing For
grounds. Examiner’s
Use
(i) Describe the distribution of major fishing grounds shown on the map.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) The fishing ground at A is on a continental shelf. Why are continental shelves often
major fishing grounds?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) B is not on a continental shelf. Why is B a major fishing ground?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2010 0680/12/M/J/10

11
(iv) Explain why the fisheries at B collapse in some years. For

Examiner’s
.................................................................................................................................. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Some fisheries have been overfished. State one reason for overfishing and explain how
action might be taken to reduce the problem.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]

12
6 (a) The atmosphere contains a number of gases forming a mixture called air. Nitrogen is the For
most abundant, about 78% of the atmosphere. The minor components, which include Examiner’s
argon, carbon dioxide, water and ozone, make up another 1%. Use
Complete the table below showing some of the gases in the air and some facts about
them.
percentage in importance to life on

gas
atmosphere Earth including people
oxygen used in breathing
carbon dioxide 0.03
water vapour variable
ozone tiny
[4]
(b) Human activities can alter the composition of the atmosphere in many ways.
(i) State one way in which human activity might
1. add to the amount of a gas naturally in the atmosphere
..................................................................................................................................
2. reduce the amount of a gas in the atmosphere
..................................................................................................................................
3. add a gas to the atmosphere which was not naturally there
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(ii) Name the gas whose levels in the atmosphere would decrease if many trees were
planted.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) Wind can be harnessed as a source of energy. The largest and least controversial wind
turbines are offshore. Explain why.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2010 0680/12/M/J/10

w
w
w
.X
tr
m e
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
* 9 3 3 5 1 5 2 4 7 2 *

1 hour 30 minutes
Total
DC (NF/DJ) 33733/5
2
1 Natural gases in the atmosphere include oxygen, carbon dioxide, nitrogen, argon and water For
vapour. Examiner’s
Use
(a) (i) Name the two most abundant gases in the atmosphere.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Which atmospheric gas is used by plants in photosynthesis?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
Many gases enter the atmosphere due to human activity and can cause pollution. The
photographs below show sculptures made of the same rock in two different areas in the UK.
The sculptures are about the same age.
Sculpture in Area A
Sculpture in Area B
© UCLES 2011 0680/11/M/J/11

3
For
Examiner’s
(b) (i) One of the sculptures has been more affected by atmospheric pollution than the Use
other. Give the evidence for this.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Name the gases likely to be responsible and explain how they could have caused
these differences.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
(iii) The diagram below shows a situation which arises in large cities such as Los
Angeles. Pollutants are trapped near the ground causing problems for people.
cold air
warm air
cold air
atmospheric
pollutants
town
Explain why the pollutants are trapped near the ground.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]

4
2 At the Kola Institute in Russia scientists drilled for more than 15 years through the Earth’s For
crust to a depth of over 12 km. This was an attempt to reach the layer of the Earth below the Examiner’s
crust. It failed, as did a similar attempt by the Americans, called the MoHo Project. Use
(a) (i) What is the name of the layer below the Earth’s crust?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) State two ways in which rocks in the layer below the Earth’s crust are different from
those in the crust.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) The Russian project was land based, whereas the American project began drilling
at the bottom of the sea. Why was it thought more likely that the American project
would be successful?
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) (i) The crust contains fossil fuels used by humans. Describe the ways in which oil is
discovered and extracted from the crust.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [4]
(ii) During transport of the oil in ships, there may be an oil spill. State one way in which
a spill might be avoided and one way in which its effects might be reduced.
avoided .....................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
effects reduced .........................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
[2]
© UCLES 2011 0680/11/M/J/11

5
3 The elements nitrogen and carbon both move between the living and non-living worlds in a For
simple cycle as shown in the diagram below. Examiner’s
Use
substance in
atmosphere
A
conversion conversion
process(es) process(es)
D B
substance in
living things
C
(a) (i) For either the carbon or the nitrogen cycle, complete the diagram. Write down the
processes in the cycle and the names of the substances that contain the element.
[3]
the ...................... cycle
A
…………………………………………
D B
…………...........................……… …………...........................………
…………...........................……… …………...........................………
C
…………………………………………

6
(ii) Crops need a good supply of both nitrogen and carbon. Which of these can crops For
obtain from a fertiliser? Examiner’s
Use
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Describe one environmental problem caused by the overuse of fertilisers.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Overuse of another group of agricultural chemicals, pesticides, can also cause
problems.
(i) Explain how the overuse of pesticides can harm wildlife.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Describe another way of controlling pests which would cause less damage to the
environment than using pesticides.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2011 0680/11/M/J/11

7
BLANK PAGE

8
4 Look at the map of the world below. It shows the location of some major natural vegetation For
zones (biomes). Examiner’s
Use
1 1
3 3
2
2 2
2
23.5°N Tropic of Cancer
2
5 5
6
0° Equator 4 4 Equator
4
6
5 4 6
23.5°S 2 Tropic of Capricorn
2
2
2
(a) (i) Write down the numbers which show:
Taiga ..................................
Tropical Rainforest ..................................
Desert .................................. [3]
© UCLES 2011 0680/11/M/J/11

9
The graph below shows climate data for one of the biomes on the map. For
Examiner’s
Use
500 35
450 30
25
400
20
350 15
temperature (°C)
rainfall (mm)
300 10
5
250
0
200 –5
150 –10
–15
100
–20
50 –25
0 –30
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec
(ii) Which of the numbered biomes on the map has this climate?
number .............................................. [1]
(b) (i) The climate determines the type of vegetation found in a biome. How are plants of
the desert biome adapted to living in the climate there?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
(ii) Overgrazing is a major problem in the savannah biome. It can lead to desertification.
Explain how overgrazing might lead to desertification.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]

10
5 (a) (i) What is insolation? For

Examiner’s
.................................................................................................................................. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Which of the following is the main factor causing variation in rates of insolation in
the world? Explain your answer.
A. cloud cover
B. precipitation
C. temperature
D. latitude
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [4]
(b) Solar radiation can be used as a source of power for the generation of electricity and for
the heating of water.
(i) Which aspect of the Sun’s energy is used for each of these functions?
electricity generation ...........................................
heating water ...........................................

[1]
(ii) The use of solar power is sometimes put forward as an example of alternative
energy. To what is it an alternative?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Give two reasons why such alternatives are needed.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2011 0680/11/M/J/11

11
BLANK PAGE

12
6 World cereal production has greatly increased in the last 30 years. This is a result of intensive For
farming methods and the green revolution. Over the years scientists have developed new Examiner’s
varieties of wheat by selective breeding Use
A research team in Brazil grew seven of these varieties in identical conditions and recorded
the yield. The results are shown in the table.
variety of first year variety yield

wheat available for use (kg/ha)
Frontana 1940 2647
BH 1146 1955 1959
Nobre 1969 2900
IAS 54 1970 3411
CNT 8 1976 2569
Trigo BR 23 1987 4000
Embrapa 16 1992 4417
© UCLES 2011 0680/11/M/J/11

13
(a) (i) Complete the bar graph and axes below by adding the missing data from the table. For
[3] Examiner’s
Use
5000
4500
4000
3500
3000
yield ( kg / ha )
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0
1940 1955 1969 1970 1976 1987 1992
Frontana BH 1164 Nobre ............... CNT 8 Trigo BR 23 .........
variety and year first available for use
(ii) Describe the general trend shown by the bar chart.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Suggest an explanation for this trend.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]

14
(b) Despite increase in wheat yield (and also that of other crops) there are still food For
shortages. This is because some countries produce far more food than they need, Examiner’s
whereas others do not even meet basic requirements. The map shows world trade in Use
wheat.
European
Union
Russia
Canada Ukraine
Kazakhstan South
Korea
Algeria Egypt Japan
United States
Saudi
Arabia
Mexico
Nigeria Philippines
Brazil Indonesia
Australia
Argentina
World trade in wheat

Exports
Imports
The size of the circle indicates the relative amount imported or exported
(i) Which is the biggest wheat exporting region or country?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Which country or region both imports and exports wheat?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Is trade in wheat an example of North-South trade? Explain your answer.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2011 0680/11/M/J/11

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2011 0680/11/M/J/11

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2011 0680/11/M/J/11

w
w
w
.X
tr
m e
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
* 6 1 1 6 2 8 5 8 6 7 *

1 hour 30 minutes
Total
DC (NH/JG) 33719/4
2
1 All food on the Earth is made by plants. For

Examiner’s
(a) (i) What is the name of the process by which plants make food? Use
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Complete this paragraph about the manufacture of food in plants.
In order to make food, plants need water from the ........................ and
................................................. from the atmosphere. The energy for the process
is provided by ........................ from the sun. This is absorbed by the green pigment,
........................ . [4]
(b) In many parts of the world, water for crop plants is in short supply. This problem can be
reduced by irrigation.
The photographs show two methods used for the irrigation of crops.
Method A
© UCLES 2011 0680/12/M/J/11

3
Method B For
Examiner’s
Use
(i) Name method A.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) One of these methods is a strategy for water use in sustainable agriculture. What is
meant by sustainable agriculture?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Which method, A or B, is more sustainable? Explain your answer by referring to

both methods.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]

4
2 Land is used in different ways by nomadic pastoralists, hunter-gatherers and crop farmers. For
Examiner’s
(a) (i) Which of these has been in existence for longest? Use
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) What is a nomadic pastoralist?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Land is also used for tourism. This can damage the land so strategies are needed to
reduce this problem.
(i) Ecotourism is one way to manage this. What is ecotourism?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Another way to manage tourism is to set up National Parks for the big game
animals. In Kenya, however, this leads to conflict between nomadic pastoralists and
conservationists. Explain the conflict.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(iii) A third use of land is mining which also causes damage. After mining has finished
explain how this damage might be reversed.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2011 0680/12/M/J/11

5
3 The diagram shows the water cycle. For

Examiner’s
Use
moist
air mo
ves on
s hore
B
C C
A
forest
infiltration
thro lake
ughfl ocean
ow to l
akes, river
s and oceans
(a) (i) Name the processes shown by
arrow A ......................................................................................................................
arrow B ......................................................................................................................
dashed lines C ...................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) How is infiltration different from run-off?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) Coastal countries with a water shortage can make fresh water from sea water.
Name the process.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]

6
(b) As well as providing water for drinking and other uses, the oceans also provide humans For
with food, 82.6 million tonnes of fish were caught from the sea in 2002. The top ten Examiner’s
species caught in 2002 are shown in the table below. Use
species 2002 catch

(million tonnes)
anchovy 11.6
tuna 3.5
squid 3.2
shrimps 3.0
hake 2.7
capelin 2.0
herring 1.9
chinchard 1.8
whiting 1.6
mackerel 1.5
total of top
ten species
(i) Complete the table by filling in the total catch for the top ten species. [1]
(ii) Complete the graph using figures from the table. [1]
2002 fish catch ( million tonnes )

14
12
catch ( million tonnes / year )
10
0
y
na
ps
ke
lin
ng
el
ov
ui
ar
itin
r
pe
ha
rim
tu
rri
ke
sq
ch
ch
wh
he
ca
ac
sh
in
an
m
ch
fish species
© UCLES 2011 0680/12/M/J/11

7
(iii) Most of the anchovy catch in 2002 came from Peruvian waters (nearly 10 million For
tonnes). However, in 1990 the catch off Peru’s coast was only about 3 million Examiner’s
tonnes. What factors may account for this difference? Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]

8
4 (a) Two elements of the weather measured by meteorologists are temperature and sunshine For
hours. Examiner’s
Use
(i) Name the instrument used to measure temperature and describe where it should
be placed to obtain correct readings.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Explain how sunshine hours are measured.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Look at the graph.
Relationship between hours of sunshine per month and

average monthly temperature for a UK city over a year
25
20
15
Y
10
0
0 50 100 150 200 250
X
(i) Supply a suitable title for the X axis and suitable units for the Y axis.
X axis title ..................................................................................................................
Y axis units ............................................................................................................ [2]
© UCLES 2011 0680/12/M/J/11

9
(ii) Weather data can help to decide if an area is suitable for generating electricity from For
a renewable resource. Which form of renewable energy could the data in the graph Examiner’s
provide information for? Use
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) (i) Name the instrument that could be used to help to decide whether an area would
be suitable for generating electricity from wind.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) State two environmental problems that might be caused by the use of wind power.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]

10
5 The oceans cover 70 percent of the Earth’s surface and contain 97 percent of its water. They For
have an important resource potential for humans. Examiner’s
Use
(a) State two ways in which humans can use the ocean’s resources.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) (i) How might the extraction of oil from under the sea lead to pollution and what are
the effects of the pollution?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(ii) How might this pollution be controlled?
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) Sewage also causes marine pollution.
(i) How does sewage get into the sea from towns inland?
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Describe the effects of sewage in the sea.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2011 0680/12/M/J/11

11
6 The graph below shows the growth of the world population since 1750. For
Examiner’s
7 Use
5
population ( billion )
0
1750 1800 1850 1900 1950 2000
year
total world
developing countries
developed countries
(a) State by how much the population grew between 1950 and 2000 in
(i) developing countries, ........................................................................................... [1]
(ii) developed countries. ............................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Explain the difference in the growth rates between developing and developed
countries since 1950.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]

12
(b) (i) The age structure of populations also changes over time. Look at the population For
pyramids A and B. One shows a developed country and the other shows a developing Examiner’s
country. Write on the line below each diagram developing OR developed. [1] Use
A B
85+
80-84
75-79
70-74
65-69
60-64
55-59
50-54
45-49
40-44
35-39
30-34
25-29
20-24
15-19
10-14
5-9
0-4
male female male female
.................................................. ..................................................
(ii) Compare the age structure of the populations.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [4]
© UCLES 2011 0680/12/M/J/11

w
w
w
.X
tr
m e
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
* 9 5 8 5 9 9 5 0 1 1 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (NF/JG) 59090/4 R
2
Answer all the questions. For

Examiner’s
Use
1 Read the passage about what happens to the Sun’s energy as it enters and passes through
the atmosphere and finally hits the surface of the Earth.
The upper diagram shows that 33% of all the solar radiation reaching the atmosphere is
reflected back into space. The remaining 67% passes into the atmosphere. A further 14% is
absorbed on the way through the atmosphere so that 53% hits the Earth’s surface.
The lower diagram shows what happens to the solar radiation that hits snow, lake water and
vegetation. In each case some of the radiation is absorbed and some of it is reflected. Of the
solar radiation hitting snow, 80% is reflected. Of the solar radiation hitting lake water only 5%
is reflected. When solar radiation hits vegetation, 15% of it is reflected.
(a) (i) Use the information from the passage to complete the diagrams below with the
missing percentage values.
100%
space .....……%
atmosphere .....……%
53%
Earth’s
surface
100%
..............%
100%
20%
snow 15%
100%
5%
85%
vegetation
..............%
lake water
[2]
© UCLES 2012 0680/11/M/J/12

3
(ii) What name do we give to the solar radiation received by the Earth? For
Examiner’s
............................................................................................................................. [1] Use
(b) (i) Reflected long wave radiation can be trapped by gases in the atmosphere which
insulate the Earth making it warmer than it would otherwise be.
What is the general name for these insulating gases? .......................................
Name two of them. .......................................
....................................... [2]
(ii) Give one strategy that individuals living in urban areas might use to reduce the
production of these insulating gases.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Describe two human activities which might cause global warming.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [4]

4
2 The diagram shows some of the major earthquake zones of the world. For
Examiner’s
Use
Atlantic
Ocean
Pacific
Ocean
Equator
Pacific
Ocean
major earthquake zones
(a) (i) Describe two major features of the distribution of the earthquake zones shown on
the map.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Explain the distribution of the earthquake zones shown on the map.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) (i) Living in an earthquake zone can be dangerous, and so can living near an active
volcano. However, millions of people choose to live near volcanoes. Suggest two
reasons for this.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2012 0680/11/M/J/12

5
(ii) Fewer people die from the eruption of volcanoes than from earthquakes. Explain For
why. Examiner’s
Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) How can the impacts of volcanic eruptions and earthquakes be reduced?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]

6
3 Precipitation is water falling onto the Earth’s surface. For

Examiner’s
Some of this precipitation: Use
A does not reach the ground because of trees and plants,
B flows over the surface and ends up in streams and rivers,
C re-enters the atmosphere,
D seeps into the ground.
(a) (i) Give the letter to link each of the above pathways of water to the correct term
below:
evaporation and transpiration ..........................
infiltration ..........................
interception ..........................
run-off ..........................
[2]
(ii) Describe how plants take up water into their bodies and name the process by which
they use it to make food.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) (i) Water is a precious commodity in many parts of Australia.
Look at the table.
Water use in one state 0

of Australia 90 10
(% of total) Key:
80 20
irrigation 80
domestic 13
70 30
industry 7
60 40
50
Complete the pie graph and the key to show water use in one state of Australia. [2]
© UCLES 2012 0680/11/M/J/12

7
(ii) Using the pie graph explain why salinisation is likely to be a problem. For
Examiner’s
.................................................................................................................................. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) How does salinisation happen?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]

8
4 Look at graph A, showing how the population of humans on Earth has grown over the last For
600 years. Examiner’s
Use
Compare this with graph B showing a standard population growth curve for another animal.
world
4
population
(billions)
3
graph A
2
0
1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000
year
number
of
individuals
graph B
time
(a) (i) Describe two similarities and one difference between the shape of graphs A and B.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2012 0680/11/M/J/12

9
(ii) Explain the difference you have described in (a)(i). For

Examiner’s
.................................................................................................................................. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Human life expectancy has been changing over the late 20th and early 21st Centuries.
The table shows life expectancies and trends in life expectancy between 1970 and 2005
for 5 of the inhabited continents.
continent life expectancy (years, trends in life expectancy

average for men and between 1970 and 2005
women)
Africa 52 falling
Asia 68 rising
Europe 75 rising
Oceania 75 rising
North America 74 rising
(i) How much longer would a person living in North America expect to live than a
person living in Africa?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Explain why life expectancy is rising in four of the five listed continents.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) Suggest why life expectancy is falling in many parts of Africa.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]

10
5 Crops grown in a field form part of a food web. For

Examiner’s
Look at the example shown for a wheat crop. Use
wheat
wheat blossom midge wheat bulb fly wheat frit fly leatherjacket
midge wasp bulb fly wasp ground beetle nematode worm
(a) (i) Using the information in the diagram, complete the following passage. Use each
term either once, more than once, or not at all.
carbon consumer energy herbivores nitrogen
photosynthesis pollination predators producer respiration
Wheat is the ................................................... in this web, making food by a
process called ................................................... . The midges, flies, leatherjackets,
wasps, beetles and worms are ................................................... . Wheat traps
................................................... which is passed on to the next level in feeding, as
are ................................................... and ................................................... . [3]
(ii) Draw a food chain which has nematode worms in it.
[2]
© UCLES 2012 0680/11/M/J/12
11
(b) (i) The animals that eat wheat are regarded by the farmer as pests. Name the class of For
chemicals which farmers can use to control pests. Examiner’s
Use
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Describe the environmental problems of using these chemicals.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
(iii) People have looked for non-chemical methods to control pests. Using the
information in the food web diagram on page 10, suggest a way that one pest of
wheat might be controlled.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]

12
6 Good soil is vital for crop growth. For

Examiner’s
Read this information. Use
Soils contain mineral particles (clay, silt and sand), organic matter, air, nutrients and water.
(a) (i) For photosynthesis plants need light, water and carbon dioxide. For respiration they
need oxygen and sugar.
Which of these do they get from the soil for:
respiration of root cells, .................................................
photosynthesis? ................................................. [1]
(ii) Cereal crops such as maize and wheat grow best in fertile agricultural soils.
Tick the box which gives a pH value for such a fertile agricultural soil.
pH 3.9 pH 5.0 pH 6.8 pH 9.0
[1]
(iii) Which of the three types of mineral particle (clay, silt and sand) is most important in
making a cultivated soil:
A well drained, ...................................
B rich in nutrients, ...................................
C easy to dig? ................................... [3]
(b) The addition of water to desert soils can allow extensive, subsistence farming to become
intensive and commercial.
Explain what each of these terms means.
extensive ..........................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
intensive ...........................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
subsistence ......................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
commercial ......................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
© UCLES 2012 0680/11/M/J/12

13
(c) State one way in which the nutrient content of soils might be improved. For
Examiner’s
.......................................................................................................................................... Use
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2012 0680/11/M/J/12

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2012 0680/11/M/J/12

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2012 0680/11/M/J/12

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2012 0680/11/M/J/12

w
w
w
.X
tr
m e
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
* 6 8 7 7 0 3 5 6 9 2 *

1 hour 30 minutes
DC (SJF/SW) 46970/2
2
1 Look at the photograph below showing two power stations. For

Examiner’s
Use
A B
(a) (i) Name the energy source used at A.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Suggest one reason why this location was chosen.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) B is a nuclear power station. Nuclear energy does not contribute to acid rain or
global warming. Name one source of energy which does contribute to both of
these problems.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iv) Describe two problems with nuclear energy.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2012 0680/12/M/J/12

3
(b) (i) One form of renewable energy that is growing in importance is biomass. For
The pie graph shows the breakdown of energy use in the USA at present. Examiner’s
Use
total = 100 quadrillion Btu total = 7 quadrillion Btu

solar 2%
geothermal 6%
wind 8%
petroleum
37%
HEP 34%
renewable
energy
natural gas 7%
25%
coal nuclear biomass 50%

23% electric power
8%
What percentage of all USA energy does biomass provide? Show your working.
……………% [2]
(ii) Renewable energy is one alternative to burning fossil fuels, which cause pollution.
What changes can people make to their daily lives that will reduce the use of fossil
fuels?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]

4
2 (a) Measures of human well-being include infant mortality and life expectancy. For
Examiner’s
Look at the graph below which shows how infant mortality changed in the USA between Use
1950 and 2005.
35.0
infant mortality rate (per 1000)
30.0
25.0
20.0
15.0
10.0
5.0
0.0
19 0
1952
1954
1956
1958
19 0
1962
1964
1966
1968
19 0
1972
1974
1976
1978
19 0
1982
1984
1986
1988
19 0
1992
1994
1996
2098
20 0
2002
04
5
0
19
year
(i) Describe the changes shown by the graph.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
Look at this graph which shows changes in life expectancy in the USA over the
same period.
80.0
78.0
life expectancy (years)
76.0
74.0
72.0
70.0
68.0
66.0
64.0
62.0
19 0
1952
1954
1956
1958
19 0
1962
1964
1966
1968
19 0
1972
1974
1976
1978
19 0
1982
1984
1986
1988
19 0
1 99 2
1 99 4
1 99 6
20 9 8
20 0
2002
04
5
0
19
year
(ii) How does the trend for life expectancy differ from that for infant mortality?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2012 0680/12/M/J/12
5
(b) (i) Human migration has occurred throughout history. For

Examiner’s
People move because they do not like where they are (PUSH FACTORS) or Use
because they think somewhere else is better (PULL FACTORS).

Listed below are some push and pull factors.
A Not enough jobs
B Attractive climate
C Poor medical care
D Desertification
E Better educational opportunities
F More services and amenities
G Drought
H Better job opportunities
I Political freedom
J High levels of pollution
K Poor housing
L War
Write the letter for each factor under the correct heading in the table below:
PUSH PULL
[4]
(ii) People may move from one country to another or within a country. Movements
within one country are usually between urban and rural areas.
In which direction is the movement of people happening in most developing
countries?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
What name is given to the process?
.............................................................................................................................. [2]

6
3 (a) (i) Over 99% of the atmosphere consists of oxygen, carbon dioxide and nitrogen. For
Which of these is a pollutant? Examiner’s
Use
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Other pollutants enter the atmosphere as a result of human activity. The list below
shows some of these and some of the activities. Link each pollutant to the correct
activity by writing one letter from A to E next to the appropriate activity.
The letters may be used once, more than once or not at all.
Pollutant
A CFCs
B methane
C sulfur dioxide
D oxides of nitrogen
E lead
Activity creating pollutant
burning coal or gas ……………
using aerosols ……………
growing rice ……………
burning refined petroleum …………… [2]
(iii) Which pollutant causes a reduction in the thickness of the ozone layer in the
atmosphere?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iv) Give two sources of this pollutant.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2012 0680/12/M/J/12

7
(b) (i) How might the ozone hole affect the environment and humans? For
Examiner’s
.................................................................................................................................. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(ii) Describe strategies that have been used to reduce the problem of the ozone hole.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]

8
4 Study the graph below showing changes in tourism in Kenya between 1990 and 2004. For
Examiner’s
Use
1600
number of tourists (thousands)
1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0
1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004
year
(a) (i) What is the percentage increase in tourism to Kenya between 1990 and 2004?
Show your working.
………………% [2]
(ii) Suggest some advantages of this increase in tourism in Kenya.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2012 0680/12/M/J/12

9
(b) (i) Some of the tourists visiting Kenya are ecotourists. Some of the features of For
ecotourism are listed below. Examiner’s
Use
Wildlife is protected.
Masai tribespeople, employed as guides, share in the benefits of the tourist
trade.
Ways of life are maintained.
National parks are set up.
Describe how these features show ecotourism.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(ii) In Kenya there is great potential for ecotourism which will benefit the country. There
are large game reserves where the ‘Big 5’ animals (elephant, lion, leopard, buffalo,
rhino) are protected for their tourist value. Explain why there is a conflict between
local people and tourists about protecting these animals.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]

10
5 Look at the graph showing changes in the population of Bluefin Tuna in the Western Atlantic For
from 1970 to 1991 when fishing became uneconomic. Examiner’s
Use
10
Key:
Tuna numbers
200 catch 8
Blue Fin Tuna population
(in thousands)
Tuna catch
(in thousands)
100 4
0 0
1969 71 73 75 77 79 81 83 85 87 89 91
year
(a) (i) In which year did tuna population numbers start to decline?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Suggest one possible cause of this decline.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) What strategies might have stopped this decline?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2012 0680/12/M/J/12

11
(b) (i) The table shows the sources of marine pollution: For
Examiner’s
Use
source of marine percentage of total
pollution
atmosphere 33
transport 12
dumping 10
offshore oil and gas 1
runoff from land 44
Use the data in the table to complete the pie graph and the key below:
0
key:
90 10
80 20
70 30
60 40
50 [3]
(ii) Describe how pollution from marine transport might be reduced.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]

12
6 The graph below shows variation in precipitation over a 95 year period at a weather station in For
Use
100
80
60
long-term average (%)
rainfall difference from
40
20
0
–20
–40
–60
–80
1905
1910
1915
1920
1925
1930
1935
1940
1945
1950
1955
1960
1965
1970
1975
1980
1985
1990
1995
2000
year
0 = long term average precipitation
(a) (i) In which ten year period was it much wetter than average?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) How long was the longest continuous period of below average rainfall?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Fluctuations in rainfall can be balanced with fluctuations in demand, by storage and
release of water. This can be done by building dams across rivers. On the diagram, X, Y
and Z show three possible sites for a dam.
(i) Which site is the best?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2012 0680/12/M/J/12

13
(ii) Explain why the site you have chosen is better than the other two. For
Examiner’s
.................................................................................................................................. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [4]
(c) Water is essential for life, but in some parts of the world it can carry diseases. Complete
the table below listing water-related diseases.
disease type
Bilharzia
water-borne
Malaria
[3]
© UCLES 2012 0680/12/M/J/12

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2012 0680/12/M/J/12

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2012 0680/12/M/J/12

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2012 0680/12/M/J/12

w
w
w
.X
tr
m e
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
* 4 8 4 1 0 9 0 7 2 6 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (SLM/JG) 59605/1 R
2

Examiner’s
Use
1 Read the passage about what happens to the Sun’s energy as it enters and passes through
the atmosphere and finally hits the surface of the Earth.
The upper diagram shows that 33% of all the solar radiation reaching the atmosphere is
reflected back into space. The remaining 67% passes into the atmosphere. A further 14% is
absorbed on the way through the atmosphere so that 53% hits the Earth’s surface.
The lower diagram shows what happens to the solar radiation that hits snow, lake water and
vegetation. In each case some of the radiation is absorbed and some of it is reflected. Of the
solar radiation hitting snow, 80% is reflected. Of the solar radiation hitting lake water only 5%
is reflected. When solar radiation hits vegetation, 15% of it is reflected.
(a) (i) Use the information from the passage to complete the diagrams below with the
missing percentage values.
100%
space .....……%
atmosphere .....……%
53%
Earth’s
surface
100%
..............%
100%
20%
snow 15%
100%
5%
85%
vegetation
..............%
lake water
© UCLES 2012 0680/13/M/J/12

3
(ii) What name do we give to the solar radiation received by the Earth? For
Examiner’s
............................................................................................................................. [1] Use
(b) (i) Reflected long wave radiation can be trapped by gases in the atmosphere which
insulate the Earth making it warmer than it would otherwise be.
What is the general name for these insulating gases? .......................................
Name two of them. .......................................
....................................... [2]
(ii) Give one strategy that individuals living in urban areas might use to reduce the
production of these insulating gases.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Describe two human activities which might cause global warming.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [4]

4
2 The diagram shows some of the major earthquake zones of the world. For
Examiner’s
Use
Atlantic
Ocean
Pacific
Ocean
Equator
Pacific
Ocean
major earthquake zones
(a) (i) Describe two major features of the distribution of the earthquake zones shown on
the map.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Explain the distribution of the earthquake zones shown on the map.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) (i) Living in an earthquake zone can be dangerous, and so can living near an active
volcano. However, millions of people choose to live near volcanoes. Suggest two
reasons for this.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2012 0680/13/M/J/12

5
(ii) Fewer people die from the eruption of volcanoes than from earthquakes. Explain For
why. Examiner’s
Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) How can the impacts of volcanic eruptions and earthquakes be reduced?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]

6
3 Precipitation is water falling onto the Earth’s surface. For

Examiner’s
Some of this precipitation: Use
A does not reach the ground because of trees and plants,
B flows over the surface and ends up in streams and rivers,
C re-enters the atmosphere,
D seeps into the ground.
(a) (i) Give the letter to link each of the above pathways of water to the correct term
below:
evaporation and transpiration ..........................
infiltration ..........................
interception ..........................
run-off ..........................
[2]
(ii) Describe how plants take up water into their bodies and name the process by which
they use it to make food.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) (i) Water is a precious commodity in many parts of Australia.
Look at the table.
Water use in one state 0

of Australia 90 10
(% of total) Key:
80 20
irrigation 80
domestic 13
70 30
industry 7
60 40
50
Complete the pie graph and the key to show water use in one state of Australia. [2]
© UCLES 2012 0680/13/M/J/12

7
(ii) Using the pie graph explain why salinisation is likely to be a problem. For
Examiner’s
.................................................................................................................................. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) How does salinisation happen?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]

8
4 Look at graph A, showing how the population of humans on Earth has grown over the last For
600 years. Examiner’s
Use
Compare this with graph B, showing a standard population growth curve for another animal.
world
4
population
(billions)
3
graph A
2
0
1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000
year
number
of
individuals
graph B
time
(a) (i) Describe two similarities and one difference between the shape of graphs A and B.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2012 0680/13/M/J/12

9
(ii) Explain the difference you have described in (a)(i). For

Examiner’s
.................................................................................................................................. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Human life expectancy has been changing over the late 20th and early 21st Centuries.
The table shows life expectancies and trends in life expectancy between 1970 and 2005
for 5 of the inhabited continents.
continent life expectancy (years, trends in life expectancy

average for men and between 1970 and 2005
women)
Africa 52 falling
Asia 68 rising
Europe 75 rising
Oceania 75 rising
North America 74 rising
(i) How much longer would a person living in North America expect to live than a
person living in Africa?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Explain why life expectancy is rising in four of the five listed continents.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) Suggest why life expectancy is falling in many parts of Africa.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]

10
5 Crops grown in a field form part of a food web. For

Examiner’s
Look at the example shown for a wheat crop. Use
wheat
wheat blossom midge wheat bulb fly wheat frit fly leatherjacket
midge wasp bulb fly wasp ground beetle nematode worm
(a) (i) Using the information in the diagram, complete the following passage. Use each
term either once, more than once, or not at all.
carbon consumer energy herbivores nitrogen
photosynthesis pollination predators producer respiration
Wheat is the ................................................... in this web, making food by a
process called ................................................... . The midges, flies, leatherjackets,
wasps, beetles and worms are ................................................... . Wheat traps
................................................... which is passed on to the next level in feeding, as
are ................................................... and ................................................... . [3]
(ii) Draw a food chain which has nematode worms in it.
[2]
© UCLES 2012 0680/13/M/J/12
11
(b) (i) The animals that eat wheat are regarded by the farmer as pests. Name the class of For
chemicals which farmers can use to control pests. Examiner’s
Use
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Describe the environmental problems of using these chemicals.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
(iii) People have looked for non-chemical methods to control pests. Using the
information in the food web diagram on page 10, suggest a way that one pest of
wheat might be controlled.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]

12
6 Good soil is vital for crop growth. For

Examiner’s
Read this information. Use
Soils contain mineral particles (clay, silt and sand), organic matter, air, nutrients and water.
(a) (i) For photosynthesis plants need light, water and carbon dioxide. For respiration they
need oxygen and sugar.
Which of these do they get from the soil for:
respiration of root cells, .................................................
photosynthesis? ................................................. [1]
(ii) Cereal crops such as maize and wheat grow best in fertile agricultural soils.
Tick the box which gives a pH value for such a fertile agricultural soil.
pH 3.9 pH 5.0 pH 6.8 pH 9.0
[1]
(iii) Which of the three types of mineral particle (clay, silt and sand) is most important in
making a cultivated soil:
A well drained, ...................................
B rich in nutrients, ...................................
C easy to dig? ................................... [3]
(b) The addition of water to desert soils can allow extensive, subsistence farming to become
intensive and commercial.
Explain what each of these terms means.
extensive ..........................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
intensive ...........................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
subsistence ......................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
commercial ......................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
© UCLES 2012 0680/13/M/J/12

13
(c) State one way in which the nutrient content of soils might be improved. For
Examiner’s
.......................................................................................................................................... Use
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2012 0680/13/M/J/12

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2012 0680/13/M/J/12

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2012 0680/13/M/J/12

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2012 0680/13/M/J/12

* 4 0 9 9 6 0 3 5 4 7 *

1 hour 30 minutes

Total
DC (SJF/SW) 67834/3
2

Examiner’s
Use
1 (a) (i) What is the difference between weather and climate?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) The photograph below shows a weather station.
A is a rain gauge, which would be sited differently in most weather stations.
Describe where it is usually sited.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2013 0680/11/M/J/13

3
(iii) Which element of the weather is being measured and recorded by the device For
labelled B? Examiner’s
Use
B ................................................... [1]
(iv) Name one instrument found in C and give reasons why it is placed there.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]

4
(b) The map shows six places marked with letters P to U. For
Examiner’s
Use
P T
R Tropic of
S Cancer
Equator
Q
Tropic of U
Capricorn
Look at the climate graph.
35 35
30 30
25 25
temperature 20 20 temperature
/ °C / °C
15 15
10 10
5 5
0 0
350 350
300 300
250 250
precipitation 200 200 precipitation

/ mm / mm
150 150
100 100
5 5
0 0
© UCLES 2013 0680/11/M/J/13

5
Give the letter, P, Q, R, S, T or U, for the place on the map with this type of climate. Give For
reasons for your answer. Examiner’s
Use
letter …………
reasons ............................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
[Total: 10]

6
2 (a) Look at this information board on the edge of a marine reserve off the NE coast of the For
USA. Examiner’s
Use
Food Webs in the Stellwagen Bank

Phytoplankton (microscopic plants) take advantage of upwelling nutrients
to multiply rapidly in the sunlit waters, Zooplankton (tiny marine animals)
eat the populations of phytoplankton. Many marine animals such as whales,
basking sharks, sand lance and storm petrels feed on the zooplankton.
Most of the smaller fish species, such as sand lance, are eaten by
seabirds, humpback, fin and minke whales, so all members of the food web
benefit from the upwelling.
A humpback whale, which feeds on krill

(part of the zooplankton) and small fish.
© UCLES 2013 0680/11/M/J/13

7
(i) Complete the food web diagram for the Stellwagen Bank. For
Examiner’s
Use
........................................
sand lance
........................................
........................................
........................................
........................................
phytoplankton
upwelling nutrients
Your answers should give a complete food web. [3]
(ii) One area of the world where upwelling nutrients support a large ocean fishery is off
the coast of Peru.
Why do nutrients rise into surface waters here?
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]

8
(iii) In certain years this fishery for anchovies collapses due to El Nino. For
Examiner’s
Explain how El Nino causes this. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(b) Rich marine habitats such as the Stellwagen Bank and the coastal waters off Peru have
great biodiversity. Habitat destruction causes a loss of biodiversity and therefore loss of
genetic variation (genetic depletion).
Explain why genetic depletion is a problem.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2013 0680/11/M/J/13

9
Question 3 begins on page 10.

10
3 (a) The impact of humans on the Earth has increased over the last 2000 years due to a big For
rise in the population and in people’s consumption of natural resources. Examiner’s
Use
State and explain two factors which are leading to the rise in population.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [4]
(b) A measure of the impact of a person on the Earth is the ecological footprint. This is
made up of some variable factors and some which are fixed, such as provision of
roads and hospitals. The table shows the variable factors in the footprint of a person
(person X) who lives in the UK (average winter temperature, 4 °C) and:
• owns a car,
• goes overseas for holidays,
• lives in a three bedroom house,
• uses electricity generated from fossil fuels,
• has roof insulation
person X
lifestyle feature ecological footprint index
car 1.46
food 0.48
house 2.06
health/education 0.22
holiday 0.90
total for variable factors 5.12
In addition, the ecological footprint index due to fixed factors such as provision of roads
and hospitals is 6.2, so this gives person X an ecological footprint index of 11.32.
© UCLES 2013 0680/11/M/J/13

11
(i) Use the data in the table to complete the labelling of the pie chart. For
Examiner’s
Use
Key
car
food
..................................
health / education
..................................
roads, hospitals etc

(fixed)
Put your answers in the spaces provided. [1]

(ii) For the Earth to support 7 billion people the ecological footprint index for each
person should not be greater than 3.7.
How many Earths would we need if everyone lived as person X?
Show your working.
number of Earths .................................................. [1]

(iii) Using the information given, and your knowledge, describe ways in which person X
could reduce their ecological footprint index.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [4]
[Total: 10]

12
4 The diagram below shows how the area of the Dead Sea has changed since 1950. For
Examiner’s
Use
1950 1972 2010
(a) (i) Describe how the Dead Sea has changed over the 60 year period.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2013 0680/11/M/J/13

13
(ii) The graph shows what has happened to the population of the countries surrounding For
the Dead Sea since 1950. Examiner’s
Use
14
12
10
population
/ millions 8
0
1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010
year
The Jordan River flows into the Dead Sea. The climate of the area is hot and dry most of
the year.
Suggest reasons for the changes in the Dead Sea you have described in (i).
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [4]

14
(b) Water is a very precious resource and this area suffers from water scarcity. For
Examiner’s
Explain how people could conserve and reuse water. Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [4]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2013 0680/11/M/J/13

15
5 Energy for use by human communities comes from either renewable or non-renewable For
sources. Examiner’s
Use
(a) The major non-renewable energy resources are fossil fuels.
(i) Name the three main fossil fuels .............................................................................
.............................................................................
......................................................................... [2]
(ii) Explain why these are called fossil fuels ..................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]

16
(b) Non-renewable resources will eventually be used up. For

Examiner’s
There are two solutions to minimise this problem: Use
• increased efficiency in the use of fossil fuels

• new technologies
Some of the new technologies will involve the use of renewable energy sources.
The table shows the energy generated from some renewable sources in 2010.
source TWh per year

geothermal 60
wind 130
solar 4
biomass 240
wave and tidal 1
TOTAL 435
An estimate of the potential energy generation from these sources is 300 000 TWh per
year.
(i) Complete the graph below for geothermal and wind power.
250
200
energy
generated 150
worldwide
/ TWh per year
100
50
0
geothermal wind solar biomass wave +
tidal
renewable energy source
Your answer should give a complete bar graph. [1]
© UCLES 2013 0680/11/M/J/13

17
(ii) Calculate, from the information above, the percentage of the estimated potential For
energy generation that we currently generate from these five energy sources Examiner’s
combined. Use
Show your working.
................................................... [2]
(iii) Describe and explain ways in which governments can conserve fossil fuels.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [4]
[Total: 10]

18
6 (a) Look at the pie chart showing average percentages for the composition of soil. For
Examiner’s
Use
1.0 0.5
3.5
Key
25.0 air
water
45.0
minerals
humus
roots of plants
soil organisms
25.0
(i) What percentage of this soil consists of organic material?

Show your working and explain your answer.
percentage of organic matter .................................................. %
explanation ...............................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) State the soil component, shown on the pie chart, that is needed for each of the
following processes.
photosynthesis ................................................................
respiration ................................................................
making proteins ................................................................ [3]
© UCLES 2013 0680/11/M/J/13

19
(b) Soil can become polluted by human activity. One kind of pollution is called groundwater For
contamination. Examiner’s
Use
(i) What is groundwater?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Explain how groundwater can become contaminated.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) How can groundwater contamination become a threat to human health?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2013 0680/11/M/J/13

20
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2013 0680/11/M/J/13

* 5 8 3 4 5 5 2 3 9 5 *

1 hour 30 minutes
Total
DC (SJF/SW) 67839/2
2

Examiner’s
1 (a) Insolation is a measure of the solar radiation reaching a given surface area of the Earth Use
in a given time.
Explain why insolation is greatest at the equator and least at the poles.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
(b) (i) The maps show the permanent polar ice as it was in 1980 and 2010.
Arc Arc
tic tic
cir
cir
cle
cle
1980 2010
Key
ice
sea
land
Describe the changes over the 30 years.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2013 0680/12/M/J/13

3
(ii) Many people believe that global warming is the cause of these changes. For
Examiner’s
Explain this view from your knowledge of the greenhouse effect. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(iii) What measures could governments take to prevent further change in the extent of
polar ice?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]

4
2 (a) People obtain food from the land in different ways. The oldest way is hunter gathering. A For
few people still live like this in the tundra, deserts and tropical rainforests. Examiner’s
Use
Choose one of these three ecosystems and name it here ..............................................
Suggest how hunter gatherers get food in this environment and what features of this
environment have allowed this traditional way of life to remain when it has disappeared
elsewhere.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
(b) (i) The table below shows changes in the land area (in hectares) covered by forest in
the state of Victoria in Australia.
area / millions of
year
hectares of forest
1869 20.0
1900 17.0
1950 13.0
1972 10.5
2000 8.0
What percentage of the forest cover of 1869 had been lost by 2000?
Show your working.
..............................................% [2]
© UCLES 2013 0680/12/M/J/13

5
(ii) Complete the graph below using the data in the table and draw in a line to show the For
trend. Examiner’s
Use
25
20
area 15
/ millions
of hectares
of forest
10
0
1860 1880 1900 1920 1940 1960 1980 2000
year [2]
(iii) Describe the trend of the graph that you have completed.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iv) A government minister in a conservation speech emphasised the importance of

conserving forests to sustain the tourism industry in his country.
Explain what he meant. In your answer refer to ecotourism.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]

6
3 (a) The map shows six biomes, marked A to F. For

Examiner’s
Use
A
A
C C
B
B B
23.5° N Tropic of Cancer
B E E
0° Equator D D D Equator
D
D
F F
23.5° S B F
E B Tropic of Capricorn
B
(i) Three of the biomes are forests.

Which letters on the map show taiga, tropical rainforest and monsoon forest?
taiga ……………………
tropical rainforest ……………………
monsoon forest …………………… [2]
(ii) Choose two of the forest biomes and describe the main differences between the
trees in these biomes.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2013 0680/12/M/J/13

7
(b) The 2011 World Environment Day had as its theme, ‘Forests: Nature at Your Service’. For
The theme was chosen to highlight the environmental, economic and social importance Examiner’s
of the world’s forests as they are affected by deforestation. Use
(i) What did the organisers mean by ‘the environmental importance of the world’s
forests’?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(ii) How can the problem of deforestation be reduced?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 10]

8
4 (a) The diagram shows a section through the coastal zone and ocean. For
Examiner’s
Use
coastal land above sea level
mean sea level
0 200
metres
(i) Which part of the sea, P, Q or R, is the most productive for:
fish and other food ……………………
oil ……………………
tourism. …………………… [2]
(ii) Choose one of the above and explain how you arrived at your answer.
choice ……………………………………
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2013 0680/12/M/J/13

9
(b) Overfishing is a serious problem in many of the world’s oceans. For

Examiner’s
(i) State and explain two causes of overfishing. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [4]
(ii) Why is the problem of overfishing difficult to reduce?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]

10
5 (a) In China, surface water quality has been classified on a five point scale. For
Examiner’s
G – Excellent Use
H – Good
J – Satisfactory
K – Poor
L – Very Poor
In 2011 a report stated that surface water quality in China varied as follows:
• 60% of rivers were grade J or better

• 23.6% of rivers were graded K or L
• 16.4% were too poor to be graded
(i) What percentage of rivers was less than satisfactory?

Space for working.
................................................... [1]
26 lakes or reservoirs were also surveyed. Eutrophication was found to affect 42.3% of
these lakes and reservoirs.
(ii) Explain what is meant by eutrophication.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2013 0680/12/M/J/13

11
(b) Humans also affect processes within the water cycle. For
Examiner’s
Use
U
T U
S
S
V
W river
lake land
ocean
(i) Which letters show run-off and infiltration?
run-off …………………
infiltration ………………… [1]
(ii) On the diagram above mark with a letter X a place where interception occurs. [1]

12
(iii) The table below shows the run-off as a percentage of the total precipitation for For
surfaces with different land use. Examiner’s
Use
run-off as
land use percentage of
total precipitation
dense forest cover 2
scattered trees and grass 14
grass 73
bare surfaces 85
urban areas 98
100
80
run-off as 60
percentage
of total
precipitation
40
20
0
dense scattered grass bare urban
forest trees surfaces areas
cover and
grass
land use
Use the table to complete the bar chart.

Your answer should give a complete bar chart. [1]
© UCLES 2013 0680/12/M/J/13

13
(iv) Using the information in the table and the bar chart, and your own knowledge, For
explain how and why humans affect run-off. Examiner’s
Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 10]

14
6 (a) The diagram shows a section through the Earth. For

Examiner’s
Use
M
N
O
(i) Name layers N and O.
N ...................................................
O ................................................... [2]
(ii) Complete the sentence below.
Layer M is called the …………………………… . This layer is broken into large
pieces, called …………………………… plates, that move around. [2]
© UCLES 2013 0680/12/M/J/13

15
(b) In 2011 a strong earthquake occurred off the coast of Japan. The map shows its location. For
Examiner’s
Use
Eurasian plate
Japan
Pacific plate
Key
plate boundaries
Philippine plate
plate boundary
movements
epicentre of
strong
earthquake
(i) Explain why a strong earthquake occurred at this location.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]

16
(ii) Over 15 000 people living on the NE coast of Japan lost their lives. For
Examiner’s
Explain why people in this area were the worst affected. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 10]
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible.
Every reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been
included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University
of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
© UCLES 2013 0680/12/M/J/13

* 9 3 2 7 9 3 6 6 5 1 *

1 hour 30 minutes

Total
DC (SJF/SW) 67837/2
2
1 (a) An ecosystem consists of all the living (biotic) and non-living (abiotic) things For
(components) in an area and their interactions. Examiner’s
Use
(i) Arrange the following ecosystem components and interactions under the headings
in the table.
soil climate animals competition
plants producers consumers predation
biotic component abiotic component interaction
[3]
(ii) Humans are part of ecosystems, for example hunter-gatherers, nomadic pastoralists
and crop farmers.
Which of these three groups do you think has the greatest impact on the
environment? Explain your choice.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2013 0680/13/M/J/13

3
(b) In developed countries such as the UK there is much concern about the loss of woodland For
and of the decline of insects such as bees. Examiner’s
Use
Explain why these concerns exist.
woodland
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
bees
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [4]
[Total: 10]

4
2 (a) The graph shows the population of Pakistan from soon after its independence to the For
present day. Examiner’s
Use
250
200
150
population
/ millions
100
50
0
1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020
year
Three predictions for the total population 2020 have been made:
Key
225 million - - - - -
235 million _____
270 million ……...
(i) Plot these figures on the graph above using the lines in the key.
Put your three lines on the graph. [1]
(ii) Suggest reasons why it is difficult to predict population growth.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2013 0680/13/M/J/13

5
(b) Predictions have also been made about the age structure of the population in 2020. For
Examiner’s
The diagrams below show the population pyramid for 2005 and the predicted population Use
pyramid for 2020 for Pakistan.
actual population pyramid for Pakistan 2005
male age female

80+
75–79
70–74
65–69
60–64
55–59
50–54
45–49
40–44
35–39
30–34
25–29
20–24
15–19
10–14
5–9
0–4
12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 12
population / in millions
predicted population pyramid for Pakistan 2020
male age female

80+
75–79
70–74
65–69
60–64
55–59
50–54
45–49
40–44
35–39
30–34
25–29
20–24
15–19
10–14
5–9
0–4
12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 12
population / in millions
(i) Compare what each pyramid shows.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]

6
(ii) Suggest what the government of Pakistan might do to prepare for the changes that For
may occur by 2020. Examiner’s
Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2013 0680/13/M/J/13

7
3 (a) Crop farming can only take place in areas where certain conditions occur. The crop For
is a plant, therefore it has certain requirements. Fill in the gaps in the passage below Examiner’s
summarising the requirements of a crop for growth. Use
Use words from the list below. Words may be used once, more than once or not at all.
heat carbon dioxide nitrate
water light salinity
(i) In order to make sugars, plants need ………………………………………… from the
soil and ………………………………………… from the atmosphere. The energy for
the process is provided by ………………………………………… from the sun. The
temperature of the area must also be suitable for growth.
To convert these sugars into other materials, such as proteins and chlorophyll, the
plants also need various nutrients such as ………………………………………… ,
also obtained from the soil. [2]
(ii) Which is the main factor in part (i) that limits crop growth in
desert, ……………………………………………
tundra? …………………………………………… [2]

8
(b) The graph shows the changes in the improvement in world grain yields over the last half For
century. Examiner’s
Use
3.5
increase 2.5
in grain
yield 2
as a
percentage 1.5
of yield
for previous 1
ten years
0.5
0
1951– 1961– 1971– 1981– 1991–
1960 1970 1980 1990 2000
years
(i) Describe and explain the changes in the improvement in grain yields shown by the
graph.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [4]
(ii) Despite overall improvements in crop yields, the average yield of crops on many
small farms in developing countries is still low. Explain why yields remain low.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2013 0680/13/M/J/13
9
4 (a) The diagram shows parts of the water cycle. Some processes are labelled. For
Examiner’s
Use
vegetation
F
lake
The table shows ways in which the removal of vegetation, can affect some of the water
cycle processes.
change on removal of reasons

letter name of process
vegetation for change
foliage blocks
D interception decreases
falling rain
…………………………… …………………………… ……………………………

E
…………………………… …………………………… ……………………………
…………………………… …………………………… ……………………………

F
…………………………… …………………………… ……………………………
Complete the table by filling in the gaps, using your own knowledge and the water cycle
diagram. The first line has been done for you. [3]

10
(b) Some of the properties of soils important for plant growth can be measured in the For
laboratory. The following apparatus was set up. The soils were already saturated. Examiner’s
Use
beaker
water water water
soil 1 soil 2 soil 3
funnel
cloth filter
collected
water
(i) Which soil property is being measured?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
The following data were obtained from the experiment above.
height of water
soil type collected after
one hr / cm
1 5.0
2 1.5
3 0.6
© UCLES 2013 0680/13/M/J/13

11
(ii) Plot the data as a graph on the grid below and label the axes. For
Examiner’s
Use
[2]
(iii) Explain why a soil with equal amounts of sand, silt and clay is better for farming
than a soil that is mostly sand or mostly clay.
Soil that has equal amounts of sand, silt and clay compared with:
soil that is mostly sand .............................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
soil that is mostly clay ...............................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [4]
[Total: 10]
12
5 (a) The map below shows the location of the Three Gorges dam on the Yangtze River in For
China. Examiner’s
Use
location of
Three Gorges
dam
China
Yangtze River
area affected
by drought
(i) This dam is the biggest in the world. State two reasons why very large dams such
as this are built.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Building large dams may cause problems for people living in the area.
Describe these problems.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2013 0680/13/M/J/13

13
(iii) The dam was completed in 2006 and since then a severe drought has affected the For
area shaded on the map. Some farmers in this area blame the dam for the drought. Examiner’s
Use
Are they right or wrong? Give your views on this.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(b) More recently, the same areas of China have experienced severe flooding. Suggest
reasons for this flooding.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 10]

14
6 (a) Modern human society relies on the generation of electricity. This can be achieved using For
energy from a variety of sources such as: Examiner’s
Use
coal solar gas wind wave nuclear
geothermal hydro-electric biomass oil
Sustainable energy is the provision of energy that meets the needs of the present
without affecting the ability of future generations to meet their needs.
(i) Place the energy sources in the list above under the correct heading in the table
below.
unsustainable sustainable
[3]
(ii) The length of time for which the unsustainable sources of energy can be exploited
could be increased.
Suggest ways in which this could be achieved.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2013 0680/13/M/J/13

15
(b) The table below shows the average costs of generating electricity at power stations For
using gas, oil and coal and nuclear power stations in a selection of developing countries. Examiner’s
Use
average cost of electricity

average cost of electricity
from power stations using
from nuclear power stations
gas, oil and coal
$ per MWh
$ per MWh
construction 6.5 8.9
operation 3.4 2.6
fuel 22.0 5.3
Taking into account these costs, and other factors, state what arguments there might be
for and against A a power station using coal, oil or gas and B a nuclear power station.
A ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
B ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [4]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2013 0680/13/M/J/13

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2013 0680/13/M/J/13

* 5 1 1 8 1 5 6 1 1 9 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (CW/SW) 80698/3
2
1 (a) (i) What is an ecosystem?
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(ii) The diagram below shows energy flow in an ecosystem.
............................. energy
.............................
chemical energy in plants ............................. energy
eating
.............................
chemical energy in animals
Complete the diagram by filling in the boxes on the lines provided. Use words from the
list below.
transpiration respiration photosynthesis heat
light mechanical infiltration

[4]
© UCLES 2014 0680/11/M/J/14

3
(b) The diagram below shows a nutrient cycle in a tropical rainforest.
rapid tree large quantity of

growth fallen leaves
rapid decay to
form humus
humus adds nutrients
to the soil
Tropical rainforests are being removed for agriculture and other purposes.
Describe how this removal changes the nutrient cycle shown in the diagram above.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

4
2 (a) The diagram below shows a section through a cyclone.
rapidly rising rapidly rising

moist air moist air
cloud air cloud

descends
12 000 m
gusty winds gusty winds
clear
skies
very rough calm very rough choppy
(i) Use the diagram and your own knowledge to explain how a cyclone forms.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]
(ii) Describe two different types of damage a cyclone may cause.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2014 0680/11/M/J/14

5
(iii) In one country in 1970, 300 000 people died in a cyclone. When a more severe cyclone
struck the same area 20 years later, 130 000 people died.
Suggest what the authorities may have done to achieve this change.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Wind can be used as a source of power.
State two ways in which the power of the wind is used.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]

6
3 Soil acts as a medium for the growth of plants. Some important features of soil are its pH, the
nutrients it contains and how well aerated and drained it is.
(a) Water, nitrates, phosphates and oxygen may be found in soil.
(i) State which of these enables a plant to:
photosynthesise ...............................................
respire ............................................... [2]
(ii) The diagram below shows pore spaces in a soil.
soil surface
soil particle
pore
spaces
pore spaces
pore
spaces
organic
material magnification × 20
If pore spaces are small, there will be a lot of water in the soil and it can become
waterlogged.
Suggest what will be absent from a waterlogged soil and explain this absence.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(iii) Suggest how farmers might reduce the problems caused by waterlogging.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2014 0680/11/M/J/14

7
(b) The size of the pore spaces in soil is determined by the type of particle that makes up the soil
type; silt, sand or clay.
Look at the graph below which shows the total volume of water that has drained through each
soil type over five minutes.
1200
1100 A
1000
900
800
amount 700
of water
/ cm3 B
600
500
400
300
200
100 C
0
0 1 2 3 4 5
time
/ minutes
(i) How much more water has drained through soil A than soil C after 3 minutes?
.................................................. cm3 [1]
(ii) Match each soil type to each line, A, B or C, shown on the graph.
clay .....................
sand .....................
silt ..................... [2]

8
4 (a) The world’s oceans have enormous potential for the provision of resources to humans.
List three different resources humans get from the oceans.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) In using the oceans, humans cause pollution. The following diagram shows some activities on
the coast and examples of pollution at A and B.
WC
B
© UCLES 2014 0680/11/M/J/14

9
(i) Describe the causes of the pollution and its effects on the environment at both A and B.
cause of pollution at A
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
effect on environment
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
cause of pollution at B
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
effect on environment
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]
(ii) Explain how pollution at A and B might be reduced.
A ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
B ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]

10
5 The diagram below shows the Earth’s major tectonic plates and the boundaries between them.
N
B
Iceland
C
A
Key
plate boundaries direction of plate movement
(a) (i) Name the types of plate boundaries found at A and at C.
A ..................................................
C .................................................. [2]
(ii) Draw a labelled diagram in the space below to show what is happening at the plate
boundary at A.
[4]
© UCLES 2014 0680/11/M/J/14

11
(b) Describe ways in which Iceland may benefit from its location near plate boundary B on the
map.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]

12
6 The diagram below shows some ways in which humans affect their environment.
deforestation
overgrazing
overproduction
of crops
modern farming
techniques
(a) (i) Overgrazing can cause soil erosion. Explain how this happens.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]
(ii) Modern farming may lead to salination (salinisation).
Describe how salination occurs.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2014 0680/11/M/J/14

13
(b) How might forests be managed sustainably?
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]
© UCLES 2014 0680/11/M/J/14

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2014 0680/11/M/J/14

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2014 0680/11/M/J/14

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2014 0680/11/M/J/14

* 8 1 6 5 7 7 9 0 4 7 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (CW/SW) 80700/3
2
1 (a) (i) Animals and plants of different species live in populations within communities. Describe
the difference between populations and communities.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(ii) The changes in population size of a species of organism over time can be plotted on a
graph.
Sketch a typical population growth curve on the axes below.
population
number
time
[2]
© UCLES 2014 0680/12/M/J/14

3
(b) The diagram below is a model of changes in birth and death rates during the development of
a human population.
birth rate
and
death rate
birth rate
death rate
stage 1 stage 2 stage 3 stage 4

time
(i) State the name of the model shown in the diagram above.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Describe and explain the changes in human birth rate and death rate over time, using
the above model to help you.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]

4
2 (a) (i) The following is a list of some gases in the atmosphere.
CFCs methane ozone
nitrogen carbon dioxide
From this list identify:
a gas not produced by a natural process .......................................
a gas not affected by human activity .............................................. [2]
(ii) Oxides of nitrogen from car exhausts can interact with UV light to give rise to air pollution
that gets trapped near the ground by a temperature inversion.
Look at the left-hand diagram below, which shows no temperature inversion above
a valley town. Complete the diagram on the right to show the same area during a
temperature inversion.
light, warm
dense, cool air rises
air sinks dense, cool
air sinks
fumes
and smoke
town in valley town in valley

no temperature inversion temperature inversion
[2]
(iii) Suggest how these trapped pollutants might affect economic activity.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2014 0680/12/M/J/14

5
(b) (i) Another problem caused by gases emitted from car exhausts and factories is the
formation of acid rain. Use the diagram below and your own knowledge to explain how
acid rain is formed.
SO2
SO2 NOx
SO2 NOx
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(ii) Explain why countries need to work together to solve the problem of acid rain.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]

6
3 The diagram below shows a supercontinent on Earth called Pangaea, which existed about
250 million years ago, and the Earth as it is today.
Earth, 250 million years ago
Eurasia
North
America
Africa
South
America
India
Australia
Antarctica
Earth, today
North
America Asia
India
Africa
equator
South
America
Australia
Antarctica
(a) (i) Identify and describe the process which explains how the change shown above occurred.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(ii) Suggest the type of plate boundary found in Pangaea between Africa and South America.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2014 0680/12/M/J/14

7
(b) (i) Explain why fewer people are injured or killed in volcanic eruptions than in earthquakes.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(ii) Describe ways in which governments might reduce the death toll during an earthquake.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]

8
4 Water is vital to life. However, its availability around the world is very variable, due mainly to
different precipitation levels.
The map below shows how precipitation varies around the world.
Arctic Circle
Tropic of Cancer
equator
Tropic of Capricorn
Antarctic Circle
Key
under 250 mm 501–1000 mm 1501–2000 mm
251–500 mm 1001–1500 mm over 2000 mm
(a) (i) The places with the least precipitation are called dry deserts. They are defined as those
places where precipitation is less than 250 mm / year. Use this information and the map
to describe the distribution of dry deserts in the world.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Explain how countries with low rainfall could obtain supplies of water.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2014 0680/12/M/J/14

9
(b) (i) In some countries, water is plentiful but may not be safe to drink. In 2000, the United
Nations set out a series of Millennium Development Goals (MDGs), one of which was to:
“halve, by 2015, the proportion of the population without sustainable access to

safe drinking water”
In 2000, 77 % of world population had access to safe water.

In 2012, 89 % of world population had access to safe water.
Has the MDG for safe water been achieved early? Show your working and explain your
answer.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(ii) Bilharzia, typhoid, cholera and malaria are water-related diseases. Which two of these
could be transmitted by drinking contaminated water? Explain your choice.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]

10
5 Read this information about the forests of Bangladesh.
“The remaining forests of Bangladesh cover slightly less than 10 percent of the land area. The
natural forest cover continues to reduce. Valuable resources are being lost. Serious risks are being
taken with the environment.”
Study the diagram below which shows Bangladesh and surrounding areas.
spring snow melt

monsoon climate
deforestation in mountains
Rive
Tibet r Bra
hma
putra
Bangladesh
s
Nepal
rG ange
India Rive
Bay of
Bengal
not to scale
Key
international border
(a) (i) Using the diagram and your own knowledge, explain why deforestation in the mountains
causes problems in Bangladesh.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2014 0680/12/M/J/14

11
(ii) Suggest how these problems might be reduced.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) (i) State one forest resource and identify what it is used for.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Explain how forests help to maintain the balance of some of the gases in the Earth’s
atmosphere.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]

12
6 The map below shows various climates and some places in the world where they are found. The
features of the climate are shown in the graphs on the map.
A
Hebron
height 15 m
400 40
350 temperature range 30 °C
temperature
30
precipitation
300 20
/ °C
250 10
/ mm
200 0
150 –10
100 precipitation 490 mm –20
50
0
J FMAM J J ASON D
B C
Manaus In Salah
height 44 m height 280 m
400 40 400 temperature range 23 °C 40
temperature range 2 °C
350 30 350 30
temperature
temperature
precipitation
300 20 300 20
precipitation
precipitation 1811 mm
250 10 250 10
/ °C
/ °C
/ mm
/ mm
200 0 200 0
150 –10 150 –10
100 –20 100 –20
50 50 precipitation 18 mm
0 J FMAM J J ASON D 0 J FMAM
J J ASON D
© UCLES 2014 0680/12/M/J/14

13
(a) (i) Match the climate letter, A, B and C, with its type below:
equatorial ..............................
tundra ..............................
hot desert ..............................

[2]
(ii) Describe and explain two ways in which plants growing in area C are adapted to the
climate.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]
(b) (i) Suggest why few people live in area A.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Suggest the possible problems of farming in area C.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2014 0680/12/M/J/14

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2014 0680/12/M/J/14

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2014 0680/12/M/J/14

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2014 0680/12/M/J/14

* 0 3 7 7 5 3 4 7 9 5 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (CW/SW) 81155/4
2
1 (a) Look at the diagram below.
Sun grasses gazelle lion
(i) Draw arrows on the diagram to show the direction of energy flow. [1]
(ii) Complete the table below using words from the list. Each word may be used once, more
than once or not at all.
consumer energy flow producer community
animal niche
gazelle
............................... in the savanna
grasses
............................... in the savanna
lion
............................... in the savanna
[2]
(iii) Explain why all the energy in the gazelle is not passed to the lion.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2014 0680/13/M/J/14

3
(b) Read the information in the box below.
The Waza National Park, Cameroon, Africa

The Waza National Park is one of the most popular and rich wildlife sanctuaries
in Cameroon. In 1979 it was declared a world biosphere reserve because of its
biodiversity. The park is open for public visits from 15 November to 15 June.
More than 30 wild mammal species and 379 bird species have been identified
in this area of savanna. March and April are the best months to see a wide
range of animals including elephants, hippos, giraffes, lions and monkeys.
There is no tourist accommodation available in the park. There are camp sites
close to the entrance and tourist lodges in the village of Waza just north of
the National Park. Vehicles that enter the park must have a guide.
(i) State which country the Waza National Park is in.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Using the information in the box and your own knowledge, describe what animals and
plants a visitor would see in the Waza National Park.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(iii) How might local people benefit from a biosphere reserve?
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]

4
2 The table below shows world iron ore production in 2010, with the top ten countries named.
production of iron
ore in 2010
/ million tonnes
China 1070
Australia 433
Brazil 370
India 230
Russia 101
Ukraine 78
South Africa 59
United States 50
Canada 37
Iran 28
other countries 136
total 2592
© UCLES 2014 0680/13/M/J/14

5
(a) (i) Complete the graph below using figures from the table. [2]
1200
1000
production of iron ore in 2010
800
/ million metric tonnes
600
400
200
0
na
lia
il
ne
es
r
he
az
di
si
ric
ad
Ira
tra
at
hi
ai
us
In
ot
Br
Af
an
kr
C
St
s
R
Au
C
h
d
ut
te
So
ni
U
country
(ii) State which country produces the greatest amount of iron ore.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) Calculate what percentage of the total world production of iron ore Australia produces.
Space for working.
....................................................... % [1]

6
(iv) In 2011 the life expectancy of known iron ore reserves in Australia was estimated to be
seventy years. State what this means.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) (i) Most iron ore is mined using opencast methods. Describe the impact of an opencast
mine on a rural environment.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]
(ii) Suggest one reason why some local people might be in favour of an opencast mine.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2014 0680/13/M/J/14

7
BLANK PAGE
TURN OVER FOR QUESTION 3

8
3 Study the diagram below of a Stevenson Screen found at many weather stations.
door opens to north in

sloping roof northern hemisphere and to south
in southern hemisphere
painted white
slatted / louvred sides
1.2 metres off

the ground
open space
grass
(a) (i) One purpose of the Stevenson Screen is to allow a thermometer to measure air
temperature. Explain three features of the Stevenson Screen which ensure that a
thermometer correctly measures air temperature.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(ii) Identify the weather elements the thermometers kept in the Stevenson Screen measure
each day.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(iii) State what a barometer measures.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2014 0680/13/M/J/14

9
(b) Acid rain is precipitation that contains pollutants. Describe two strategies for reducing acid
rain.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]

10
4 Study the diagram below of the model of demographic transition.
stage 1 2 3 4 5
40 birth rate
death rate
birth
and 30
death
rates
20
/ 1000
people
per year 10 total
population
0
time
Key A
(a) (i) Describe what the areas shaded A and B show.
A ........................................................................................................................................
B ....................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) The five population pyramids, C to G below, show the stages of the demographic
transition model.
Identify which pyramid matches each stage of the model.
C D E F G
ages ages ages ages ages
male 80–84 female male 80–84 female male 80–84 female male 80–84 female male 80–84 female
70–74 70–74 70–74 70–74 70–74
60–64 60–64 60–64 60–64 60–64
50–54 50–54 50–54 50–54 50–54
40–44 40–44 40–44 40–44 40–44
30–34 30–34 30–34 30–34 30–34
20–24 20–24 20–24 20–24 20–24
10–14 10–14 10–14 10–14 10–14
0–4 0–4 0–4 0–4 0–4
4 3210 01 234 8 76 54 321 0 01 234 5678 76 54 321 0 01 23 4 5 6 7 98 76 54 32 1 0 01 23456789 4 3210 01 234
% of total population % of total population % of total population % of total population % of total population
stage 1 .................
stage 2 .................
stage 3 .................
stage 4 .................
stage 5 ................. [3]
© UCLES 2014 0680/13/M/J/14

11
(iii) Suggest two limitations of the demographic transition model.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) The governments in some countries have policies to reduce birth rates. Describe three
strategies for managing population growth.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

12
5 The diagram below shows the water cycle in a tropical rainforest ecosystem.
X
heavy convectional .......
Y
....... from leaves
W
....... by leaves
water
collecting
on waxy leaf
V
....... from soil Z
surface ....... to river
(a) (i) In the spaces below, write down the words missing from each box.
V ............................................................................................
W ............................................................................................
X ............................................................................................
Y ............................................................................................
Z ............................................................................................ [3]
© UCLES 2014 0680/13/M/J/14

13
(ii) The trees are cut down and removed from the tropical rainforest ecosystem.
Explain how this would affect the processes at W and Z.
W .......................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
Z ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]
(b) Human activities can cause changes in water quality. Suggest three ways water in rivers and
lakes can be polluted.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

14
6 Study the graph below of the amount of water flowing in the river Nile before and after the building
of the Aswan High Dam. The measurements were taken below the dam, between the site of the
dam and the sea.
flow rate of the River Nile

25 000
20 000
amount of water
/ millions of m3
15 000
10 000
5000
0
month
Key
before building
of Aswan Dam
after building
of Aswan Dam
(a) (i) State the three months when the river Nile used to flood below the dam, before it was
built.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Explain why farmers near the river Nile, below the dam, needed to buy more fertiliser
after the dam was built.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2014 0680/13/M/J/14

15
(b) (i) The Aswan High Dam provides electricity. State the name given to electricity generated
from fast flowing water.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Explain why electricity generated from fast flowing water is a renewable and sustainable
energy resource.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(iii) Suggest environmental problems of building large dams in developing countries.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]
© UCLES 2014 0680/13/M/J/14

16
BLANK PAGE
Question 2 © http://minerals.usgs.gov/minerals/pubs/commodity/iron_ore/mcs-2012-feore.pdf.
Question 6 © Alan Doherty & Malcolm McDonald; River Basin Management; Hodder and Stoughton Ltd; 1992.
© UCLES 2014 0680/13/M/J/14

* 6 0 6 5 3 7 5 5 6 5 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (NF/SW) 92107/5
2
1 The map below shows the main hot deserts of the world.
NORTH
AMERICA EUROPE
ASIA
Tropic of
Cancer
Equator AFRICA
SOUTH
Tropic of AMERICA OCEANIA
Capricorn
Key
hot deserts
(a) (i) Describe the distribution of hot deserts on the map.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
(ii) Describe the main climatic conditions in hot deserts.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2015 0680/11/M/J/15

3
(b) (i) Many parts of the world are becoming desert in a process called desertification. Explain
the causes of desertification.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Desertification and soil erosion are often linked. State one strategy to prevent soil erosion
and explain how it works.
strategy ..............................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
explanation ........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[3]

4
2 Look at the diagram below which shows a power station.
electricity
turbine
steam generator
water
boiler
ash
(a) (i) State the source of the energy in this power station at A.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Using the diagram and your own knowledge, explain how electricity is generated in this
power station.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
© UCLES 2015 0680/11/M/J/15

5
(b) (i) A waste gas emitted at B is carbon dioxide. Explain why less of this gas enters the
atmosphere from this type of power station than it would if the energy source was coal.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
(ii) Give the name of another waste gas emitted at B.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Suggest what could be done with the ash shown in the diagram.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

6
3 (a) The table of data and graph show air quality in a number of cities in China.
Key
number percentage
air quality grade grade I = least polluted
of cities of cities
I 26 4.2
II 479 ..................
III 99 16.2
>III 8 1.3
total 612 100.0
100
90
80
70
percentage of cities
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
I II III >III
air quality grade
(i) Complete the table and use the data to complete the bar graph. [2]
© UCLES 2015 0680/11/M/J/15

7
(ii) Air can be polluted by gases, such as sulfur dioxide, which causes acid rain. Look at the
graph below, which shows industrial and domestic sulfur dioxide emissions in Germany (a
developed country). Describe and suggest reasons for the trends in emissions between
2006 and 2009.
2500
industrial
sulfur dioxide emissions

/ million tonnes per year
2000
1500
1000
500 domestic
0
2006 2007 2008 2009
year
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [4]
(b) Explain how air pollution can cause acid rain.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [4]

8
4 (a) The table below shows data about the movement of water through the water cycle.
water movement / thousands km3 per year

ocean land total
precipitation 373 113
evaporation 413 73
(i) Use the data in the table to fill in the boxes A–D in the diagram below with the correct
numbers. [2]
B C
A D
land
Key
water vapour
ocean
(ii) Complete the table and compare the total world precipitation and total world evaporation.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2015 0680/11/M/J/15

9
(b) One of the main uses for water is for agriculture. Map A shows world agricultural production in
the Americas and Australia. Map B shows drought status.
map A: agricultural production by value map B: drought status
USA USA
Canada Canada
USA USA
Mexico Mexico
Venezuela Venezuela
Suriname Suriname
Peru Brazil Peru Brazil
Australia Bolivia Paraguay Australia Bolivia Paraguay

Chile Argentina Chile Argentina
Key
<US$ 1 billion Key
US$ 1.1–20 billion very extreme drought
US$ 20.1–50 billion extreme drought
US$ 50.1–100 billion drought
>US$ 100 billion no drought
(i) Suggest how far this information shows a mismatch between water supply and agricultural
production. You can refer to the named countries in your answer.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]

10
(ii) Although water is vital to life, it can also be the source of diseases. Complete the table
below about water-related diseases. [3]
disease type carrier caused by symptoms

bilharzia worm weak and
...................... ...................... anaemic,
kidney
problems
cholera water-borne none bacterium
......................
female Plasmodium
...................... ...................... mosquitoes ......................
© UCLES 2015 0680/11/M/J/15

11
5 Look at the graph below, which shows the consumption of different energy sources per person
from 1820 until 2010.
35
Key
coal
30
/ GJ (gigajoules) per person
oil
consumption of energy
25 natural gas
hydro-electric
20 nuclear
biofuels, wind, solar,
15 geothermal
10
0
1820
1840
1860
1880
1900
1920
1940
1960
1980
2000
year
(a) (i) Calculate the total consumption of energy per person in 2000.
Space for working
.................................. GJ per person [1]
(ii) Identify the alternative sources shown in the graph.
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) Name one alternative energy source which is not shown by the graph.
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [1]

12
(b) (i) Name two minerals which are not used as fuels. For each mineral state one use in
industrial processes.
mineral ...............................................................................................................................
use ....................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
mineral ...............................................................................................................................
use ....................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[3]
(ii) The graph below shows the past and predicted future extraction of a mineral ore and the
total amount of reserves left in the world.
actual predicted
275 000
250 000
225 000
mass of ore / tonnes
200 000
175 000
150 000
125 000
100 000
75 000
50 000
25 000
0
1990 2000 2010 2020 2030 2040 2050 2060 2070 2080 2090 2100
year
Key
extracted
left in reserves
State in which year the total amount of ore extracted equals the total amount left in
reserves.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2015 0680/11/M/J/15

13
(iii) Suggest ways in which the ore reserves could be made to last longer.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]

14
6 (a) Look at the photographs (A, B, C) of part of three wooden benches with vegetation growing
on them in 2008.
A B C
(i) Complete the table below to match each photograph to the year in which each of the
benches were new.
year when bench was new letter of

photograph
2001
............................
2002
............................
2003
............................
[2]
(ii) The change in vegetation shown on the benches is called vegetational succession.
Explain why vegetation changes over time in an area.
Your answer should refer to soil changes and competition.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [4]
© UCLES 2015 0680/11/M/J/15

15
(b) Competition between weeds and crops is a problem for farmers because it reduces crop
yield.
Suggest how a farmer might reduce this problem.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [4]
© UCLES 2015 0680/11/M/J/15

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2015 0680/11/M/J/15

* 2 5 6 8 1 1 6 6 7 5 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (CW/CGW) 94239/3
2
1 (a) (i) Define the term biodiversity.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
The map below shows biodiversity hot spots. These are places where the biodiversity of
plants and animals is under threat from humans.
Asia
North Europe
America
Tropic of
Africa Cancer
Equator
South
America
Tropic of
Oceania Capricorn
Key
region of hot spot
(ii) Describe the distribution of the biodiversity hot spots shown on the map.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2015 0680/12/M/J/15

3
(b) (i) Biodiversity is being lost around the world. State two reasons why this is a problem.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Describe a strategy for conservation of biodiversity.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]

4
2 (a) Look at the diagram below which shows one way of generating electricity at a power station.
pump pump
generating station
and turbine
pipe
cold water steam and
pumped down hot water
rock
cracks in rocks
(i) State the name of the energy source being used at the power station.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Use the diagram to describe how this energy source is converted into electricity.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(iii) The energy source in the diagram is an example of alternative energy.

State the names of two other alternative energy sources.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[2]
© UCLES 2015 0680/12/M/J/15

5
(b) (i) Define the term alternative energy.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Suggest reasons for needing alternative energy sources.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]

6
3 (a) Look at the table and graph below which give information about Amazon forest fires in the
Mato Grosso region of Brazil.
number of forest fires in the

year
Mato Grosso region
2003 16 000
2004 23 500
2005 19 000
2006 14 000
2007 27 500
30 000
25 000
number of forest fires
20 000
15 000
10 000
5000
0
2003 2004 2005 2006 2007
year
(i) Use the data in the table to complete the line graph to show how the number of forest
fires changed between 2003 and 2007. [2]
© UCLES 2015 0680/12/M/J/15

7
The four graphs below show data for the same period for four other regions of Amazon
rainforest.
Tocantins Rondonia
number of number of
forest fires forest fires
2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007
year year
Maranhao Amazonas
number of number of
forest fires forest fires
2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007
year year
(ii) A report published in 2008 concluded that there has been “a big increase in Amazon
forest fires.” How far do you agree with this statement?
Use data from the five graphs to support your answer.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]

8
(b) Explain how forest fires contribute to global warming.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]
4 (a) Look at the table below which contains some water cycle data.
run-off and
precipitation / evaporation /
infiltration /
km3 per year km3 per year
km3 per year
North America 18 300 10 000 8300
South America 28 400 16 200 12 200
Europe 8300 5300 3000
Asia 32 200 18 100 14 100
Africa 22 400 17 800 4600
Oceania 7100 2500
Antarctica 2300 0 2300
totals 119 000 72 000 47 000
(i) Calculate the volume of water which evaporates from Oceania in a year.
Space for working.
........................................................ km3 [1]
© UCLES 2015 0680/12/M/J/15

9
(ii) Using the table in 4(a), write the correct figures from the column totals in boxes A, B
and C.
[2]
A ................. B .................
C .................
Key water cycle process

10
(b) Map one shows average annual water run-off and map two shows world population
distribution.
map one
Key
average annual
North Asia water run-off in
Europe
America arbitrary units
> 1000
500
Africa 200
150
South
100
America
Oceania 50
10
0
map two
Tropic of
Cancer
Equator
Tropic of
Capricorn
Key
area with large population
© UCLES 2015 0680/12/M/J/15

11
A textbook states,
“Water isn’t always where you need it most.”

(i) Use the maps to discuss how far you agree with the textbook statement.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]
(ii) Explain why, in some parts of the world, water quality is better in urban areas than in
rural areas.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]

12
5 (a) In the United States of America ten tonnes of minerals which are not fuels are used per
person per year.
(i) Circle two minerals which are not used as fuels.
coal copper ore iron iron ore oil [2]
(ii) Name one mineral that is used as a fuel and describe how it was formed.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) The graph below shows three ways in which the use of a mineral can be managed over time.
B
resource consumption
time
Key
A
B
C
© UCLES 2015 0680/12/M/J/15

13
(i) On the lines below, match the letter of the curve with the correct description.
rapid consumption .........................
conservation .........................
conservation plus
recycling .........................
[2]
(ii) Discuss whether mineral resources can be used sustainably.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]

14
6 (a) Look at the photograph below of two plants, bracken (a fern) and heather, on an upland area
in Europe.
heather bracken heather
(i) Describe the distribution of the two plants in this area.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
A report on bracken control in areas of heather stated,
“If it is not controlled, bracken grows very quickly. It takes the place of other plants, such
as heather, at a rate of five percent per year. It can grow to three metres in height. It has
thick roots that spread out sideways and also go deep into the soil.”
© UCLES 2015 0680/12/M/J/15

15
(ii) Suggest how competition results in bracken replacing heather.

Use the information in the report and your own knowledge to support your answer.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(iii) Suggest how plants like bracken can be controlled.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Farmers use fertilisers to increase crop yield. Describe and explain one way in which fertiliser
addition can cause problems for the environment.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2015 0680/12/M/J/15

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2015 0680/12/M/J/15

* 2 8 0 5 5 4 0 6 7 0 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (AC/FD) 100889/4
2
1 Look at the diagram below, which shows relationships between some living organisms.
tree shrew
fig elephant
dung
elephant dung beetle
fig wasp carrion fly

giant lily
Indian hornbill giant flower

vine ( )
eats
eats and moves pollen
eats and spreads seeds
is a parasite on vines
© UCLES 2015 0680/13/M/J/15

3
(a) (i) Use the information in the diagram to describe an example of each of the following:
predation
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
seed dispersal
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
pollination
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[3]
(ii) State the names of two organisms shown in the diagram that might be in competition
with each other for food.
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [1]

4
(b) In areas where crops are grown, animals that eat the crops can become pests, leading to a
reduction in crop yield. Look at the diagram below, which shows crop losses to pests.
barley
wheat actual loss
potential loss
soybean
maize
name of crop
potatoes
rice
cotton
sugar beet
0 20 40 60 80 100
crop loss rate / % potential yield
(i) State the crop with the greatest actual loss.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) State the two crops with the smallest difference between actual and potential loss.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2015 0680/13/M/J/15

5
(iii) One way to reduce losses to pests is to produce new crop strains. Describe two ways in
which new crop strains could be produced.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [4]

6
2 Look at the diagram below of the water cycle
river
land lake
ocean
(a) (i) Name the processes A, B and C.
A ....................................................
B ....................................................
C ....................................................
[3]
(ii) A news report said that environmentalists in Ghaziabad, India have warned of serious
problems due to building on open green areas.
Using information in the diagram and your own knowledge, describe and explain the
problems that might arise in Ghaziabad due to building on open green areas.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
© UCLES 2015 0680/13/M/J/15

7
(b) Water-related diseases are harmful to humans.
(i) Complete the diagram below about three types of water-related diseases.
...................... ...................... bilharzia
water-borne ......................
water-related diseases
water-bred
......................
[2]
(ii) Five ways of controlling water-related diseases are:
chlorination
clean water supply
drugs
improved sanitation
vector eradication
State and explain the way that would be best for controlling bilharzia.
way ....................................................................................................................................
explanation ........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]

8
3 (a) The Earth’s atmosphere is a mixture of gases, mainly nitrogen, oxygen and carbon dioxide.
(i) Name one other gas found naturally in the atmosphere.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) State one process that removes carbon dioxide from the atmosphere and one that
returns it.
removes ............................................................
returns ..............................................................
[2]
(b) Look at the diagram below, which shows carbon dioxide concentration in the atmosphere in
the Northern Hemisphere between 1964 and 2014.
400
390
carbon dioxide concentration / parts per million
380
370
360
350
340
330
320
310
1965 1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010
year
(i) Describe the trend shown.
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2015 0680/13/M/J/15

9
(ii) Explain the changes in carbon dioxide concentration over the 50 year period.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(iii) Suggest why the trend is not smooth.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) Explain why burning biomass is less harmful to the environment than burning fossil fuels.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

10
4 (a) Describe one similarity and one difference between the formation of coal and the formation
of oil.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Coal is unevenly distributed around the world. Look at the graph and map below, which show
the known coal deposits around the world.
350
coal deposits / billions tonnes
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
South Asia North Europe Russian Africa South and
and America Federation and Central
Oceania Middle America
region East
map showing coal deposits by region / billion tonnes
........... ...........
198
...........
...........
22
North South and Africa and Russian South Asia

America Europe and Oceania
Central America Middle East Federation
Complete the map using figures from the bar graph. Two have been done for you. [2]
© UCLES 2015 0680/13/M/J/15

11
(c) One use of coal is to generate electricity. Look at the pie graphs below, which show how the
sources of energy for electricity generation have changed in a developed country from the
start to the end of a 12 year period.
start of 12 year period end of 12 year period

0 / 100% 0 / 100%
90% 10% 90% 10%
80% 20% 80% 20%
70% 30% 70% 30%
60% 40% 60% 40%

50% 50%
oil
gas
nuclear
renewables
coal
(i) Describe the change in the use of coal as a source of energy for electricity generation
compared with other sources over the 12 year period.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
(ii) State one renewable source of energy.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]

12
(iii) Suggest an explanation for the change in the use of renewable energy over this period.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
5 Look at the map, which shows the distribution of tundra and taiga.
North Europe
America Asia
Tropic of Cancer
Africa
Equator Equator
South
America
Tropic of Capricorn
Oceania
tundra
taiga
(a) Compare the distribution of these two biomes.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2015 0680/13/M/J/15

13
(b) Look at the photograph below, which shows typical taiga vegetation.
Using the photograph and your own knowledge, describe and explain the adaptations of taiga
vegetation.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [4]

14
(c) (i) Suggest four reasons for deforestation.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) For two of the reasons you have given, suggest why the deforestation rate is higher in
tropical rainforest than in taiga forest.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2015 0680/13/M/J/15

15
6 (a) Look at the photograph below, which shows a rock being used to surface a path.
fossil
layers
animals
Using information in the photograph and your own knowledge, circle one rock type shown in
the photograph, from the list below.
metamorphic sedimentary igneous [1]
(b) (i) Describe two ways in which open-pit (opencast) mining is different from deep mining.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [4]

16
(ii) Describe the impact deep mining of coal can have on the environment.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
(iii) Suggest two ways in which environments damaged by open-pit (opencast) mining might
be conserved.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2015 0680/13/M/J/15

* 9 2 0 2 3 5 3 6 6 8 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (ST/JG) 113534/3
2
1 Read the following newspaper report about an earthquake in China.
When an earthquake hit Ludian in Yunnan N

province on 3 August, 400 people died and
1800 were injured. Many houses collapsed.
The earthquake had a magnitude of 6.1.

Another 57 200 residents were made
homeless. Ludian has a population of
EURASIAN
266 000, many living in structures likely PLATE
to be damaged by earthquake shaking.
Southwest China lies where the Eurasian
and Indian plates meet (see map) and has China
many earthquakes. Ludian
ARABIAN
PLATE INDIAN
PLATE
plate movement
(a) (i) Calculate the percentage of the population of Ludian who were killed, injured or made
homeless by the earthquake.
Space for working.
....................................................... % [2]
© UCLES 2016 0680/11/M/J/16

3
(ii) Describe what could be done in the future to reduce the number of ‘structures likely to be
damaged by earthquake shaking’.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(iii) Use the newspaper report to explain why southwest China has many earthquakes.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Describe two advantages to people of living on or near a plate boundary.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]

4
2 Look at the photograph below.
B
A
(a) (i) Complete the table below using letters from the photograph. [2]
land use letter
crop farming ..................
grazing land ..................
natural vegetation ..................
(ii) In this area, natural vegetation has been cleared for farming.
State two other reasons for clearing natural vegetation.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2016 0680/11/M/J/16

5
(iii) Explain how removal of natural vegetation can lead to desertification.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]
(b) Explain how agro-forestry can be used to manage forests sustainably.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]

6
3 Look at the photograph below of some ants eating aphids on a thistle plant. Ants will also feed on
caterpillars, which themselves feed on thistle plants.
(a) (i) Draw a diagram showing how energy flows between all the organisms named above. [3]
(ii) State the name of the type of diagram drawn in the space above.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Aphids are major pests of crops. Their population can be naturally controlled by predators
and parasites.
(i) Explain why some crop farmers may be advised not to spray with pesticides when they
first see aphids on their crop.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2016 0680/11/M/J/16
7
Look at the graph below, which shows the number of aphids on a soybean crop from the day
the first aphid was seen.
300
250 advised spraying threshold

( 250 aphids per plant )
200
number of aphids
per plant
150
100
50
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
time from when first aphid was seen / days
(ii) Describe the changes in aphid population shown on the graph.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(iii) Calculate how many aphids per plant fewer than the advised spraying threshold there
are 35 days after the first aphid was seen.
Space for working.
................................ aphids per plant [1]

8
4 Only three percent of water on Earth is fresh water.
(a) (i) There are 1 400 000 000 km3 of water on Earth. Calculate how much of this is fresh water.
Space for working.
................................................... km3 [1]
(ii) Look at the table below, which shows how this fresh water is distributed.
fresh water type percentage of all fresh water

ice and snow 87.2
groundwater 12.0
liquid fresh water on the surface 0.8
Calculate the volume of liquid fresh water on the surface.
Space for working.
................................................... km3 [2]
(iii) Most fresh water use by humans is for irrigation. Explain how trickle drip irrigation reduces
water use by farmers.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(iv) Explain how too much irrigation water on the surface of soil can cause salination.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2016 0680/11/M/J/16
9
(b) Explain why there is more water that is safe to drink in urban areas than in rural areas.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]

10
5 The diagram below shows the structure and approximate composition of the Earth’s atmosphere
up to a height of 50 km.
gas approximate composition

of stratosphere / %
nitrogen 78.09
oxygen 20.94
50 argon 0.93
stratosphere water vapour 0.0005
carbon dioxide 0.039
ozone 0.0003
30 ozone layer
altitude / km
gas approximate composition
of troposphere / %
10 nitrogen 77.73
troposphere
oxygen 20.84
0 argon 0.93
water vapour 0.46
carbon dioxide 0.039
ozone 0.000005
(a) (i) State two major differences shown in the diagram above, between the composition of
the troposphere and the stratosphere.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Explain the importance of ozone to life on Earth.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2016 0680/11/M/J/16

11
(iii) Deforestation and the use of CFCs affect different layers of the atmosphere.
State the name of the layer affected by deforestation. .......................................................
Describe the effect of deforestation on the composition of this layer of the atmosphere.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
State the layer affected by the use of CFCs. .....................................................................
Describe the effect of the use of CFCs on the composition of this layer of the atmosphere.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Would you be in favour of building more nuclear power stations to reduce the carbon dioxide
emissions from burning fossil fuels? Explain your answer.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

12
6 (a) Soil consists of mineral and organic matter, air and water. Explain how soils are formed.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Plants get the elements they need from mineral ions in the soil. Look at the chart below,
which shows the effect of pH on the availability of elements to a plant.
soil pH
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
nitrogen
phosphorus
potassium
calcium and magnesium
aluminium
acidic neutral alkaline

Key
high availability
low availability
The plant needs some elements including nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium and magnesium.
Aluminium is toxic to the plant.
(i) Using the information in the chart, circle the range of pH which would be best for the
growth of this plant. Explain your answer.
4–6 5–7 6–8 7–9 8–10
explanation ........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2016 0680/11/M/J/16

13
(ii) Describe one problem of acidic soils for crops.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Explain how human activity can result in an increase in acidic soils.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2016 0680/11/M/J/16

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2016 0680/11/M/J/16

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2016 0680/11/M/J/16

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2016 0680/11/M/J/16

* 0 1 5 0 7 1 7 5 8 3 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (ST/JG) 113535/2
2
1 Look at the photograph below of a bird eating a snail on mudflats. The snail eats algae and dead
plants. Lugworms living in the mud also eat dead plants and are eaten by birds.
(a) Draw a food web linking all the organisms named above in the space below. [4]
(b) Lugworms add oxygen to mud by turning it over as they feed.
(i) Name the process in living organisms which requires oxygen.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2016 0680/12/M/J/16

3
(ii) Tiny particles of plastic (microplastic), from the breakdown of plastic products, are
mistaken as food by lugworms. An experiment measured the energy stored in lugworms
fed with food containing different masses of microplastic. The results are shown below.
2000
1500
energy stored in lugworm

/ arbitrary units
1000
500
0
0 1 2 3 4 5
mass of microplastic in food / g
Describe the relationship shown on the graph.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Sewage is a dangerous pollutant.
Describe the effects of adding raw sewage to lakes.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

4
(a) (i) Complete the table using letters from the photograph. [2]
land use letter
crop farming
....................
industry
....................
natural vegetation
....................
(ii) In the photograph, natural vegetation has been cleared for farming and industry.
State two other reasons for clearing natural vegetation.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2016 0680/12/M/J/16

5
(iii) Explain how clearing natural vegetation can cause soil erosion.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]
(b) Explain how community forestry can be used to manage forests sustainably.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]

6
3 Read the following newspaper report about a volcanic eruption in Eritrea.
Thousands of Ethiopians in Afar are

facing food and water shortages a N
month after a volcano erupted in Arabian Plate
neighbouring Eritrea’s Nabro region.
The volcano started erupting on

12 June 2011, sending ash over
hundreds of kilometres. In the African Plate
Biddu district of Ethiopia eight
villages were covered by volcanic
ash, killing 31 people. Another three
people were reported killed with five
more injured on 21 June. In total,
167 000 people were affected.
plate movement
plate boundary
Nabro volcano
(a) (i) Calculate the percentage of those affected by this eruption who were killed.
Space for working.
....................................................... % [2]
(ii) Suggest strategies that could be used to reduce the number of deaths after a volcanic
eruption.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2016 0680/12/M/J/16
7
(iii) Explain why a volcano formed in the Nabro region.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) State two ways in which volcanoes are hazardous and may cause death.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]

8
4 Look at the table below showing information about two layers of the Earth’s atmosphere.
approximate approximate
gas composition of composition of
troposphere / % stratosphere / %
nitrogen 77.73 78.09
oxygen 20.84 20.94
argon 0.93 0.93
water vapour 0.46 0.0005
carbon dioxide 0.039 0.039
ozone 0.000005 0.0003
(a) (i) State the names of the two gases which have the same percentage in both layers.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Explain how one of the gases in the table protects living organisms from harmful solar
radiation.
name of gas .....................................................
explanation ........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(iii) Describe how burning fossil fuels changes the composition of the atmosphere.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2016 0680/12/M/J/16

9
(b) Would you be in favour of using biomass as a source of energy?
Circle your answer: no yes
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

10
5 (a) Some dried soil was put into a jar of water, shaken up and allowed to settle. Over 24 hours it
separated into layers of different particle sizes.
Look at the diagram below, which shows the jar after 24 hours and a scale.
water
4
clay
3
silt
2
sand
0 cm 1
(i) Use the scale above to calculate the percentage of clay, silt and sand in this soil.
Space for working.
clay ........................................................... %
silt ........................................................... %
sand ........................................................... %
[3]
© UCLES 2016 0680/12/M/J/16

11
(ii) Look at the diagram below, which shows a method for identifying soil type using the
percentages of clay, silt and sand it contains.
For example a soil with 45% clay, 50% silt and 5% sand would be soil type B, as shown
on the diagram.
100
y
cla
ge
10
nta
90
rce
20
pe
80
A
30
70
40
60 read silt in
this direction
50
50 B
read clay in
this direction
60
40
70
30
pe
rce
80
20 C
nta
E
ge
90
10 D
silt
0
10
10
90
80
60
50
40
30
20
10
70
0
percentage sand read sand in

this direction
Circle the correct soil type for the soil in the jar from your answers to part (i).
soil type A soil type B soil type C soil type D soil type E [1]

12
(iii) Explain how dead plants and animals become part of the soil as organic matter (humus).
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Farmers often use pesticides to improve crop yield.
Explain how the overuse of pesticides may damage the environment around a farm.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2016 0680/12/M/J/16

13
6 The Earth has 1 400 000 000 km3 of water, of which 97% is in the sea.
(a) (i) Calculate how many cubic kilometres of the Earth’s water is fresh water.
Space for working.
................................................... km3 [3]
(ii) The pie graph below shows the ways in which water is used in a country with low rainfall.
100 / 0%
90% 10%
Key
irrigation
80% 20%
domestic
industry
70% 30%
60% 40%
50%
State the percentage of water used for irrigation in this country.
...................................................... % [1]
(iii) State and explain one problem for crop growth caused by too much irrigation.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]

14
(b) Suggest why both water quality and water quantity differ between countries.
quality .......................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
quantity .....................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2016 0680/12/M/J/16

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2016 0680/12/M/J/16

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2016 0680/12/M/J/16

* 9 2 8 0 5 8 5 0 4 3 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (ST/JG) 113536/3
2
(a) (i) Complete the table below using letters from the photograph. [2]
land use letter
crop farming
.................
grazing land
.................
natural vegetation
.................
(ii) Some areas shown in the photograph are still covered in trees.
Suggest why humans have not used these areas for other purposes.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2016 0680/13/M/J/16

3
(iii) Suggest why there is an open-pit (opencast) mine at D.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iv) Describe ways in which environments damaged by mining can be improved.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Hardwood trees are found in tropical forests.
Explain how hardwood forests can be managed by sustainable harvesting.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]

4
2 Read the following report about the eruption of a volcano in Iceland in 2010.
The main eruption occurred on 19 April. An ash cloud rose 11 000 m into the air. The ash
was spread by winds from Iceland towards north-west Europe.
This ash cloud caused 107 000 flights to be cancelled over eight days, 48 percent of total
European air traffic.
The cost to airlines was more than 200 million USD a day. Less fuel was needed and so
1.9 million barrels of oil were not sold. Oil was 75 USD per barrel. It was estimated that
London lost 170 million USD of tourist income.
Mid-Atlantic
Ridge
North American Eurasian
plate boundaries
Plate Plate
plate movements
volcano
ICELAND
Reykjavik
Atlantic Ocean
Mid-Atlantic 0 100
Ridge
km
(a) (i) Calculate how many dollars the airlines lost over this period.
Space for working.
........................................................ USD [1]
(ii) Calculate how many dollars were lost in sales of oil during this period.
Space for working.
........................................................ USD [2]
© UCLES 2016 0680/13/M/J/16

5
(iii) Suggest one reason why the losses stated in the newspaper article were an
underestimate of total economic losses.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iv) Suggest why no people were killed in this volcanic eruption.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(v) Explain why there are many volcanoes in Iceland.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Worldwide, 16.7 percent of the energy used to generate electricity is from renewable sources.
In Iceland the percentage is much higher. Suggest why.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]

6
3 Look at the photograph below of a ptarmigan eating plants. The bird eats alpine bistort, grasses,
saxifrage and polar willow. Arctic foxes, gulls and skuas eat ptarmigans.
(a) Draw a food web linking all the organisms named above in the space below. [4]
© UCLES 2016 0680/13/M/J/16

7
(b) Read the following report about a population of Arctic foxes.
The number of Arctic foxes on Mednyi Island, off Eastern Russia, has fallen from over
1000 in the 1970s to less than 100 today. Mednyi is a small island and the foxes can only
feed on sea birds and dead seals, both near the top of food chains. In Iceland, they can
feed on herbivorous animals such as voles.
Samples of fox fur were taken in Mednyi Island and Iceland. They were analysed for
mercury content. The results are shown below.
location mercury content in fur

/ mg per kg
Mednyi Island 30.0
Iceland 3.5
(i) Calculate how many times greater the mercury content is in the fur of foxes from Mednyi
Island than it is in the fur of those from Iceland.
Space for working.
................................................. times [1]
(ii) Suggest why the concentration of mercury in the fur of foxes from Mednyi Island is
different from that in the fur of foxes from Iceland.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(c) Oil is a dangerous pollutant.
Describe the effects of oil spills in the oceans.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]

8
4 (a) (i) The table below shows some features of two soil types. Complete the table using the
following words, each may be used once, more than once or not at all. [3]
easy hard poor very good
soil type
property or feature
sandy clay
particle size large very small
mineral (nutrient)
low high
content
water holding poor

........................................
ease of digging
........................................ ........................................
aeration
........................................ ........................................
(ii) If you decided to add a column for ‘silty soil’ where would you place it to fit the order of
particle size? Circle the correct position. [1]
before between after

sandy sandy and clay clay
(b) State three ways in which soil organisms are important.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2016 0680/13/M/J/16

9
(c) Soils of certain types are poor in mineral nutrients such as nitrate, phosphate and potassium.
Farmers often add these by using fertilisers.
Explain how the overuse of inorganic fertilisers may damage the environment around a farm.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

10
5 (a) (i) What is meant by the term weather ?
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Look at the pictures below of instruments for measuring elements of weather.
A B C
D E F
Complete the table by adding the correct letter from the pictures. [3]
element of weather letter of instrument
temperature
.................
precipitation
.................
wind speed
.................
wind direction
.................
atmospheric pressure
.................
hours of bright sunshine

.................
© UCLES 2016 0680/13/M/J/16

11
(iii) Data from two of these instruments were used to produce a climate graph, which is
shown below.
20
10
temperature / °C
–10 80
60
40 precipitation / mm
20
0
Describe the climate shown on the graph.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(iv) Circle the type of climate shown by the graph. [1]
cool temperate interior equatorial savanna tundra
(b) Describe how deforestation could contribute to climate change.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]

12
6 There are 42 million km3 of fresh water on the Earth. This is three percent of all water. The rest of
the water is in the oceans.
(a) (i) Calculate the volume of water in the oceans.
Space for working.
................................................... km3 [2]
Although there is a large volume of fresh water on Earth, many people do not have enough
for their needs. A lack of enough fresh water to meet people’s needs is called water scarcity.
Physical scarcity means there is not enough water available for the population.
Economic scarcity means there is enough water but little money to make this water available
for use.
The distribution of water scarcity is shown on the map below.
North
Europe
America Asia
Tropic of
Cancer
Equator Africa
South
America
Tropic of
Capricorn Oceania
Key
little or no water scarcity
physical water scarcity
economic water scarcity
no data
© UCLES 2016 0680/13/M/J/16

13
(ii) Describe the distribution of areas of physical water scarcity shown on the map.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(iii) Suggest reasons why there is a large area of Africa with economic water scarcity.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Some people have enough water but it is not good quality.
Describe ways in which water quality may be poor.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2016 0680/13/M/J/16

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2016 0680/13/M/J/16

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2016 0680/13/M/J/16

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2016 0680/13/M/J/16

* 2 4 4 7 6 1 6 3 0 4 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (RW/CGW) 132573/3
2
1 The diagram shows the structure of the Earth.
A
B
D
(a) Complete the table using letters A to D from the diagram.
feature letter
continental crust
..............
core
..............
mantle
..............
oceanic crust
..............
[3]
(b) Explain why living near plate boundaries is hazardous for people.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]
© UCLES 2017 0680/11/M/J/17

3
(c)
Suggest three benefits of using rocks from the local area for buildings and roads.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

4
2 The diagram shows three types of coal mine labelled P, Q and R.
coal seam
coal seam
coal seam
(a) (i) Match the letters, P, Q and R, in the diagram to the types of coal mine.
adit (drift) mine ..................
open-pit (opencast) mine ..................
shaft mine ..................

[2]
© UCLES 2017 0680/11/M/J/17

5
(ii) It is more dangerous to work in the type of mine labelled R than in the type of mine
labelled P.
Explain why.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]
(iii) Coal is a fossil fuel.
Name one other fossil fuel.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Suggest three advantages of generating electricity using nuclear fuel compared with using
fossil fuels.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

6
3 The graph shows the percentage of population that was urban by continent in 2014 and the
expected change by 2050.
100
90
80
70
60
percentage of
population 50
that is urban
40
30
20
10
0
North Central Europe Oceania Asia Africa
America and South
America Key
continent
2014
2050
(a) (i) Name the two continents with the highest percentage of population that was urban in
2014.
1 ...............................................................................
2 ............................................................................... [1]
(ii) Name the two continents which are expected to have the highest percentage of people
living in rural areas by 2050.
1 ...............................................................................
2 ............................................................................... [1]
(iii) Name the two continents where the percentage of population that is urban is expected
to grow the most between 2014 and 2050.
1 ...............................................................................
2 ............................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2017 0680/11/M/J/17

7
(b) (i) State the word used to describe the increasing number of people living in urban areas.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Suggest three reasons why people leave rural areas in developing countries.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(iii) Describe three environmental problems caused by the rapid growth of cities in developing
countries.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]

8
4 The diagram shows a dam and features of its location.
high precipitation
low temperatures
lake
deep valley steep sides

dam
impermeable rock impermeable rock
river
© UCLES 2017 0680/11/M/J/17

9
(a) Choose three features shown on the diagram.
Explain why each makes this a good location for a dam.
feature 1 ...................................................................................................................................
explanation ...............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
feature 2 ...................................................................................................................................
explanation ...............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
feature 3 ...................................................................................................................................
explanation ...............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[3]
(b) Explain why water from rivers and lakes may not be safe to drink.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]
(c) Suggest ways that countries with low rainfall and few rivers could obtain supplies of water.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

10
5 The graph shows the production of chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) between 1950 and 2010.
1200
1000
800
production
/ thousand 600
tonnes
400
200
0
1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010
year
(a) (i) Describe the trends in the production of CFCs between 1950 and 2010.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(ii) Suggest reasons for the change in the production of CFCs after 1987.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2017 0680/11/M/J/17

11
(b) (i) CFCs are greenhouse gases.
Name two other greenhouse gases.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Explain how greenhouse gases cause the greenhouse effect.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]

12
6 The map shows the distribution of countries in Africa where bilharzia affects people.
Key
many people affected by bilharzia (H10 %)
few people affected by bilharzia (<10 %)
(a) Describe the distribution of countries shown on the map where bilharzia affects few people.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2017 0680/11/M/J/17

13
(b) The diagram shows the bilharzia life cycle.
eggs hatch in
fresh water and
bilharzia larvae
go into snails
eggs leave larvae mature into

worms and leave
in urine the snails
worms can live worms bore into

for 20 to 30 years
feet and legs in
and release eggs water
(i) Explain the effects of bilharzia on people.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]

14
(ii) Suggest ways of preventing and controlling the spread of bilharzia.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]
© UCLES 2017 0680/11/M/J/17

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2017 0680/11/M/J/17

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2017 0680/11/M/J/17

* 7 5 6 6 1 7 1 3 9 2 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (CW/SG) 132575/3
2
1 The map shows plate boundaries and some active volcanoes.
Asia
Europe
Pacific North Pacific
Ocean America Ocean
Atlantic
Ocean Africa
South Indian
America Ocean
Atlantic Oceania
Ocean
Pacific
Ocean
Key
plate boundaries
active volcanoes
(a) Use the map and the key to complete the passage.
Most active volcanoes are near ...................................... ...................................... . Over half
of the active volcanoes are located around the ...................................... Ocean. There are
volcanoes near the plate boundaries in the middle of the ...................................... Ocean.
Some volcanoes on this map are far away from plate boundaries, for example the volcanoes
on the eastern side of ...................................... , and also the volcanoes caused by hotspots
in the middle of the ...................................... Ocean. [3]
© UCLES 2017 0680/12/M/J/17

3
(b) Describe how volcanoes are formed at destructive plate boundaries.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]
(c) Suggest three strategies that can be used to manage the impact of a volcanic eruption.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

4
2 The diagram shows different methods of obtaining fresh water.
A D
water
B
(a) (i) Match the letters, A to E, in the diagram to the methods of obtaining fresh water.
cloud seeding ......................
dam ......................
rainwater harvesting ......................
stand-pipe ......................
well ......................
[3]
© UCLES 2017 0680/12/M/J/17

5
(ii) Suggest why desalination is used to supply fresh water in some countries but not in
other countries.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) (i) Explain why access to safe water and sanitation is often limited in rural areas of
developing countries.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(ii) Explain why it is important for developing countries to improve access to safe water and
sanitation.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]

6
3 The graph shows the growth in world population since 1800 and the estimated growth by 2039.
10
9 2039
8 2024
7 2011
6 1999
world population
5 1987
/ billions
4 1974
3 1960
2 1930
0
1800 1850 1900 1950 2000 2050
year
(a) (i) Use the graph to estimate the world population in 1825.
................................................. billion [1]
(ii) Use the graph to complete the table.
year world population number of years for world

/ billions population to double
1800 1
1930 2 130
4
........ ............
8 (estimate)
........ ............
[2]
© UCLES 2017 0680/12/M/J/17

7
(iii) Explain why the world population has grown rapidly since 1950.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]
(b) Suggest why the education of girls is an important strategy for managing population growth.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [3]

8
4 The diagram shows some processes in the carbon cycle.
carbon dioxide in the atmosphere

T
P
U
Q
S R
fossil fuels in the lithosphere
(a) Complete the table using letters P to U from the diagram.
process name letter
combustion ..............
decomposition ..............
fossilisation ..............
mining and pumping ..............
photosynthesis ..............
plant and animal respiration ..............

[3]
© UCLES 2017 0680/12/M/J/17

9
(b) Describe how coal is formed.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
(c) Suggest four ways that supplies of fossil fuels could be conserved.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]

10
5 The diagram shows changes in vegetation across Africa from the Equator to 20 °N.
tropical rainforest savanna desert
acacia trees
bushes clumps of grass
baobab
tree
Equator 0° 10 °N 20 °N
rain all year dry and wet seasons little rain
(annual rainfall 2000 mm) (annual rainfall 1000 mm) (annual rainfall < 250 mm)
(a) (i) Use the diagram to describe the changes in vegetation from the Equator to 20 °N.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(ii) Use the diagram and your own knowledge to explain how vegetation in the savanna is
adapted to the climate.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2017 0680/12/M/J/17

11
(b) Desertification is a problem in some parts of the world.
Suggest four causes of desertification.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]

12
6 The pie graph shows the causes of deforestation in the Amazon rainforest in Brazil between 2000
and 2005.
other 2%
commercial logging 3%
farming
7%
subsistence
farming
21%
cattle
farming
67%
(a) (i) State the main cause of deforestation shown in the pie graph.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Calculate the percentage of the rainforest that the pie graph shows was cleared for
farming.
Show your working.
.........................% [2]
(iii) Explain what is meant by the terms subsistence farming and commercial farming.
subsistence farming
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
commercial farming
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
© UCLES 2017 0680/12/M/J/17

13
(iv)
Suggest the causes of this deforestation.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Describe one strategy for the sustainable management of rainforests.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2017 0680/12/M/J/17

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2017 0680/12/M/J/17

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2017 0680/12/M/J/17

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2017 0680/12/M/J/17

* 0 2 8 6 8 6 7 6 3 2 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (LEG) 146087
2
1 The diagram shows the structure of the Earth.
A
B
D
(a) Complete the table using letters A to D from the diagram.
feature letter
continental crust
..............
core
..............
mantle
..............
oceanic crust
..............
[3]
(b) Explain why living near plate boundaries is hazardous for people.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]
© UCLES 2017 0680/13/M/J/17

3
(c)
Suggest three benefits of using rocks from the local area for buildings and roads.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

4
2 The diagram shows three types of coal mine labelled P, Q and R.
coal seam
coal seam
coal seam
(a) (i) Match the letters, P, Q and R, in the diagram to the types of coal mine.
adit (drift) mine ..................
open-pit (opencast) mine ..................
shaft mine ..................

[2]
© UCLES 2017 0680/13/M/J/17

5
(ii) It is more dangerous to work in the type of mine labelled R than in the type of mine
labelled P.
Explain why.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]
(iii) Coal is a fossil fuel.
Name one other fossil fuel.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Suggest three advantages of generating electricity using nuclear fuel compared with using
fossil fuels.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

6
3 The graph shows the percentage of population that was urban by continent in 2014 and the
expected change by 2050.
100
90
80
70
60
percentage of
population 50
that is urban
40
30
20
10
0
North Central Europe Oceania Asia Africa
America and South
America Key
continent
2014
2050
(a) (i) Name the two continents with the highest percentage of population that was urban in
2014.
1 ...............................................................................
2 ............................................................................... [1]
(ii) Name the two continents which are expected to have the highest percentage of people
living in rural areas by 2050.
1 ...............................................................................
2 ............................................................................... [1]
(iii) Name the two continents where the percentage of population that is urban is expected
to grow the most between 2014 and 2050.
1 ...............................................................................
2 ............................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2017 0680/13/M/J/17

7
(b) (i) State the word used to describe the increasing number of people living in urban areas.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Suggest three reasons why people leave rural areas in developing countries.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(iii) Describe three environmental problems caused by the rapid growth of cities in developing
countries.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]

8
4 The diagram shows a dam and features of its location.
high precipitation
low temperatures
lake
deep valley steep sides

dam
impermeable rock impermeable rock
river
© UCLES 2017 0680/13/M/J/17

9
(a) Choose three features shown on the diagram.
Explain why each makes this a good location for a dam.
feature 1 ...................................................................................................................................
explanation ...............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
feature 2 ...................................................................................................................................
explanation ...............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
feature 3 ...................................................................................................................................
explanation ...............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[3]
(b) Explain why water from rivers and lakes may not be safe to drink.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]
(c) Suggest ways that countries with low rainfall and few rivers could obtain supplies of water.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

10
5 The graph shows the production of chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) between 1950 and 2010.
1200
1000
800
production
/ thousand 600
tonnes
400
200
0
1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010
year
(a) (i) Describe the trends in the production of CFCs between 1950 and 2010.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(ii) Suggest reasons for the change in the production of CFCs after 1987.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2017 0680/13/M/J/17

11
(b) (i) CFCs are greenhouse gases.
Name two other greenhouse gases.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Explain how greenhouse gases cause the greenhouse effect.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]

12
6 The map shows the distribution of countries in Africa where bilharzia affects people.
Key
many people affected by bilharzia (H10 %)
few people affected by bilharzia (<10 %)
(a) Describe the distribution of countries shown on the map where bilharzia affects few people.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2017 0680/13/M/J/17

13
(b) The diagram shows the bilharzia life cycle.
eggs hatch in
fresh water and
bilharzia larvae
go into snails
eggs leave larvae mature into

worms and leave
in urine the snails
worms can live worms bore into

for 20 to 30 years
feet and legs in
and release eggs water
(i) Explain the effects of bilharzia on people.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]

14
(ii) Suggest ways of preventing and controlling the spread of bilharzia.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]
© UCLES 2017 0680/13/M/J/17

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2017 0680/13/M/J/17

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2017 0680/13/M/J/17

* 3 8 1 1 7 9 3 1 6 1 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (ST/SG) 144182/3
2
1 The diagram shows part of the Mid-Atlantic Ridge, a constructive (divergent) plate boundary.
A
X
sea level
Y
F Z
B D
C
E
(a) (i) Complete the table using letters A to F from the diagram.
feature letter
convection currents
..............
crust
..............
mantle
..............
ridge
..............
rising magma
..............
volcano
..............
[3]
(ii) X, Y and Z on the diagram mark three positions of rock formed from cooled lava.
Which rock, X, Y or Z, is the oldest?
rock .............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2018 0680/11/M/J/18

3
(b) Describe the tectonic processes that occur at a constructive (divergent) plate boundary.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
(c) Suggest three benefits for people living near a volcano.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
3 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[3]

4
2 The table shows data for some world water stores.
percentage of
percentage of
world water stores volume / million km3 total water that
total water
is fresh water
oceans 1370.00 97.25 0.00
ice 29.00 2.05 74.94
deep groundwater > 750 m 5.30 0.38 13.67
shallow groundwater < 750 m 4.20 0.30 10.85
lakes 0.13 0.01 0.32
soil moisture 0.07 < 0.01 0.17
atmosphere 0.01 < 0.01 0.03
(a) Use the table to answer these questions.
(i) Name the largest water store that is saline.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Name two stores that people can easily use for supplies of fresh water.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[1]
(iii) State the percentage of fresh water that is frozen.
....................................................... % [1]
(b) Suggest ways a country could increase supplies of fresh water.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2018 0680/11/M/J/18

5
(c) Give reasons why fresh water is often not safe to drink.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]

6
3 The graph shows carbon dioxide concentration in the atmosphere between 1960 and 2015.
410
400
390
380
370
carbon dioxide
concentration
360
/ parts per
million
350
340
330
320
310
0
1960 1965 1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010 2015
year
(a) (i) Describe the trend in carbon dioxide concentration in the atmosphere between 1960 and
2015.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Calculate the change in carbon dioxide concentration in the atmosphere between 1960
and 2015.
................................ parts per million [1]
(iii) Explain the trend in carbon dioxide concentration in the atmosphere between 1960 and
2015.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2018 0680/11/M/J/18

7
(iv) State two ways of reducing carbon dioxide emissions.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) The table shows the percentage of warming that greenhouse gases are causing in the
greenhouse gas percentage of warming

carbon dioxide 64
methane 18
chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) 14
nitrogen oxides 4
0 Key
carbon dioxide
methane
chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs)
nitrogen oxides
(i) Complete the pie graph using the key and the data in the table.
[2]
(ii) To what extent will limiting carbon dioxide emissions reduce the warming of the
atmosphere?
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]

8
4 The diagram shows the components of an ecosystem.
animals
climate people
components
of an
ecosystem
vegetation rock type

soils
(a) (i) Name two living components of an ecosystem, shown in the diagram.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[1]
(ii) Name two physical components of an ecosystem, shown in the diagram.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[1]
© UCLES 2018 0680/11/M/J/18

9
(b)
(i) Name two
1 ........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[1]
(ii)
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]
(c) Suggest strategies for conserving a large forest covering an area of 5000 km2.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

10
atmosphere
60° N
areas heated
rays
Equator
solar radiation is absorbed,

scattered and reflected
(a) Use the information on the diagram to complete the passage, which explains why surface
temperatures decrease between the Equator and 60° N.
are at an angle and have a ................................................ surface area to heat.
................................................ than those at the Equator. This means more energy is
absorbed, scattered and ................................................ so there is less energy to heat the
© UCLES 2018 0680/11/M/J/18

11
(b) Solar power is an example of an alternative energy source.
(i) Suggest three reasons why many countries are increasing their use of solar power.
1 .........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
2 .........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
3 .........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[3]
(ii) Give reasons why relying on solar power as a source of energy can be a problem.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(c) State two other alternative energy sources.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
[1]

12
6 The map and table show information about the ten biggest uranium mines in the world in 2014.
Russia
Canada
Europe
North
America Kazakhstan
Asia
Niger
Equator Africa
South
America
Namibia Oceania
Australia
Key
international boundary
percentage of world
rank country type of mining used
uranium production
1 Canada underground mine 13
2 Kazakhstan in-situ leaching 8
3 Australia underground mine 6
4 Niger open-pit mine 5
5 Russia underground mine 4
5 Namibia open-pit mine 4
(a) Use the map and table to answer these questions.
(i) Name three countries with underground uranium mines.
1 .........................................................................................................................................
2 .........................................................................................................................................
3 .........................................................................................................................................
[1]
(ii) State the type of uranium mining in Africa.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2018 0680/11/M/J/18

13
(iii) Calculate the percentage of world uranium production that comes from the mines in
Kazakhstan.
........................................................% [1]
(iv)
drilled into the rock containing uranium ore. Water or an acid is pumped down to dissolve
the uranium ore. Uranium ore in solution is pumped up as a liquid from a second
borehole. The process is shown in the diagram.
uranium mine uranium extracted

from solution
water or acid
pumped into ground
borehole 1 borehole 2
solution containing the

dissolved ore is pumped up
rock containing uranium ore
uranium ore
dissolves
Suggest two advantages of the in-situ leaching method of mining.
1 .........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
2 .........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
14
(b) Most uranium is used in nuclear power stations to generate electricity.
Suggest reasons why the Chinese government made plans to build 40 nuclear power stations
between 2016 and 2020.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Explain why some people do not want to live near nuclear power stations.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2018 0680/11/M/J/18

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2018 0680/11/M/J/18

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2018 0680/11/M/J/18

* 6 4 6 4 3 3 4 1 8 3 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (SC/CGW) 144279/2
2
1 The map shows areas where tropical cyclones occur.
N
North Europe
America Asia
Tropic of
Africa Cancer
Atlantic Ocean Pacific Ocean

Equator
South America
Tropic of
Capricorn Oceania
Key
typical tracks of tropical cyclones
main areas of formation
main areas affected
(a) Use the information on the map to complete the passage.
Cyclones form over .......................................... between the Tropic of
.......................................... to the north of the Equator and the Tropic of
.......................................... to the south of the Equator.
The tracks of cyclones generally move in a clockwise direction .......................................... of
the Equator and an anticlockwise direction south of the .......................................... .
The cyclones forming in the Atlantic Ocean affect narrow areas of land on the eastern side of
.......................................... . [3]
© UCLES 2018 0680/12/M/J/18

3
(b) Describe ways in which tropical cyclones are a hazard to people living in the areas affected.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]
(c) Suggest strategies to reduce the impact of tropical cyclones.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

4
2 The pie graphs, A and B, show the sources of energy used in Japan in 2010 and in 2014.
A: 2010
biomass and other renewables

waste 3% 1%
hydro-electric 8%
gas 27%
oil 8%
nuclear 26%
coal 27%
B: 2014
biomass and waste other renewables

4% 3%
hydro-electric 9%
gas 40%
oil 11%
coal 33%
© UCLES 2018 0680/12/M/J/18

5
(a) In March 2011, a nuclear power station in Japan was badly damaged by an earthquake and
tsunami.
State, using evidence from the pie graphs, three changes in the sources of energy used in
Japan between 2010 and 2014.
1 .................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 .................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
3 .................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[3]
(b) Describe two advantages of using nuclear power to generate electricity compared with coal.
1 .................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 .................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
(c) Explain why some people do not want to live near nuclear power stations.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
(d) Suggest two strategies for conserving supplies of uranium.
1 .................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 .................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]

6
3 (a) Most bananas are grown on large commercial farms, called plantations, in developing
countries.
State what is meant by the term commercial farming.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) The diagram gives information about the percentage of the final cost received by the people
involved in producing a banana for sale.
plantation transporter
worker 19%
2.5% plantation
owner shop owner
15.5% 45%
importer and ripener
18%
The price of a banana is 0.20 USD (20 cents).
Calculate how much of the price of the banana goes to the plantation worker. Give your
answer in USD.
................................................... USD [1]
© UCLES 2018 0680/12/M/J/18

7
(c) The map shows the location of some banana plantations.
North America
Tropic of Cancer
Equator
South
America
Tropic of Capricorn
Key
banana plantations
Describe the distribution of the banana plantations shown on the map.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]

8
(d) Suggest reasons why most of the trade in bananas is from developing countries to developed
countries in Europe and North America.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
(e) Large quantities of pesticides are used on banana plantations.
Explain how pesticides can cause problems for the environment.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2018 0680/12/M/J/18

9
4 The graph shows the demographic transition model.
50
birth and 40
death
rate per 30
thousand
people 20
per year
10
0
stage 1 stage 2 stage 3 stage 4 stage 5
Key
birth rate
death rate
(a) Use the graph to complete these sentences.
Birth and death rates are both high in stage ................ .
Birth and death rates are below 15 per thousand per year in stage ................ .
The birth rate starts to decrease in stage ................ .
The death rate starts to decrease in stage ................ .
The population increases most rapidly at the end of stage ................ .
The death rate is higher than the birth rate at the end of stage ................ . [3]
(b) State and explain two environmental problems caused by rapid population growth.
environmental problem one ......................................................................................................
explanation ...............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
environmental problem two ......................................................................................................
explanation ................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[4]

10
(c) Suggest three strategies for managing population growth.
1 .................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 .................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
3 .................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[3]
© UCLES 2018 0680/12/M/J/18

11
5 The bar graph shows the fish catch in ten countries in 2012.
16
14
12
10
fish catch in 2012

8
/ million tonnes
6
0
SA
na
ru
le
am
ar
si
tio
pa
di
hi
Pe
nm
hi
ne
In
tn
C
ra
Ja
C
ya
do
de
Vi
M
In
Fe
an
si
us
R
country
(a) (i) Complete the bar graph using the data in the table.
fish catch in 2012

country
/ million tonnes
China 14.0
Chile 2.6
[1]
(ii) The ten countries shown in the graph caught 47.6 million tonnes of fish in 2012.
The world total of fish caught in 2012 was 79.7 million tonnes.
Calculate the percentage of the world total caught by these ten countries.
...........................% [1]
(iii) The fish catch in China, Indonesia, Myanmar and Vietnam is increasing.
Suggest one reason why the fish catch in these countries is increasing.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]

12
(b) (i) Suggest four strategies for the sustainable harvesting of ocean fisheries.
1 .........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
2 .........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
3 .........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
4 .........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[4]
(ii) Explain why strategies for the sustainable harvesting of ocean fisheries have had limited
success.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2018 0680/12/M/J/18

13

14
6 The newspaper report is about waste rock from shaft (deep) mines being used for farming.
WASTE ROCK FROM MINES USED FOR FARMING
Mounds of waste rock near closed mines are being used for farming. The
smallest rocks on the mounds have been worn away by the weather into
drainage.
feed on shrubs and bushes that grow on the mounds.
shrubs and
bushes
fruit trees
large trees
(a) (i) Use information in the newspaper report to explain why fruit trees can be grown
successfully on the mounds.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2018 0680/12/M/J/18

15
(ii) The diagram shows how the natural vegetation would change over time if the mounds
were not farmed.
large trees
small trees
shrubs and bushes
waste grasses and
from small plants
mining
lichens
time
pioneer climax
community vegetation
Describe and explain how the natural vegetation shown in the diagram changes over
time.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]
(iii) Explain how goats stop the development of climax vegetation on some of the mounds.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]

16
(b) Suggest ways that mines can be used after extraction has finished.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2018 0680/12/M/J/18

* 3 0 3 2 4 1 0 0 2 5 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (NF/FC) 144328/3
2
1
movement.
Arctic Ocean
D A Eurasian
plate
Eurasian North
plate American
plate
Atlantic
C Ocean
Philippine Pacific African
plate plate plate
Pacific Ocean
South
American
Nazca
Indo-Australian plate
plate
plate B
Antarctic
plate
Key
tectonic plate boundaries
direction of tectonic plate movement
(a) (i) Find letters A to D on the map.
State the letter of the location where:
• earthquakes are not likely to happen .................................
• two plates are moving apart near an island ........................
• two plates are moving towards each other ..............................
• two plates are sliding past each other .............................. .

[2]
(ii) State one difference between the location of plate boundaries in the Atlantic Ocean and
in the Pacific Ocean.
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2018 0680/13/M/J/18

3
(b) Suggest reasons why the number of deaths and injuries in earthquakes is often greater in
developing countries than in developed countries.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(c) Explain ways in which buildings can be designed to reduce the impact of an earthquake.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [4]

4
2
The data from 2015 to 2020 is an estimate.
14.8
14.6
14.4
average
annual 14.2
temperature
/ °C
14.0
13.8
13.6
13.4
13.2
1880 1900 1920 1940 1960 1980 2000 2020
year
Key
actual
estimate
(a) (i) Calculate the average annual increase in temperature, shown by the graph, between
1880 and 2020. Give your answer to three decimal places.
Show your working.
..................... °C [2]
(ii) Circle the fifty year period with the greatest increase in average annual temperature.
1880 to 1930 1920 to 1970 1970 to 2020 [1]
© UCLES 2018 0680/13/M/J/18

5
(b) (i) Describe ways in which human activities are increasing the concentration of carbon
dioxide and methane in the atmosphere.
carbon dioxide ...................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
methane ............................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[4]
(ii)
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]

6
3 The diagram shows the main causes of oil pollution.
Q
P
R
U
T
S
(a) Match each cause of oil pollution in the table with one of the letters, P to U, in the diagram.
cause letter
accidents to ships in oceans

...............
illegal flushing of oil tanks by ships

...............
leaks from oil refineries

...............
leaks from oil rigs

...............
leaks from pipelines

...............
waste oil from land washed into oceans by rivers

...............
[3]
(b) Suggest three impacts of oil pollution on marine and coastal ecosystems.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
3 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[3]
© UCLES 2018 0680/13/M/J/18

7
(c) Describe ways to deal with oil spills in oceans.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(d) Explain how oil tankers with double hulls have reduced the amount of oil spilled during
accidents in oceans.
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

8
4 The diagram shows part of a wetland ecosystem.
Sun
heron
hawk
duck
insect
water
plants
water
insects
fish
phytoplankton
Key not to scale

flows of energy
(a) (i) Name the primary source of energy in this ecosystem.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Name two producers in the ecosystem in the diagram.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[1]
© UCLES 2018 0680/13/M/J/18

9
(iii) The arrows on the diagram show some of the flows of energy in the ecosystem.
Use the diagram of the wetland ecosystem to complete the food chain.
fish
............................... ............................... ...............................
[1]
(iv) The water insects shown in the diagram are primary consumers. Other water insects are
secondary consumers.
Explain the difference between a primary consumer and a secondary consumer.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) Define the ecosystem terms, population and community.
population .................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
community ................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
(c) Suggest how draining a wetland could affect wildlife.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [3]

10
5 The bar graph shows the world rural and urban human population from 1950 to 2010. The data for
2020 and 2030 are estimates.
human
population
/ billions 3
year
1
0
1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020 2030
actual estimated
year
Key
urban population
rural population
(a) (i) State the year on the bar graph when the urban population became greater than the
rural population.
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Describe the trend in rural population shown on the graph.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2018 0680/13/M/J/18

11
(b) State two ways the population of places increases.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
[1]
(c) Suggest three push factors that would encourage people to leave a rural area.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
3 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[3]
(d) Describe environmental problems caused by the rapid growth of urban areas.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [3]

12
6 The diagram shows some ways of using tropical rainforests.
A agro-forestry B cattle
ranching
C wood pulp D selective E hydro-

for paper logging electric power
stations
F mines for G harvesting
copper and iron fruits and
ore nuts
I forest
H shifting
reserves
cultivation
(a) (i) State the letters of four sustainable ways of using tropical rainforests.
1 ............... 2 ...............
3 ............... 4 ...............
[2]
(ii) State the letters of two ways of using tropical rainforests that are not sustainable.
1 ............... 2 ...............
[1]
(b) Explain how ecotourism could benefit tropical rainforests.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2018 0680/13/M/J/18

13
(c) Soil erosion is a consequence of deforestation.
Describe strategies for soil conservation.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [4]
© UCLES 2018 0680/13/M/J/18

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2018 0680/13/M/J/18

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2018 0680/13/M/J/18

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2018 0680/13/M/J/18

* 0 6 5 8 7 2 4 2 3 2 *

Paper 1 Theory May/June 2019
1 hour 45 minutes

DC (KS/SG) 168046/2
2
Section A
1 The table shows world insecticide use in arbitrary units in 2009 and 2014.
insecticide use
world region / arbitrary units
2009 2014
Africa and Middle East 1 865 2 215
Asia and Oceania 11 000 12 820
Central and South America 8 330 10 820
Eastern Europe 3 960 4 575
North America 11 985 13 340
Western Europe 7 905 8 230
(a) State the world region with the lowest insecticide use in 2014.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Calculate the increase in insecticide use in Asia and Oceania from 2009 to 2014.
................................... arbitrary units [1]
(c) Suggest two reasons why some world regions use more insecticide than other world regions.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
(d) State two ways, other than insecticide use, to reduce the impact of pests on crops.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
[Total: 6]
© UCLES 2019 0680/11/M/J/19

3
2 The photograph shows part of a farm in southern Africa.
(a) Describe the vegetation shown in the photograph.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) The farm in the photograph has had four years of drought.
Explain why cattle can no longer be kept on the farm.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 4]

4
3 The graph shows carbon dioxide emissions for a more economically developed country (MEDC)
from 1970 to 2015.
700
650
600
550
annual carbon
dioxide emissions 500
/ million tonnes
450
400
350
0
1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010 2015
year
(a) Calculate the change in carbon dioxide emissions from 1970 to 2015.
................................... million tonnes [2]
(b) Which 10-year period showed the greatest decrease in carbon dioxide emissions?
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) Explain why the government of the MEDC needed to decrease carbon dioxide emissions.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 5]
© UCLES 2019 0680/11/M/J/19

5
4 The table shows the major volcanic eruptions in 2015 and 2016.
month and year country deaths injuries
February 2015 Indonesia 0 0
April 2015 Chile 0 0
May 2015 Indonesia 0 0
July 2015 Papua New Guinea 0 0
October 2015 Indonesia 1 0
June 2016 USA 1 0
September 2016 Indonesia 0 0
October 2016 Japan 0 0
(a) State the country that had the most volcanic eruptions in 2015.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Complete the sentence using information from the table.
The longest period without a major volcanic eruption was
from ..................................................... to ..................................................... .

[1]
(c) Suggest three reasons why these major volcanic eruptions only caused a small number of
deaths and injuries.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
3 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[3]
[Total: 5]

6
Section B
5 (a) The table shows the population structure for two countries in 2015.
population structure (percentage in each age group)

country 60 years and
0–14 years 15–59 years
over
Japan 13 54 33
Niger 51 45 4
(i) Complete the pie chart to show the population structure of Japan.
Use the key provided.
population structure of Japan population structure of Niger

0 0
Key
0 – 14 years
15 – 59 years
60 years and over
[3]
(ii) Suggest two problems that Japan may have as a result of its population structure.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(iii)
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2019 0680/11/M/J/19

7
(iv) Suggest two problems that Niger may have as a result of a rapid population increase.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(v) Describe two strategies that the government of Niger could use to control the rate of
population increase.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) Can a less economically developed country (LEDC), such as Niger, feed its increasing
population sustainably?
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [4]
[Total: 15]

8
6 (a) The table shows the percentage of the population of ten countries in Africa with access to
safe drinking water in 1990 and in 2015.
percentage of the population with

country access to safe drinking water
1990 2015
Angola 42 49
Botswana 92 96
Ethiopia 13 57
Ghana 56 89
Malawi 43 90
Niger 34 58
Rwanda 59 76
South Africa 83 93
Tanzania 54 56
Zimbabwe 79 77
average 55.5
..................................
(i) Complete the table by calculating the average percentage of the population with access
to safe drinking water in 2015. [1]
(ii) State the country that had:
a decrease in access to safe drinking water from 1990 to 2015
...........................................................................................................................................
the lowest access to safe drinking water in 2015
...........................................................................................................................................
the largest increase in access to safe drinking water from 1990 to 2015.
...........................................................................................................................................
[3]
© UCLES 2019 0680/11/M/J/19

9
(iii) Explain why access to safe drinking water is important for people.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]

10
(b) The graph shows global water consumption by continent from 1970 to 2015 and predicted
to 2020.
5500
World
5000
4500
4000
3500
water
consumption
/ billion m3 3000 Asia
per year
2500
2000
1500
1000
North America
Europe
500
Africa
South America
0 Oceania
1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020
year
Key
actual water consumption
predicted water consumption
(i) State the water consumption in Europe in 2010.
............................ billion m3 per year [1]
(ii) Compare water consumption in Asia with that in North America from 1970 to 2020.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
© UCLES 2019 0680/11/M/J/19
11
(iii)
Circle the correct answer.
51% 54% 57% 60% 63%

[1]
(iv) The population of Africa in 2015 was 1.25 billion.
Use this figure and the graph to calculate the average water consumption per person per
year in Africa in 2015.
.................... m3 per person per year [2]
(v) Explain why global water consumption keeps increasing.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(c) Describe how human activities in towns and cities can pollute water sources.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [4]

12
(d)
How far do you agree with this statement? Give reasons for your answer.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [6]
[Total: 27]
© UCLES 2019 0680/11/M/J/19

13
7 (a) Describe the formation of oil.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(b) Describe the advantages and disadvantages of oil as an energy resource.
advantages ...............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
disadvantages ..........................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[4]

14
(c) The map shows average oil consumption per person in 2015.
North Europe
America Asia
Africa
South
America
Oceania
Key
low oil consumption per person
medium oil consumption per person
high oil consumption per person
(i) State the continent where oil use per person is low in all countries.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) State the continent with high oil use per person.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) Explain why oil use per person is much higher in some countries than in others.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
© UCLES 2019 0680/11/M/J/19

15
(d) The map shows the location of oil spills in a seven-year period in the seas around part of
north-west Europe.
Atlantic Norway
Ocean
North Denmark
Sea
Irish
Ireland
Sea
United Kingdom
Netherlands
Belgium
Germany
English
Channel
France
0 400
km Key
oil spills
(i) Describe the distribution of the oil spills shown on the map.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]

16
(ii) Discuss strategies for minimising the impact of oil spills at sea.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
[Total: 18]
© UCLES 2019 0680/11/M/J/19

* 1 0 2 5 2 7 6 1 4 2 *

1 hour 45 minutes

DC (KN/CB) 168045/2
2
Section A
1 The divided bar chart shows percentage of greenhouse gas emissions and percentage population
in 2012.
100 100
90 90
rest of world
80 80
70 Mexico 70
percentage Canada percentage

60 Indonesia 60
of world of world
total in Brazil total in
2012 50 Japan 50 2012
Russian Federation
40 India 40
European Union (28)
30 30
United States
20 20
10 China 10
0 0
greenhouse gas population
emissions
(a) State the percentage of greenhouse gas emissions from the rest of the world in 2012.
.......................................................% [1]
(b) Identify the country that produced the most greenhouse gas emissions in 2012 and state the
percentage of greenhouse gas emissions it produced.
country ...............................................
percentage of greenhouse gas emissions ...............................................

[1]
(c) State the name of two greenhouse gases.
1 ..................................................................
2 ..................................................................
[2]
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/M/J/19

3
(d) India contains nearly 19% of the world’s population, but contributes only 6% of the world’s
greenhouse gases.
Suggest reasons why.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 7]

4
2 The map shows areas with a low, medium or high risk to water supplies. The risks to water supplies
include low annual rainfall, risk of drought, pollution of supplies and overuse of water.
A
Asia
North Europe
America
Tropic of
Cancer
Equator Africa
South
Tropic of America
Capricorn
Oceania
Key
low risk
medium risk
high risk
(a) Describe the location of the areas with a high risk to water supplies in South America.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Suggest reasons why there is a low risk to water supplies at location A.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(c) Explain why there is overuse of water in some parts of the world.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/M/J/19
5
(d) State two strategies farmers can use to prepare for the impacts of drought.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
[Total: 8]

6
3 The photograph shows soil erosion on an arable farm in the wet season.
(a) State one piece of evidence in the photograph that the soil has been eroded.
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Suggest two reasons why soil erosion has occurred in the area shown on the photograph.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
(c) Describe what could be done to reduce soil erosion in the area shown on the photograph.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 5]
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/M/J/19

7
Section B
4 (a) The graph shows the world population from 1950 to 2015 and the predicted world population
from 2016 to 2100.
14
13
12 range of possible
11 world population
10
9
world 8
population 7
/ billion 6
5 Key
4
3 population
2 predicted population
1
0
1950 2000 2050 2100
year
(i) Calculate the increase in world population from 1950 to 2015.
.......................................................... [1]
(ii) Describe how the predicted rate of population growth changes after 2050.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) Explain why there is a range of possible world population figures between 2050 and
2100.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]

8
(b) The table shows the populations of the continents in 2015 and their predicted populations in
2100.
population in 2015 predicted population in 2100

continent
/ million / million
Africa 1186 4387
Asia 4393 4889
Europe 738 664
Oceania 39 71
North America 358 500
South America 634 721
(i) Place the continents in rank order of their predicted populations in 2100, starting with the
largest.
largest ..............................................................
..............................................................
..............................................................
..............................................................
..............................................................
smallest ..............................................................
[2]
(ii) State which continent is predicted to have a smaller population in 2100 than in
2015.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) Calculate the predicted percentage increase in population for Oceania from 2015 to
2100.
.......................................................% [2]
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/M/J/19

9
(iv) Explain the reasons for rapid population growth in some parts of the world.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
(v) Migration affects population size.
State two factors that cause migration.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[2]

10
(vi) ‘Education is the best strategy for managing human population size.’
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [6]
[Total: 21]
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/M/J/19

11
5 (a) Describe the formation of coal.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(b) Describe the advantages and disadvantages of coal as an energy resource.
advantages ...............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
disadvantages ...........................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[4]

12
(c) The graph shows energy consumption by world region from 1965 to 2015.
6000
5000
4000
energy
consumption Europe
/ million
tonnes of oil 3000
equivalent
(MTOE)
2000
Asia and Oceania
North America
Middle East
1000
South and
Central America
Africa
0
1965 1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010 2015
year
The table shows energy consumption for North America from 2000 to 2015.
year 2000 2005 2010 2015

energy consumption
2700 2850 2700 2800
for North America / MTOE
(i) Complete the graph for North America. [2]
(ii) State which world region has had the largest increase in energy consumption from 1965
to 2015.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) State which region had the highest energy consumption in 1965.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/M/J/19

13
(iv) Describe the changes in energy consumption in Europe between 1965 and 2015.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(v) Suggest reasons for the changes in energy consumption in Europe and in Asia and
Oceania, from 2000 to 2015.
Europe ...............................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
Asia and Oceania ..............................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[5]
[Total: 19]

14
6 The bar chart shows deforestation rates in Indonesia between 1990 and 2014.
deforestation
2
/ million hectares
0
1990– 1995– 2000– 2005– 2010–
1994 1999 2004 2009 2014
year
(a) Describe the changes in deforestation rates in Indonesia shown on the bar chart.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/M/J/19
15
(b) The table shows the reasons for deforestation in Indonesia.
reason for deforestation percentage of forest cleared

commercial agriculture 42
subsistence agriculture 34
commercial logging and
19
timber extraction
other 5
(i) Complete the pie chart to show the reasons for deforestation in Indonesia.
Use the key provided.
reasons for deforestation in Indonesia
Key
commercial agriculture
subsistence agriculture
commercial logging
and timber extraction
other
[3]
(ii) Define the terms commercial agriculture and subsistence agriculture.
commercial agriculture ......................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
subsistence agriculture .....................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]

16
(iii) Suggest one reason for deforestation other than agriculture, commercial logging and
timber extraction.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iv) Explain why some people want to stop further deforestation.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
(c) The diagram shows a wetland food chain.
(i) State the producer and tertiary consumer in the food chain.
producer .......................................................
tertiary consumer .......................................................

[1]
(ii) Complete the pyramid of energy for this food chain. The bar for algae has been completed
for you.
algae
[2]
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/M/J/19

17
(iii) Describe the process of photosynthesis.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(d) The table shows the percentage rate of loss of wetlands between 1900 and 2010 for a
country.
percentage loss of inland percentage loss of coastal

period
wetlands per year wetlands per year
1900–1940 0.85 0.39
1941–1974 1.48 1.73
1975–1990 1.63 1.44
1991–2010 0.48 0.85
Compare the percentage rate of loss of inland wetlands with that of coastal wetlands between
1900 and 2010.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 20]
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/M/J/19

18
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/M/J/19

19
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/M/J/19

20
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/M/J/19

* 0 5 4 5 9 3 8 0 4 6 *

1 hour 45 minutes

DC (KN/TP) 168044/2
2
Section A
1 The bar chart shows birth and death rates for seven world regions.
East Asia
Europe
Middle East and North Africa
world North America

region
South Asia
South America
Sub-Saharan Africa
0 10 20 30 40
birth and death rate per
thousand population per year
Key
birth rate
death rate
(a) Complete the bar chart using the data in the table.
birth rate death rate

world region per thousand per thousand
population per year population per year
Middle East and
23 5
North Africa
North America 12 8
[2]
(b) Calculate the difference between the birth rate and death rate for South Asia.
................................................ per thousand population per year [1]
(c) State the world region with the biggest difference between the birth rate and death rate.
.......................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2019 0680/13/M/J/19

3
(d) Suggest reasons why the birth rate is high in Sub-Saharan Africa.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(e) Sketch a population pyramid for a more economically developed country (MEDC) on the
diagram.
male female
[2]
[Total: 8]

4
2 The photograph shows an opencast mine, used to extract copper ore, in Zambia.
(a) Describe how the copper ore has been mined.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(b) Describe the environmental impacts of this mine.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 6]
© UCLES 2019 0680/13/M/J/19

5
mass of plastic /
ocean
thousand tonnes
North Pacific 960
South Pacific 210
North Atlantic 560
South Atlantic 130
Indian Ocean 590
(a) Draw a bar chart to show the information in the table.
[4]
(b) Suggest two
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
[Total: 6]

6
Section B
4 (a) The pie charts show the energy resources used to generate electricity in Europe in 1984 and
in 2014. The data are plotted as a proportion of the total electricity generated.
1984 2014
7% 1% 8%
12% 10% 25%
39%
16%
20%
24%
17%
21%
Total electricity generation = 2413 1012 Wh Total electricity generation = 3568 1012 Wh
Key
energy resource
other hydro-electric wind
oil gas
nuclear coal
(i) Calculate the increase in total electricity generation in Europe from 1984 to 2014.
.................................................... Wh [1]
(ii) Suggest two reasons why demand for electricity in Europe has increased since 1984.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(iii) State which energy resource was used:
in 1984, but not in 2014 ....................................................................
in 2014, but not in 1984. ....................................................................

[2]
© UCLES 2019 0680/13/M/J/19

7
(iv) The actual electricity generated from gas in 1984 was 180 × 1012 Wh and in 2014 it was
571 × 1012 Wh.
Calculate the percentage increase for the electricity generated from gas between 1984
and 2014.
...................................................... % [2]
(v) Suggest reasons why the use of renewable energy resources for generating electricity in
Europe has increased from 1984 to 2014.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(vi)
State two
1 ........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(vii) Describe how electricity is produced in a hydro-electric power station.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]

8
(b) Some students are discussing ways of reducing electricity consumption.
Student A says,
to reduce the consumption of
Student B
government and industry need to
Do you think student A

country?
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [5]
[Total: 20]
© UCLES 2019 0680/13/M/J/19

9
BLANK PAGE

10
5 (a) The diagram shows some steps leading to soil erosion.
increasing population
and demand
decreasing natural
vegetation
decreased interception
decreased infiltration
decreased organic matter
increased surface run-off
increased soil erosion

increased gullying
(i) State the meaning of the terms interception, infiltration and surface run-off.
interception ........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
infiltration ...........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
surface run-off ...................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[3]
© UCLES 2019 0680/13/M/J/19

11
(ii) The diagram says natural vegetation is decreasing.
Explain why natural vegetation is decreasing.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(iii) The diagram says soil erosion has increased.
Explain why soil erosion has increased.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4]

12
(iv)
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [6]
© UCLES 2019 0680/13/M/J/19

13
(b) The diagram shows the relative size of some mineral particles found in soil.
sand
clay
silt
invisible at
this scale
0 1 2 3
mm
(i) Determine the diameter of the sand particle shown in the diagram.
................................................... mm [1]
(ii) State two other components of soil, apart from the mineral particles shown in the
diagram.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(iii) Describe four differences between a sandy soil and a clay soil, other than particle size.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
3 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
4 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[4]
[Total: 23]

14
6 (a) The photograph shows a valley in a highland area.
The graph shows precipitation and temperature data for the valley over a six-month period in
winter.
120 14
110 12
100 10
90 8
80 6
average
average 70 4 temperature
precipitation 60 2 / °C
/ mm 50 0
40 –2
30 –4
20 –6
10 –8
0 –10
Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr
month
Key
average precipitation
average temperature
(i) The range of temperature is the difference between the maximum and minimum value.
Calculate the range of temperature for this six-month period.
...................................................... °C [1]
© UCLES 2019 0680/13/M/J/19
15
(ii) Using the photograph and the graph, explain why the valley was flooded in April.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
(iii) Suggest three impacts of the flooding on the people living in the valley.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
3 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[3]

16
(b) The graph shows a storm hydrograph.
rainfall
30 600
20 400
rainfall / river flow /
mm per m3 per
hour river flow second
10 200
0 0
day 1 day 2 day 3 day 4
(i) State the river flow before the rainfall began.
.................................. m3 per second [1]
(ii) Describe the river flow during day 2.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(iii) Explain why the highest river flow occurs several hours after the highest rainfall.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
© UCLES 2019 0680/13/M/J/19

17
(iv) Describe three flood management techniques that could be used to reduce the flood
risk.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
3 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[3]
[Total: 17]
© UCLES 2019 0680/13/M/J/19

18
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2019 0680/13/M/J/19

19
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2019 0680/13/M/J/19

20
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2019 0680/13/M/J/19

w
w
w
.X
tr
m e
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
Paper 1
0680/01
October/November 2004
1 hour 30 minutes
C andidate
N ame
C entre C andidate
Number Number

DO NOT WRITE IN THE GREY AREAS BETWEEN THE PAGES. FOR EXAMINER’S USE
3
in the space given on this page. 5
provided.
TOTAL

(DR) S78896
2
1 The diagram shows volcanic activity at a plate boundary.

For
Examiner’s
Use
volcanic
eruptions
Ocean
Continental Plate
Oceanic Plate
Mantle
(a) (i) What type of plate boundary is shown?
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Mark with a letter X on the diagram an area where friction is likely to occur. [1]
(iii) Use the diagram to describe how a volcanic eruption may occur near to a plate
boundary.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(b) (i) Scientists often set up stations on volcanoes to take readings. Why is it important
that they do this?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2004 0680/01/O/N/04

3
(ii) About 500 million people live in areas at risk from volcanic eruptions. Suggest two
For
reasons why people live near to active volcanoes. Examiner’s
Use
1 ................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Describe one form of disaster relief that would be necessary after a volcanic eruption.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
Total [10]
© UCLES 2004 0680/01/O/N/04 [Turn over

4
2 (a) (i) With the help of the diagram, explain how hydro-electric power (H.E.P.] is
For
generated. Examiner’s
Use
dam generator
power station
transmission lines
reservoir
transformer –
raises the voltage
of the electricity
penstock turbines water outflow –

downstream to river
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[3]
(ii) Give two reasons why setting up large H.E.P. stations is often expensive.
1 ................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(b) State two advantages of using H.E.P. instead of using fossil fuels.
1........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2004 0680/01/O/N/04

5
(c) Describe some of the environmental problems that can be caused by large H.E.P.
For
stations. Examiner’s
Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
Total [10]

6
3 (a) Use the diagram below to describe how farming activities can lead to pollutants entering
For
a river. Examiner’s
Use
Rainfall
Fertiliser
Farm
(including nitrates)
and pesticides
Animal waste from farm

Infiltration in surface run-off
T hro
u g h fl o
w to riv
er
River carries
pollutants to sea
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Explain the biological effects of agricultural pollution on a river.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2004 0680/01/O/N/04

7
(c) Why is it difficult to reduce river pollution in large rivers in developing countries?
For
Examiner’s
.......................................................................................................................................... Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[4]
Total [10]

8
4 (a) The diagram below shows a valley where there are industries. Above a certain height
For
above sea level, temperatures start to rise with increasing altitude. Examiner’s
Use
Height above Air temperature

sea level in degrees
in metres Centigrade
1800 8 C
1500 5 C
1200 3 C
900 6 C
Pollution from
600 factories, power 9 C
stations, car exhausts
300 12 C
15 C
(i) What name is given to the condition where air temperature rises with increasing
height above sea level?
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) At what height above sea level are air temperatures lowest?
...........................................metres [1]
(iii) Use the diagram to explain how pollution becomes trapped in the valley.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Suggest and explain strategies to reduce atmospheric pollution from cars and factories.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[4]
© UCLES 2004 0680/01/O/N/04

9
(c) Explain why CFCs are known to be atmospheric pollutants.

For
Examiner’s
.......................................................................................................................................... Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
Total [10]

10
5 (a) ‘The Kayapo are one of many tribes who live in the Amazon rainforest. They are hunter-
For
gatherers and subsistence farmers, practising shifting cultivation. The Kayapo make Examiner’s
‘gardens’ in small forest clearings where they grow fruit trees and crops such as manioc Use
and sweet potatoes. Having cleared the land by cutting down trees and burning the
vegetation, they plant their crops. After four or five years, the heavy rains have washed
away the soil nutrients. The Kayapo then move away to make a new forest garden. The
forest clearings are small enough to allow the forest to re-grow within a few years.’
Use the above description of shifting cultivation to complete the flow diagram to show
the sequence of events in shifting cultivation.
Shifting Cultivation
CUT SOIL
PLANT
DOWN LOSES
CROPS
FOREST NUTRIENTS
[3]
(b) What are the advantages of burning the vegetation before they plant their crops?
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) (i) Explain how shifting cultivation may be described as a sustainable activity.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Explain why population growth might make shifting cultivation unsustainable.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[3]
Total [10]
© UCLES 2004 0680/01/O/N/04

11
6 (a) The graph and table below shows some information about population in a developed
For
country (the United Kingdom). Examiner’s
Use
40
0–19
% %
60+ Year Age Age
% of population in age group
30 0–19 60+
1960 32 15
1980 29 17
20 2000 23 21
2020* 22 24
* estimated
10
0
1960 1980 2000 2020
(i) Complete the graph by drawing bars for the 60+ population for 2000 and 2020. [2]
(ii) According to the figures, what is predicted to happen to the relationship between
the two age groups by the year 2020?
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Describe two problems that might arise as the percentage of elderly people in a
population increases.
1........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[4]

12
(c) Describe strategies that may help reduce high levels of population increase in
For
developing countries. Examiner’s
Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
Total [10]
University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES) which is itself a department of
© UCLES 2004 0680/01/O/N/04

w
w
w
.X
tr
m e
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
Paper 1
0680/01
1 hour 30 minutes

DO NOT WRITE IN THE GREY AREAS BETWEEN THE PAGES.

3
in the space given at the top of this page. 5
provided.
TOTAL

SPA (DR) T02627/3
2
1 (a) Study the information below, which refers to five areas of the world.
For
Examiner’s
Use
Life Adult literacy Income per head
Area
expectancy (%) ($US)
Middle East 66 60 2200
Industrialised countries 76 98 20 900
Latin America 69 88 3830
South-East Asia 66 88 1130
Sub-Saharan Africa 49 58 530
(i) Which area has the lowest life expectancy?
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) State the relationship between the adult literacy rate and income per head.
..................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) Name one area which seems to be an exception to the relationship you have
stated in (a)(ii).
...............................................................................................................................[1]
(b) (i) Suggest two measures of the quality of life not mentioned in the table above.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Suggest how rapid population growth may affect quality of life.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2005 0680/01/O/N/05

3
(c) Suggest how improved trade might help to overcome world inequalities.
For
Examiner’s
.......................................................................................................................................... Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
Total [10]

4
2 The graph below shows information about clean water supplies for five countries.
For
Examiner’s
Use
Selected countries: % of the population without access to clean water
100
90
80
percentage of the population
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
Central Djibouti Laos Paraguay Uganda
African
Republic
Key:
Country % urban % rural
urban areas
Paraguay 35 93
rural areas
Uganda 55 88
(a) (i) Complete the graph to show the figures for Paraguay and Uganda. [2]
(ii) What conclusion can you draw from the graph about access to clean water in rural
and urban areas? Give reasons for your answer.
Conclusion ................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
Reasons ...................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2005 0680/01/O/N/05

5
(b) Explain why access to clean water is important for human health.
For
Examiner’s
.......................................................................................................................................... Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Describe one strategy for improving water quality in developing countries.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
Total [10]

6
3 The map below shows areas of Africa where there is severe soil erosion.
For
Examiner’s
Use
North
Africa
Tropic of Cancer
Sahel
Equator
Botswana
& Namibia
Tropic of Capricorn
Gaborone
Key:
areas of severe
soil erosion
(a) (i) Describe the location of the main areas of severe soil erosion..
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2005 0680/01/O/N/05

7
(ii) The city of Gaborone is marked on the map. Below is a rainfall graph for the area
For
around Gaborone. Examiner’s
Use
120
100
80
Rainfall (mm)
60
40
20
0
Months
Explain why severe soil erosion is likely to occur in this area in January and July.
January .....................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
July ...........................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Explain how one agricultural practice can increase the risk of soil erosion.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Suggest strategies which could help to reduce the problem of soil erosion.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
Total [10]
8
4 Look at the diagram below. It shows the relationship between carbon dioxide in the air and a
For
cereal crop. Examiner’s
Use
Carbon dioxide in the air
cereal crop
A process in B process in
the leaves the cells
(a) Give the names of the two processes A and B, shown on the diagram.
A is ...................................................................................................................................
B is ...............................................................................................................................[2]
(b) In a crop like this, the amount of carbon dioxide given out by process B is equal to the
amount of carbon dioxide taken in by process A. The two are in balance.
(i) If more carbon dioxide was given out by process B than was taken in by process A,
what would happen to the amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere?
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) What would be the result of what you have said in (b)(i) for world temperatures and
world sea levels? Explain your answers
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[4]
© UCLES 2005 0680/01/O/N/05

9
(c) In order to grow a crop, such as the one shown in the diagram above, trees may have
For
been removed from the land. This is called DEFORESTATION. Examiner’s
Use
State one possible effect of deforestation on the wildlife of an area. How might this
effect on wildlife be reduced?
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
Total [10]

10
5 The diagram below shows a section through the Earth.

For
Examiner’s
Use
2900 km
C B
(a) (i) Name the parts of the Earth labelled A, B and C.
A ...............................................................................................................................
B ...............................................................................................................................
C ...........................................................................................................................[3]
(ii) In which of the labelled parts would fossil fuels and minerals be found?
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) Name two fossil fuels.
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Because of environmental problems caused by fossil fuels, alternative energy sources
are being developed.
(i) Describe one environmental problem caused by the use of fossil fuel.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2005 0680/01/O/N/05

11
(ii) The diagram below shows one way of obtaining energy from an alternative source.
For
Examiner’s
Use
Cool Cool
recharge recharge
water water
Hot upwelling water

Hot rock heat source
Give the name of this source and describe how energy is being obtained.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[3]
Total [10]

12
6 The article below concerns the impact of tourism in Goa (India).

For
Examiner’s
“By the year 2000 more than 5 million tourists had visited Goa. Use
Tourism Concern says Goa’s ‘fragile ecology and unique culture are
being destroyed by hotel owners eager to cash in on the growing
numbers of tourists’. Hotels have been built illegally on the beach,
beaches have been closed to locals, threatened mangrove and wet land
areas have been unlawfully reclaimed, trees felled and dunes flattened.
Sewage is being discharged on to beaches and is leaking into rice
fields. Sand has been quarried from the beaches.”
(a) State three ways in which Goa’s environment is being damaged by tourist development.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) (i) Explain what is meant by the term ecotourism.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) How could the authorities in Goa continue to attract tourists whilst at the same time
preserving the environment?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2005 0680/01/O/N/05

13
(c) Laws and conservation groups can help to protect nature. Describe the role of one of
For
the following in protecting nature. Examiner’s
Use
• WWF
• IUCN
• CITES
• UNEP
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
Total [10]
© UCLES 2005 0680/01/O/N/05

14
BLANK PAGE
0680/01/O/N/05
15
BLANK PAGE
0680/01/O/N/05
16
BLANK PAGE
Question 3 Diagram © D. Waugh and T. Bushell, New Geography; Nelson Thornes, 2002.
Question 5 Taken from website, http://geosun1.sjsu.edu/~dreed/images/exer2/earth-layers.GIF
0680/01/O/N/05
w
w
w
.X
tr
m e
eP
ap
er
s .c
om
Paper 1
0680/01
1 hour 30 minutes
Total
SP (CW/CGW) T04112/4
2
1 Some Problems and Benefits of Ecotourism in Developing Countries

For
Examiner’s
One of the most important resources, that developing countries have, is the abundant wildlife Use
that live in them. There is an increasing interest amongst wealthy people from developed
countries to visit and see the wildlife. This trend brings some benefits, but also some
problems.
(a) (i) A visitor to a tropical rainforest area was advised to wear a long sleeved shirt and
long trousers when outside, mainly at night. Explain one reason for this advice
being given.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) If a visitor did not take this advice, explain one other way in which they might avoid
problems.
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(b) A recently opened National Park, next to the Manumbolo River in Madagascar, was
being visited by a group of tourists from a developed country who camped on a site
in the park. The problems included a fly infested pit latrine and poor access to a clean
water supply.
(i) How could these problems have affected the tourists?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) How could the Government and Park Authorities improve the conditions for the
tourists here?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(iii) What benefits would the Park Authorities and the local people get from any
improvements they made to this campsite?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
[Total : 10]
© UCLES 2006 0680/01/O/N/06
3
2 The map below shows the distribution of earthquake sites around the world.
For
Examiner’s
World Earthquakes Use
Key:
earthquake
(a) (i) Why are earthquakes found in some parts of the world and not others?
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Describe the distribution of earthquakes around the world.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]

4
(b) (i) Explain why some earthquakes have a greater impact than others. You may use the
For
following terms in your answer: Examiner’s
Use
Richter Scale
population density
buildings
rural
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[4]
(ii) How can National Governments and International Aid Agencies reduce the impact
of an earthquake?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[3]
[Total : 10]
© UCLES 2006 0680/01/O/N/06

5
3 The graph shows the effect of increasing the water supply to a crop on the growth of its roots
For
and its shoots. Examiner’s
Use
shoot
Root weight,
Shoot weight
(arbitrary units)
root
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Quantity of water
(arbitrary units)
(a) (i) At what quantity of water did shoots grow best?
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) At what quantity of water did roots grow best?
..............................................................................................................................[1]
(b) (i) In addition to water, farmers could use chemicals on their crops to improve plant
growth and crop yield.
Name one type of chemical used to
kill pests
..................................................................................................................................
improve the soil
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Choose one of the chemical types you have named above and describe the
problems that its overuse might cause to the environment.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[3]

6
(iii) Another way of killing pests that does not use chemicals is called biological control.
For
Explain what is meant by this term. Examiner’s
Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[3]
[Total : 10]
© UCLES 2006 0680/01/O/N/06

7
4 The map below shows the warm ocean current during an El Nino event. This causes a rise in
For
sea temperature along the coast of Peru. Examiner’s
Use
warm
ocean Peru
current
with few
minerals
SOUTH
AMERICA
Humboldt
current
(cold)
with many
minerals
El Nino has a dramatic effect on the fishery off the coast of Peru. This Peruvian fishery is the
biggest fishery in the world in the years when El Nino does not occur. The following diagram
shows the food chain for anchovy:
phytoplankton
(small green plants) Anchovy Sea birds such as cormorants
(a) Explain why El Nino causes a serious decline of the Peruvian fishery.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[4]

8
(b) El Nino is a natural event. Other threats to world fish stocks, such as oil spills, are caused
For
by humans. Examiner’s
Use
(i) Explain the effect that oil spills have on coastal fisheries.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[4]
(ii) How can the effects of an oil spill be reduced?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
[Total : 10]
© UCLES 2006 0680/01/O/N/06

9
5 The following pie chart shows the results of a survey in a large city on how worried people
For
were about traffic exhaust fumes. Examiner’s
Use
2%1%
9%
very worried
fairly worried
not very worried
not at all worried
do not know
52%
36%
(a) What is the total percentage of people, who were interviewed, said they were ‘fairly’
worried and said they were ‘very’ worried about this issue?
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) (i) Explain why people might be worried about traffic exhaust fumes.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[4]
(ii) How could the problems caused by traffic exhaust fumes be reduced?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[4]
[Total : 10]
10
6 Distribution of Savannah Vegetation

For
Examiner’s
180° 120° 60° 0° 60° 120° 180° Use
60°
30° tropic of
cancer
equator
0°
tropic of
capricorn
30°
60°
principal regions where savannah is the natural vegatation
(a) (i) Describe where savannah vegetation is located.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Two common uses of land in savannah are nomadic pastoralism and tourism.
Choose one of these uses and describe the main environmental problems it might
lead to.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2006 0680/01/O/N/06

11
Pressure on the land is caused by both what is done and the number of people involved. The
For
graph below shows how the world population has grown over the last 2000 years. Examiner’s
Use
6.0
5.0
4.0
Number
3.0 of people
(billion)
2.0
1.0
0
0 500 1000 1500 1990
Year
(b) (i) Describe one reason for the sudden change around 1650.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) The rapid rate of growth since 1900 is causing problems. How can governments act
to reduce population growth rate?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................[3]
[Total : 10]
© UCLES 2006 0680/01/O/N/06

12
BLANK PAGE
Question 5 © Crown copyright material is reproduced with the permission of the Controller of HMSO and the Queen’s Printer for Scotland.
University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department
of the University of Cambridge.
0680/01/O/N/06
w
w
w
.X
tr
m e
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
*8213838809*

Paper 1 October/November 2007
1 hour 30 minutes
Total
SPA (SJF4355/DR) T26417/7

2
1 Look at the photograph below, which shows elephant grass. It is possible that the grass For
could be used as an alternative source of energy. Examiner’s
Use
(a) (i) State one characteristic of elephant grass which is shown in the photograph.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) What name is given to this source of alternative energy?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Explain why burning elephant grass would be less damaging to the environment
than burning oil or coal.
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) (i) Among the gases released into the atmosphere are sulphur dioxide and nitrogen
oxides.
Name and describe the environmental problems caused by these gases.
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2007 0680/01/O/N/07

3
(ii) How could the pollution caused by these gases be reduced? For
Examiner’s
................................................................................................................................. Use
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 10]

4
2 Look at the diagram below which shows processes in the formation of soil. For
Examiner’s
Use
freeze thaw A B rain and wind
parent material C acids from rain

fine
parent
material D acids from humus
(a) (i) Of the four processes (A–D) shown, give the letters of the two processes which are
mechanical and the two processes which are chemical?
Mechanical ……………………… and ………………………
Chemical ……………………… and ……………………… [2]
(ii) Which of the processes A–D involves the action of living things?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Describe the process of freeze-thaw weathering.
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) These processes give rise to a mixture of soil particles (clay, silt and sand) and minerals.
Name two other components of soil needed for plant growth.
.........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) Agricultural practices around the world are leading to soil erosion. How can this be
reduced?
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2007 0680/01/O/N/07

5
3 The graph below shows the total catch for the anchovy fishery, off the west coast of South For
America, from 1990 until 2003. Examiner’s
Use
14000
12000
10000
tonnes (!1000)
8000
6000
4000
2000
0
19 0
19 1
19 2
19 3
19 4
95
19 6
19 7
19 8
20 9
00
20 1
20 2
03
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
0
0
19
19
20
Year
(a) Give the year for the
(i) smallest catch
.................................................................................................................................
(ii) largest catch
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) (i) Fish catches often depend on ocean currents. The presence of the Peruvian
(Humboldt) current ensures a large anchovy catch. Explain how cold currents do
this.
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]

6
(ii) The lowest catch in the graph was caused by a change in this current due to an El For
Nino event. Describe how this event caused a low catch. Examiner’s
Use
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(c) In any year, overfishing can be a problem. Describe what could be done to avoid
overfishing.
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2007 0680/01/O/N/07

7
4 Look at the two population pyramids shown below: For

Examiner’s
Use
A B
85+
80-84
75-79
70-74
65-69
60-64
55-59
50-54
45-49
40-44
35-39
30-34
25-29
20-24
15-19
10-14
5-9
0-4
male female male female
(a) Which one of the two pyramids shows a developed country?
Pyramid ……………………… [1]
(b) (i) Choose either pyramid A or B. Describe and explain the main features of the
pyramid you have chosen.
Pyramid chosen ………………………
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................ [3]
(ii) In changing from developing to developed, as shown above, a country goes through
the Demographic Transition. Describe what this means.
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]

8
(c) Rural to urban migration is common in developing countries. Describe one human For
PUSH factor and one physical PUSH factor for this migration. Examiner’s
Use
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2007 0680/01/O/N/07

9
5 Look at the diagram below which shows what happens to solar energy. For
Examiner’s
Use
solar energy
B Earth’s surface
(a) (i) The three labels A, B and C are processes; absorption, radiation and reflection.
Give the correct process for each of the letters shown in the diagram.
A …………………………………
B …………………………………
C ………………………………… [2]

10
(ii) Look at the diagram below. The amount of solar energy which falls on the surface of For
the earth (insolation) varies from place to place and from time to time. This accounts Examiner’s
for warmer and colder climates and the seasons. Use
N
Sun
Equ
ator
In which hemisphere, in the diagram above, is it Summer? Explain your answer.
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) (i) Two main differences between Summer and Winter are temperature and daylength.
How do these influence the amount of solar power that can be generated?
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Solar power is an example of alternative energy. Such sources are mainly alternative
to fossil fuels. Suggest two reasons why it is a good idea to develop alternatives to
fossil fuels.
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [4]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2007 0680/01/O/N/07

11
6 The following diagram shows the Rock Cycle and how the three types of rock (igneous, For
sedimentary and metamorphic) are related. Examiner’s
Use
ition
, d epos
n C
tio
rta
spo
n
Bu
ra t
ria
n,
sio
l, h
ero
eat
,
,
ring
pres
Weathe
sure
B
Mel
ting
(a) (i) State which letter corresponds to each type of rock.
Sedimentary ……………………………………
Igneous ……………………………………
Metamorphic …………………………………… [2]
(ii) Choose two of the rocks: granite, limestone and sandstone and give a use for each
rock chosen.
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) (i) Describe problems associated with the exploitation of rocks and minerals.
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
12
(ii) Suggest ways in which an area which has been damaged by the extraction of rocks For
or minerals could be restored. Examiner’s
Use
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 10]
Question 1 © http://plants.ifas.ufl.edu Photo by A. Murray. Copyright 2000 Univ. Florida.

Question 3 © Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations http://www.fao.org/figis/servlet/species?fid=2917
© UCLES 2007 0680/01/O/N/07

w
w
w
.X
tr
m e
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
*9987500745*

1 hour 30 minutes
Total
SP (NF/CGW) T53384/4
2
1 Look at the graph below which shows the number of tourists watching whales between For
1950–2000. Examiner’s
Use
10
8
number of tourists (millions)
0
1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000
year
(a) (i) How many tourists whale watched in 1980?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) How many more did so in 2000?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Whale watching might be thought of as an example of ecotourism, defined as:
“responsible travel to natural areas which conserves the environment and

improves the welfare of the local people”.
Explain one way in which whale watching fits this definition and one way in which it
does not.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
© UCLES 2008 0680/01/O/N/08
3
(c) Look at the diagram below which shows a food chain in the sea. For
Examiner’s
Use
photosynthesis
marine zooplankton whale

phytoplankton
(i) Draw arrows in the three small boxes in the diagram above to show the direction of
energy flow. [1]
(ii) In the large circle on the right of the diagram draw or name an organism that could
be the next link in this chain. [1]
(iii) For this chain name:
1. the producer .........................................
2. a consumer .........................................
3. the source of all the energy ......................................... [3]
[Total: 10]

4
2 The graph shows the growth of sugar production and export in Australia over 9 years. For
Examiner’s
Use
7
6
metric tons (millions)
1993/94 1995/96 1997/98 1999/2000

years
exported
production
(a) (i) Describe the changes in the export of sugar from 1993/94 until 1999/2000.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) How much of the 1995/96 crop did Australia keep for its own use? Show your
working.
[2]
© UCLES 2008 0680/01/O/N/08

5
(b) Look at the photograph below, which shows a sugar plantation in Queensland, For
Use
(i) The cane fields were cleared from the rainforest which still surrounds them. State
the effects that the removal of this forest might have had on the environment in this
area.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(ii) In Australia sugar cane is burnt before harvesting. This gets rid of dangerous snakes
and also the dry parts of the plant which contain little sugar.
When the sugar farmer was asked the question:
‘Doesn’t cane burning harm the environment by releasing carbon dioxide (a

‘greenhouse gas’) into the atmosphere?’
the farmer said no.
What reasons could the farmer give to support this answer?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 10]

6
3 Look at the map below showing some of the tectonic plates of the Earth’s crust: For
Examiner’s
Use
EURASIAN PLATE
NORTH
AMERICAN
PLATE
AFRICAN
PLATE
PACIFIC NAZCA
PLATE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN
PLATE
AMERICAN PLATE
PLATE
ANTARCTIC PLATE
(a) (i) Look at the arrows showing direction of movement along the Nazca Plate and the
South American plate. Name one major landscape feature which might form here.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Name the type of plate boundary and describe what is happening here.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(iii) Look at the arrows along the boundary between the Pacific Plate and the North
American plate. Why are earthquakes common here?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2008 0680/01/O/N/08

7
(b) Read the following passage about two earthquakes which occurred in December 2003. For
Examiner’s
‘The earthquake, that killed more than 50,000 people in Iran was part of a normal Use
pattern’, the US Geological Survey office said yesterday. A large part of the city of
Bam was flattened.
“This is just the norm of earthquake activity,” a seismologist said.
“We would need several more large earthquakes to consider this unusual.”
On the Richter scale, the 6.8 magnitude earthquake in Bam was about the same
size as the California earthquake, on December 22, that killed two people and
toppled a clock tower.’
(i) Using the information in the passage complete the following table comparing these
two earthquakes:
California Bam
date
magnitude
number of people killed
damage to buildings
[2]
(ii) Suggest why the two earthquakes resulted in such large differences between two
similar events.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 10]

8
4 Look at the map and rainfall graph below for Bangladesh: For
Examiner’s
Use
Himalayas BHUTAN N
INDIA
Feet Metres
Dhakz
Dhaka
10000 3050
INDIA BANGLADESH
5000 1525
2000 610
1000 305
Ganges 500 53
River sea level
Delta MYANMAR
river
national
boundaries
Bay of Bengal
500
450
400
350
rainfall (mm)
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct NovDec
months
(a) (i) State three reasons why flooding is frequent in Bangladesh.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2008 0680/01/O/N/08
9
(ii) In the Himalayas deforestation has been carried out. How does this make flooding For
in Bangladesh more likely? Examiner’s
Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(b) There are different solutions for problems of flooding. One involves major engineering
projects.
(i) Suggest two examples of engineering projects which might be undertaken to

reduce flooding.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Describe how people can reduce the effects of flooding.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]

10
5 (a) The techniques used in intensive farming have a number of advantages and For
disadvantages. Complete the following table about intensive crop farming. Examiner’s
Use
Advantage Disadvantage
chemical fertilisers increase productivity
damage wildlife by getting

pesticides into food chain or depriving
predator species of food
makes farming more efficient

machinery
and increases yields
monocultures increase crop production
[4]
(b) (i) Some people say that genetic engineering will bring a second Green Revolution.
The first Green Revolution involved selective breeding.
What are the differences between selective breeding and genetic engineering?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) State two benefits gained from growing genetically engineered crops.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) Give reasons why some people object to the use of genetically engineered crops.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2008 0680/01/O/N/08

11
6 Look at the graph which shows how the different types of energy used by people have For
changed and are projected to change: Examiner’s
Use
250000
Oil
200000
trillion thermal units
Natural Gas
150000
Coal
100000
Renewables
50000
Nuclear
0
1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010 2015 2020
year
(a) (i) Which energy sources shown are fossil fuels?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Which energy source is not expected to increase in use from 2000?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Which of the other energy sources will increase the least amount?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iv) Name two kinds of renewable energy.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) (i) The extraction of minerals from the earth, like coal, often does great damage to
the land, which can then be reclaimed. Describe methods by which such land is
reclaimed.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
12
(ii) Some methods for energy conservation in houses in cold climates are shown in For
diagrams A–D. Examiner’s
Which house will be the most energy efficient? Explain your answer. Use
A B C D
Roof and Double glazing, Single glazing, Roof insulated

walls insulated no roof or wall no roof or wall
insulation insulation
House ...................
.......................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................... [3]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2008 0680/01/O/N/08

w
w
w
.X
tr
m e
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
*2277380084*

1 hour 30 minutes
Total
SP (NF/SW) T74843/2
2
1 Look at the diagram below which shows the sources of greenhouse gases in 2002. For
Examiner’s
Use
% greenhouse gas emissions
by sector
0 5 10 15 20 25
waste disposal
biomass burning
domestic
fossil fuel processing
agriculture
transport
industry
power stations
(a) (i) What is meant by the terms?
‘greenhouse gas’ ......................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
‘greenhouse effect’ ...................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Name a greenhouse gas produced by transport.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
The graph shows changes in the quantity of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere.
carbon dioxide mixing rate (ppm)
380
370
360
350
340
330
1976 1980 1984 1988 1992 1996 2000 2004
© UCLES 2009 0680/01/O/N/09

3
(b) Describe and explain the changes shown in the graph. For
Examiner’s
.......................................................................................................................................... Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
(c) (i) Give a source of CFC.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Give a source of methane.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Suggest how pollution from each of these gases might be reduced.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]

4
2 Read the following passage about the Island of Montserrat, where a major volcanic eruption For
began in July 1995 and is still going on. Examiner’s
Use
The Caribbean island of Montserrat is situated on a destructive plate boundary. Underneath

Montserrat the Atlantic plate is slowly being forced under the Caribbean plate. This happens
because the Atlantic plate is more dense than the Caribbean plate.
Most land suitable for farming was in the south of the island, close to the volcano and before
the eruption Montserrat was self sufficient.
(a) (i) Draw a labelled, diagram in the box below to show a destructive plate boundary
and the volcano caused by it.
[4]
(ii) Suggest why the good farmland was close to the volcano.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2009 0680/01/O/N/09

5
(b) (i) Choose one of the following and suggest how the eruption in Montserrat could For
have affected it. Examiner’s
Use
environment, houses, farmland, transport
Choice .........................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) How might governments reduce the impact of volcanic eruptions?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]

6
3 Study the graph below of world population growth over the last 2000 years: For
Examiner’s
Use
7000
6000
5000
millions of people
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
year
(a) State the population in
(i) 1400 ....................................
(ii) 2000 ....................................

[2]
(iii) State and explain two reasons for the change in world population from 1800 until
2000.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [4]
© UCLES 2009 0680/01/O/N/09

7
(b) When the population grows in an area it may lead to migration out of the area. This For
would be a push factor. The following are some push factors: Examiner’s
Use
unemployment
lack of services/amenities
poor safety/security
concerns about high crime rates
crop failure
drought
flooding
poverty
war
(i) Give four factors from the list above which could result directly from an increase in
population.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) State two possible pull factors for people migrating from a rural area to an urban
area.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]

8
4 Study the map below, showing eight currents labelled A to H. For

Examiner’s
Use
E
F
Labrador UK
C D
G
B
A H
Key
cold current
warm current
(a) (i) From the map, name two currents and the corresponding letter.
Letter Name of current
........ ....................................
........ .................................... [2]
(ii) Why are some currents cold and some others warm?
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) State and explain the likely effects of current F on Labrador and current E on UK.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2009 0680/01/O/N/09
9
(b) (i) In the seas off Western South America, minerals are brought to the surface (called For
upwelling). Examiner’s
Describe how upwelling happens. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) During an El Nino year, this upwelling stops and there are few fish to catch. What
causes the upwelling to stop and why does this reduce fish numbers?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 10]

10
5 Look at the diagram of a plant. For

Examiner’s
Use
X
Y
(a) (i) Label on the diagram at X the source of energy and, at Y and Z, the two substances
that combine in photosynthesis. [3]
(ii) In order to grow properly, the plant needs a further group of substances from the
soil. Name this group of substances.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Other than lack of these substances, in what other ways may soils be poor for plant
growth?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2009 0680/01/O/N/09

11
(b) (i) This plant is part of a food chain, such as: For
Examiner’s
plant caterpillars birds Use
In this chain there are producers and consumers. Complete the table below stating
whether each part of the food chain is a producer or a consumer.
Producer or consumer?
plant
caterpillars
birds
[2]
(ii) What is the relationship between birds and caterpillars called?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) What is the relationship between bees and flowers called?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 10]

12
6 Study the diagram below which shows what happens during a cyclone. For
Examiner’s
Use
descending
air
outflow
spiral rain
bands
(a) (i) Starting with the phrase ‘high sea temperature’, use your knowledge and the
diagram to explain the formation of a cyclone.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2009 0680/01/O/N/09

13
(ii) The map below shows the location of the island of Madagascar and the main track For
taken by cyclones. Which area X, Y or Z is a cyclone likely to be most powerful? Examiner’s
Use
Y Key
Z
cyclone track
Madagascar
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) State one impact of a cyclone on:
(i) People’s health
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
(ii) The environment
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(c) (i) Another climatic hazard is drought. What is meant by this term?
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Suggest two long term measures that might reduce the effects of drought in
affected areas.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2009 0680/01/O/N/09

14
BLANK PAGE
0680/01/O/N/09
15
BLANK PAGE
0680/01/O/N/09
16
BLANK PAGE
0680/01/O/N/09
w
w
w
.X
tr
m e
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
*5087379536*

1 hour 30 minutes
Total
DC (AC/DJ) 16493/4
2
For
Examiner’s
Use
1 (a) (i) In the axes below, draw a sketch line graph to show the way in which world
population has grown over the last 200 years.
6
4
population
in billions
3
1
1800 1850 1900 1950 2000
year
[2]
(ii) Eventually, as a country becomes more economically developed its population

stops growing. Look at the diagram below which shows the Demographic Transition
Model (DTM) of populations.
stage 1 2 3 4
Birth
25
death rate per 1000 population
rate
20
15
Death
10 rate
5 Total
population
0
time
© UCLES 2010 0680/11/O/N/10

3
Diagrams A to D are sketches of the age pyramids for the stages in the DTM For
graph. Examiner’s
Use
age
65
15
A B C D
Complete the table below to show the correct pyramid, A, B, C or D, for each stage
of the DTM graph.
stage pyramid letter
4
[4]
(b) (i) Population size can change due to migration. Migration is caused by push and pull
factors.
Give an example of a health care service that is a push factor.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
Give an example of a different health care service that is a pull factor.
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Other than health care services, state two other pull factors causing rural to urban
migration.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]

4
2 Look at the cartoon and food web diagram below. For

Examiner’s
Use
Antarctic Ocean Food Web
baleen smaller toothed

whale whales sperm whales
penguins elephant seal

leopard seal
other seals other birds

fish
squid
other herbivorous
carnivorous krill zooplankton
zooplankton
phytoplankton
(a) (i) If the penguins cannot get enough fish to eat, what else could they feed on?
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) What organism in the food web would cause greater problems to the penguins if
humans removed it?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Apart from humans, what four other organisms compete with penguins for fish?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2010 0680/11/O/N/10

5
(b) (i) Interference with food webs can have serious consequences. For example, poisons For
such as pesticides are put into the environment. A pond near a crop field is infested Examiner’s
with harmful insects. The farmer sprays the field with a pesticide. Wind blows some Use
of the pesticide onto marsh plants. Each plant receives 1 unit of pesticide which
stays on it. A minnow that eats 100 marsh plants in one year ends up with 100 units
of pesticide. A perch that eats 50 minnows in one year ends up with 5000 units.
Calculate how much pesticide will end up in the body of a hawk which consumes
20 perch in one year. Show your working.
.................................................. units [2]
(ii) A build up of pesticide can cause problems to the animals at or near the top of the
food chain, like the hawk. State and describe one way in which a farmer can control
pests without using pesticides.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]

6
3 (a) (i) The diagram shows a section through the Earth. For
Examiner’s
Use
C
B
A
Name the layers labelled A, B and C on the diagram.

A .....................................
B .....................................
C .....................................
[3]
(ii) The earth consists of many kinds of rock, but they can be divided into three types.
Complete the table.
type sedimentary metamorphic
by cooling and
how formed solidification of molten by heat and pressure
rock
example granite
[4]
© UCLES 2010 0680/11/O/N/10

7
(b) The rocks of the Earth contain reserves of many minerals, such as iron, coal and For
bauxite. The graph shows the ‘life expectancy’ of some minerals (how long they will last Examiner’s
at present rates of use). Use
Life expectancies of selected minerals

250
life expectancy in years
200
150
100
50
0
coal crude natural bauxite copper iron lead nickel silver tin zinc
oil gas
mineral
(i) The life expectancy for bauxite is 202 years and for nickel 41 years.
Complete the graph for nickel and bauxite. [2]
(ii) Name the mineral which is likely to run out first.
............................................................................................................................. [1]

8
For
4 (a) (i) What is weather? Examiner’s
Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Choose two elements of weather and explain how they can be measured
accurately.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [4]
(b) (i) The table below gives climate data for Lusaka in Kenya. Use the data to complete
the two graphs on the opposite page.
month
temperature
22.5 22.5 22.5 20.5 18.5 16.5 16 18.5 22 24.5 23.5 22
in °C
rainfall
186 155 100 31 4 0 0 0.3 20 22 87 156
in mm
[2]
(ii) State the type of climate found in Lusaka. Give a reason for your answer.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2010 0680/11/O/N/10

9
Rainfall in Lusaka Temperature in Lusaka For

Examiner’s
200 25 Use
180
160 20
140
120 15
temperature (˚C)
rainfall (mm)
100
80 10
60
40 5
20
0 0
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
month month

10
5 Look at the pie graph. For

Examiner’s
Pollutants Entering the Oceans Use
shipping
air pollutants
industrial
waste water ……%
10% ……%
offshore oil 6%
5%
litter 20%
farm runoff
30%
sewage
(a) (i) The percentage figures for air pollutants and shipping are missing. The figure for
air pollutants is double that for shipping. Work out the missing figures and complete
the chart. [2]
(ii) Sewage and farm runoff have similar effects on the ocean. Describe and explain
these effects.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [4]
(b) (i) Why is marine pollution considered to be an international problem?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) State one way of preventing oil spills at sea.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) State one way of dealing with oil spills from ocean-going tankers.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2010 0680/11/O/N/10

11
6 Look at the following diagram showing how the Sun’s rays strike the Earth at the equator, A, For
and near the poles, B. Examiner’s
Use
Sun Sun
W/m2 represents the amount
of energy hitting every
square metre of the Earth’s
surface in watts (W)
342 W/m 2 342 W/m 2
342 W/m 2 Earth’s surface 242 W/m 2

1 m2 1.42 m2
A B
(a) (i) What is insolation?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) How much more energy, as a percentage, strikes the Earth’s surface at A rather
than at B? Show your working.
................................................ % [2]
(iii) Because more energy is received at A, temperatures are higher. State two factors,
other than distance from the equator, which can affect the temperature of a place.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]

12
(b) (i) Solar energy can be used as an alternative to fossil fuels. Why is it a good idea to For
find substitutes for fossil fuels such as coal and oil? Examiner’s
Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(ii) Apart from solar power, describe another source of energy that could be used as
an alternative to fossil fuels.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2010 0680/11/O/N/10

w
w
w
.X
tr
m e
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
*6410677114*

1 hour 30 minutes
Total
DC (LEO/SW) 19497/3
2
1 Look at the diagram below which shows the formation of coal from trees. For
Examiner’s
Use
time
swamp
pressure
peat
coal
(a) (i) How many years ago did the trees that formed coal live?
Choose one:
A Hundreds of years
B Thousands of years
C Millions of years
Letter ........................ [1]
(ii) Use information from the diagram above to complete the chart below to show the
formation of coal from trees in a swamp.
trees in swamp
...................................................
...................................................
........................................................................
...................................................
...................................................
coal
[3]
© UCLES 2010 0680/12/O/N/10
3
(b) (i) Explain why coal mining is dangerous for miners and damages the environment. For
Examiner’s
dangerous for miners ............................................................................................... Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
damages the environment ........................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [4]
(ii) Name two alternative sources of energy that do not cause the same environmental
problems as those caused by coal.
1 ...............................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................... [2]

4
2 Look at the map below showing the distribution of water scarcity around the world. For
Examiner’s
Use
Tropic of
Cancer
Equator
Tropic of
Capricorn
key
medium scarcity
high scarcity
(a) (i) Describe where there is high and medium scarcity of water in the world.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) In places with low water scarcity, there will be high precipitation, a process which
is part of the water cycle. The following paragraph describes the water cycle. Fill in
the gaps using the words below. The words may be used once, more than once or
not at all.
clouds condenses evaporation fog precipitation
rain sea /ocean snow Sun vapour
When the .................................... shines on the sea, warm air rises. The warm
air carries the gas water .................................... that was formed by the process
called .................................... . The water in the air .................................... into lots
of drops of water, so small that we cannot see them. These form bigger drops
that we can see as .................................... . When the drops join together to become
big and heavy they fall as .................................... , hail or .................................... .
These fall on to the land and into the rivers. The surface rivers flow
into the .................................... and the cycle is completed. [4]
© UCLES 2010 0680/12/O/N/10

5
(b) As well as being the main reservoir of water in the world, the oceans are also a source For
of food. The graph below shows the top 13 countries for fish catch and their population. Examiner’s
Use
relationship between country population and yearly fish catch

9
8
Peru
China
fish catch (million tonnes per year)
4 Russia
Chile USA
Japan
3 Indonesia
Norway
2 Iceland
Philippines India
Denmark
1 South Korea
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
population (millions)
(i) Which country has the highest ratio of fish catch to total population?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Suggest which country is likely to be the biggest exporter of fish.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) State one strategy for reducing the problem of overfishing and explain how it
works.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]

6
3 Look at the diagram below showing the input of energy from the Sun to the Earth. For
Examiner’s
total Use
reflection
reflected 32%
from clouds
21%
absorbed
by gases 5%
18% 6%
reflected by reflected
gases/dust from surface
Earth’s surface
(a) (i) All the energy from the Sun, which is not absorbed by gases or reflected, is
absorbed by the Earth’s surface. Calculate the percentage of the Sun’s energy that
is absorbed by the Earth. Show your working.
[2]
(ii) The energy which is absorbed by the surface can then be radiated back into space.
Without greenhouse gases, radiation from the surface would make the Earth too
cold for life. Name two of these greenhouse gases.
1. ..............................................................................................................................
2. .......................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2010 0680/12/O/N/10

7
(b) Over the last two hundred years human activities have led to a decrease in the amount For
of radiated heat from the Earth’s surface being lost to space resulting in the warming of Examiner’s
the atmosphere. Use
(i) Draw a labelled diagram to show how this warming of the atmosphere occurs.
[2]
(ii) One major source of greenhouse gases is the motor car. Suggest two ways of
reducing the amount of gases from this source.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [4]

8
4 Look at the diagram below showing the nitrogen cycle. For

Examiner’s
atmospheric nitrogen Use
(N2)
nitrogen compounds
in animals
nitrogen compounds dead
in plants organic matter
nitrogen
decomposers
B A
denitrifying nitrogen-fixing
bacteria
bacteria bacteria
(a) (i) Name the substances at A and B.
A ................................................
B ................................................ [2]
(ii) Plants use substance B as a source of the nitrogen that they need to grow. Name
two other substances that plants need for good growth.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) In order to help crops to grow better and produce a greater yield, farmers often use
fertilisers and pesticides.
(i) Describe and explain one problem arising from the use of fertilisers and one from
the use of pesticides.
fertiliser problem .......................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
pesticide problem .....................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [4]
© UCLES 2010 0680/12/O/N/10

9
(ii) To avoid the problems pesticide use can cause, farmers can use alternatives. For
Describe some of these alternatives. Examiner’s
Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]

10
5 Look at the graph below which shows human population over the last 2000 years and what is For
expected in the next two hundred years. Examiner’s
Use
12
10 billion
2050 10
8.5 billion 8
2025 global
population
5.7 billion 6 in billions
1994
4
2.3 billion
1947 2
300 million
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2200

year
(a) (i) What was the approximate population in the year 1500?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) How many times larger than in the year 1000 does this graph show that the
population is expected to be in 2200? Show your working.
[2]
© UCLES 2010 0680/12/O/N/10

11
(b) An increasing population causes many problems, especially for the environment. For
Examiner’s
(i) List three ways, using the headings below, in which the environment might be Use
damaged by population growth on a large scale.
soil .............................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
water..........................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
vegetation .................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(ii) The most obvious solution to limit environmental damage is to slow, stop and then
reverse population growth. This has been achieved in many European and other
more developed countries.
Apart from family planning, describe and explain two reasons why population
growth rates have slowed down in more developed countries.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [4]

12
6 (a) Look at the diagram below showing the three main types of rock found on Earth: igneous, For
sedimentary and metamorphic. Examiner’s
Use
volcano
weathering and
erosion
transport brought to surface
ft
upli by uplift
sea y (cools and
eb
ac buried, C
surf solidifies
o heated and
sediment
ug ht t below the
b ro changed crust)
magma
A
B
new rocks
buried, heated
from below
and changed
(i) Match the letters in the diagram with the rock types below.
igneous .................................
sedimentary .................................
metamorphic ................................. [3]
(ii) In the diagram above, which process accounts for the formation of soil?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2010 0680/12/O/N/10

13
(b) The diagram below shows some of the ways in which loss of soil can be reduced when For
growing crops on a hillside. Examiner’s
Use
E B
crop growing
in valley bottom
(i) Name the process which causes soil loss.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) On the diagram, A, B, C and D are all methods which protect against soil loss.
Name these methods.
A ...............................................................................................................................
B ...............................................................................................................................
C ...............................................................................................................................
D ........................................................................................................................... [2]
(iii) In the valley bottom at E, forest has been cleared to grow crops. Describe how
deforestation and growing crops might lead to increasing levels of carbon dioxide in
the atmosphere.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2010 0680/12/O/N/10

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2010 0680/12/O/N/10

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2010 0680/12/O/N/10

16
BLANK PAGE
Question 2 Map © J Pallister; Environmental Management ; Oxford University Press, India; 2005.
© UCLES 2010 0680/12/O/N/10

w
w
w
.X
tr
m e
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
* 2 7 1 7 8 1 1 5 2 9 *

1 hour 30 minutes
Total
DC (SJF/SW) 33911
2
1 Look at the diagram below which shows the formation of coal from trees. For
Examiner’s
Use
time
swamp
pressure
peat
coal
(a) (i) How many years ago did the trees that formed coal live?
Choose one:
A Hundreds of years
B Thousands of years
C Millions of years
Letter ........................ [1]
(ii) Use information from the diagram above to complete the chart below to show the
formation of coal from trees in a swamp.
trees in swamp
...................................................
...................................................
........................................................................
...................................................
...................................................
coal
[3]
© UCLES 2010 0680/13/O/N/10
3
(b) (i) Explain why coal mining is dangerous for miners and damages the environment. For
Examiner’s
dangerous for miners ............................................................................................... Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
damages the environment ........................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [4]
(ii) Name two alternative sources of energy that do not cause the same environmental
problems as those caused by coal.
1 ...............................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................... [2]

4
2 Look at the map below showing the distribution of water scarcity around the world. For
Examiner’s
Use
Tropic of
Cancer
Equator
Tropic of
Capricorn
key
medium scarcity
high scarcity
(a) (i) Describe where there is high and medium scarcity of water in the world.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) In places with low water scarcity, there will be high precipitation, a process which
is part of the water cycle. The following paragraph describes the water cycle. Fill in
the gaps using the words below. The words may be used once, more than once or
not at all.
clouds condenses evaporation fog precipitation
rain sea /ocean snow Sun vapour
When the .................................... shines on the sea, warm air rises. The warm
air carries the gas water .................................... that was formed by the process
called .................................... . The water in the air .................................... into lots
of drops of water, so small that we cannot see them. These form bigger drops
that we can see as .................................... . When the drops join together to become
big and heavy they fall as .................................... , hail or .................................... .
These fall on to the land and into the rivers. The surface rivers flow
into the .................................... and the cycle is completed. [4]
© UCLES 2010 0680/13/O/N/10

5
(b) As well as being the main reservoir of water in the world, the oceans are also a source For
of food. The graph below shows the top 13 countries for fish catch and their population. Examiner’s
Use
relationship between country population and yearly fish catch

9
8
Peru
China
fish catch (million tonnes per year)
4 Russia
Chile USA
Japan
3 Indonesia
Norway
2 Iceland
Philippines India
Denmark
1 South Korea
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
population (millions)
(i) Which country has the highest ratio of fish catch to total population?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Suggest which country is likely to be the biggest exporter of fish.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) State one strategy for reducing the problem of overfishing and explain how it
works.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]

6
3 Look at the diagram below showing the input of energy from the Sun to the Earth. For
Examiner’s
total Use
reflection
reflected 32%
from clouds
21%
absorbed
by gases 5%
18% 6%
reflected by reflected
gases/dust from surface
Earth’s surface
(a) (i) All the energy from the Sun, which is not absorbed by gases or reflected, is
absorbed by the Earth’s surface. Calculate the percentage of the Sun’s energy that
is absorbed by the Earth. Show your working.
[2]
(ii) The energy which is absorbed by the surface can then be radiated back into space.
Without greenhouse gases, radiation from the surface would make the Earth too
cold for life. Name two of these greenhouse gases.
1. ..............................................................................................................................
2. .......................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2010 0680/13/O/N/10

7
(b) Over the last two hundred years human activities have led to a decrease in the amount For
of radiated heat from the Earth’s surface being lost to space resulting in the warming of Examiner’s
the atmosphere. Use
(i) Draw a labelled diagram to show how this warming of the atmosphere occurs.
[2]
(ii) One major source of greenhouse gases is the motor car. Suggest two ways of
reducing the amount of gases from this source.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [4]

8
4 Look at the diagram below showing the nitrogen cycle. For

Examiner’s
atmospheric nitrogen Use
(N2)
nitrogen compounds
in animals
nitrogen
decomposers
B A
denitrifying nitrogen-fixing
bacteria
bacteria bacteria
(a) (i) Name the substances at A and B.
A ................................................
B ................................................ [2]
(ii) Plants use substance B as a source of the nitrogen that they need to grow. Name
two other substances that plants need for good growth.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) In order to help crops to grow better and produce a greater yield, farmers often use
fertilisers and pesticides.
(i) Describe and explain one problem arising from the use of fertilisers and one from
the use of pesticides.
fertiliser problem .......................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
pesticide problem .....................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [4]
© UCLES 2010 0680/13/O/N/10

9
(ii) To avoid the problems pesticide use can cause, farmers can use alternatives. For
Describe some of these alternatives. Examiner’s
Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]

10
5 Look at the graph below which shows human population over the last 2000 years and what is For
expected in the next two hundred years. Examiner’s
Use
12
10 billion
2050 10
8.5 billion 8
2025 global
population
5.7 billion 6 in billions
1994
4
2.3 billion
1947 2
300 million
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2200

year
(a) (i) What was the approximate population in the year 1500?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) How many times larger than in the year 1000 does this graph show that the
population is expected to be in 2200? Show your working.
[2]
© UCLES 2010 0680/13/O/N/10

11
(b) An increasing population causes many problems, especially for the environment. For
Examiner’s
(i) List three ways, using the headings below, in which the environment might be Use
damaged by population growth on a large scale.
soil .............................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
water..........................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
vegetation .................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(ii) The most obvious solution to limit environmental damage is to slow, stop and then
reverse population growth. This has been achieved in many European and other
more developed countries.
Apart from family planning, describe and explain two reasons why population
growth rates have slowed down in more developed countries.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [4]

12
6 (a) Look at the diagram below showing the three main types of rock found on Earth: igneous, For
sedimentary and metamorphic. Examiner’s
Use
volcano
weathering and
erosion
transport brought to surface
ft
upli by uplift
sea y (cools and
eb
ac buried, C
surf solidifies
o heated and
sediment
ug ht t below the
b ro changed crust)
magma
A
B
new rocks
buried, heated
from below
and changed
(i) Match the letters in the diagram with the rock types below.
igneous .................................
sedimentary .................................
metamorphic ................................. [3]
(ii) In the diagram above, which process accounts for the formation of soil?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2010 0680/13/O/N/10

13
(b) The diagram below shows some of the ways in which loss of soil can be reduced when For
growing crops on a hillside. Examiner’s
Use
E B
crop growing
in valley bottom
(i) Name the process which causes soil loss.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) On the diagram, A, B, C and D are all methods which protect against soil loss.
Name these methods.
A ...............................................................................................................................
B ...............................................................................................................................
C ...............................................................................................................................
D ........................................................................................................................... [2]
(iii) In the valley bottom at E, forest has been cleared to grow crops. Describe how
deforestation and growing crops might lead to increasing levels of carbon dioxide in
the atmosphere.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2010 0680/13/O/N/10

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2010 0680/13/O/N/10

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2010 0680/13/O/N/10

16
BLANK PAGE
Question 2 Map © J Pallister; Environmental Management ; Oxford University Press, India; 2005.
© UCLES 2010 0680/13/O/N/10

w
w
w
.X
tr
m e
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
* 3 0 7 5 8 0 7 5 2 7 *

1 hour 30 minutes
Total
DC (NH/DJ) 33748/4
2
1 Study the diagram below showing the processes (A, B, C, D and E) of rock formation. For
Examiner’s
Use
igneous
rock
A
C
B
magma sediment
D
C
B E
C
metamorphic D sedimentary
rock rock
(a) Match the letters in the diagram to the processes below.
cooling ……………………………………..
melting ……………………………………..
heat and pressure ……………………………………..
weathering and erosion ……………………………………..
compaction and cementation …………………………………….. [3]
© UCLES 2011 0680/11/O/N/11

3
(b) (i) Rocks can be used as building stone. Explain why buildings are usually made out For
of stone found locally. Examiner’s
Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Name a sedimentary rock and give an industrial use, other than for building, of this
rock.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) Open-cast mining leaves a large hole in the ground. When the mining stops the
hole is filled in with overburden. Describe what would be done next to restore the
environment.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]

4
2 The graph below shows the total global carbon emissions from non-living sources between For
1800 and 2004. Examiner’s
Use
8000
7000
carbon emissions (million metric tonnes / year)

total
oil 6000
coal
natural gas
cement production 5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
1800 1850 1900 1950 2004

year
(a) (i) Cement is produced from rocks made of calcium carbonate. What was the total
carbon emission in 2004 from cement production?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) When did carbon emissions from natural gas begin?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Why did pollution from natural gas begin after that from coal and oil?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iv) Which of the sources of carbon emissions is not a fossil fuel?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2011 0680/11/O/N/11

5
(b) Carbon, in the form of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere, is a pollutant. For this reason For
alternatives to fossil fuels are sometimes used. The graph below shows the cost of Examiner’s
various alternatives to fossil fuels. Use
Cost of energy from various sources

40
35
30
cost (cents per unit)
25
20
15
10
0
r
ls
ve
l
ss
P
lar
nd
ma
lea
fue
HE
wa
ma
so
wi
er
nu
sil
bio
oth
fos
ge
(i) Geothermal energy costs 5 cents per unit. Complete the graph for geothermal
energy. [1]
(ii) Which of the alternatives to fossil fuels on the graph produces carbon dioxide?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Using the graph and your own knowledge state and explain the advantages and
disadvantages of solar and geothermal energy as alternatives to fossil fuels in the
future.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]

6
3 As well as being the source of important gases for humans, the atmosphere is also a For
dispersal medium for waste gases, smoke particles and exhaust fumes. Examiner’s
Use
(a) (i) Name one atmospheric gas used by humans and a different one used by plants.
humans ............................................................
plants ............................................................ [1]
(ii) Some gases are greenhouse gases.
Describe how they cause the greenhouse effect.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) The following table shows the percentage of greenhouse gases emitted by the
various sectors of human activity. Complete the table for transport and add the
figure to the bar chart.
sector greenhouse
gas emissions
(% total)
waste disposal 3.5
biomass 100.
domestic 10.4
fossil fuel
processing 11.6
agriculture 12.5
transport
industry 170.
power stations 210.
[2]
© UCLES 2011 0680/11/O/N/11

7
greenhouse gas emissions For

Examiner’s
25 Use
greenhouse gases as a
20
percentage of total
15
10
0
waste biomass domestic fossil fuel agriculture transport industry power
disposal processing stations
sector
(b) (i) Many people believe that greenhouse gas emissions from human activity need to
be reduced. Look at the photograph below.
The photograph shows one way of reducing greenhouse gas emissions. Explain
why this method reduces emissions.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]

8
(ii) Suggest other ways in which greenhouse gas emissions caused by humans could For
be reduced. Examiner’s
Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2011 0680/11/O/N/11

9
BLANK PAGE

10
4 (a) In some parts of the world water is in very short supply. In other parts of the world floods For
occur. Examiner’s
Use
(i) State two ways in which plants growing in naturally hot deserts are adapted to the
desert climate.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) If people want to grow crops in hot deserts they must irrigate them. Describe one
method of irrigation.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Floods can be caused by natural factors and by human action. Look at the two diagrams
below showing the causes of flooding in Bangladesh and in a small town in the UK.
Flooding in Bangladesh
B spring snow-melt
results in soil erosion
A monsoon climate
C deforestation in headwater
areas, less evapotranspiration,
more runoff and faster
River soil erosion
Brahm
Tibet aputr
a
D rivers silt-up due to

Bangladesh increased soil erosion
Nepal ges
r Gan
India Rive
Bay of
E 80% of Bangladesh lies on a huge Bengal
floodplain which is only 1m above sea level
F much of the Ganges has been G cyclones frequently

diverted for irrigation purposes hit Bangladesh
© UCLES 2011 0680/11/O/N/11

11
Flooding in the UK For

Examiner’s
Use
I source of river
impermeable rock,
resulting in large amounts of
H the original river runoff
had been narrowed
K large amount of water

J flood triggered by at meeting point of two rivers
torrential rain
L small drainage basin

with steep sides
encouraging rapid runoff
(i) Using all the letters A to L from the diagrams once only, complete the table below.
caused by caused by human

natural factors action
[4]
(ii) After a flood has occurred, how can its effects be reduced?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]

12
5 Water is vital for all life but even where it is plentiful it may be the source of diseases such as For
bilharzia, typhoid, malaria and cholera. There are three types of water-related disease. Examiner’s
Use
(a) (i) Complete the table writing bilharzia, typhoid, malaria and cholera in the correct
places.
water related disease(s)

disease type
water-bred
water-borne
water-based
[2]
(ii) The disease which affects most people is malaria. The map of Africa shows the
areas where malaria is a problem.
Tropic of
Cancer
Equator
key:
no malaria
malaria
Tropic of
Capricorn
© UCLES 2011 0680/11/O/N/11

13
Describe the distribution of malaria in Africa. For

Examiner’s
.................................................................................................................................. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) Five ways of dealing with water related diseases are:
drugs vector eradication improved sanitation clean water supply chlorination
State which two of these would be best for controlling malaria.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iv) Choose one of these ways and explain how it helps to control malaria.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) In the Southern USA many wetlands have been drained for disease control.
Describe how wildlife is affected by the drainage of wetlands.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]

14
6 As well as the carbon dioxide and oxygen in the atmosphere, plants need water and minerals For
from the soil. Fertile soil is important for good crop growth. Examiner’s
Use
(a) (i) Which two of the substances named above are needed for photosynthesis?
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Soils poor in water and minerals are unsuitable for good crop growth.
State one other way in which a soil might be unsuitable for good growth.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) A food web which includes living organisms in the soil is shown below.
The Soil Food Web
SUN
arthropods
nematodes
arthropods
nematodes
fungi
nematodes
plants
dead plants protozoa

animals such as
bacteria moles and shrews
(i) From the diagram name:
a producer ......................................................................
a herbivore ......................................................................
a carnivore ......................................................................
a predator ......................................................................
[2]
© UCLES 2011 0680/11/O/N/11

15
(ii) Use the food web opposite to draw a food chain with five links shown by arrows. For
Examiner’s
Use
[2]
(c) In agriculture and forestry, soils are sometimes badly damaged. Some ways of conserving
soil are terracing, contour ploughing and wind breaks.
Choose one of these and describe what it is and how it helps to conserve the soil.
method .......................................................................
description .......................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
© UCLES 2011 0680/11/O/N/11

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2011 0680/11/O/N/11

w
w
w
.X
tr
m e
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
* 1 4 3 8 1 7 2 0 9 0 *

1 hour 30 minutes
Total
DC (SM/DJ) 33726/3
2
1 (a) (i) The Earth’s atmosphere consists of a mixture of gases. For

Examiner’s
Which gas in the atmosphere is used in respiration? Use
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Which atmospheric gas can fall to the ground in the form of precipitation?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
The poster below shows a slogan in a shop window.
(b) (i) What is meant by ‘Climate Change’ in the slogan?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Explain how humans, by their use of fossil fuels, may be causing climate change.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(iii) State two ways in which people could reduce their use of fossil fuels.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iv) Suggest how climate change might ‘cost lives’.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2011 0680/12/O/N/11

3
2 The photographs below show two early stages in a process called vegetational succession For
on the bare rock surface of a wall. Examiner’s
Use
A B
(a) (i) Which photograph shows the earlier stage in the vegetational succession?
photograph ....................................... [1]
(ii) What vegetation types can be seen in the photographs?
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Describe how and why the vegetation would change on a rock surface in a warm,
wet climate over many years.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [4]
(iv) When different plant species share the same habitat they are said to be in
competition. What does this mean?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Farming has led to the removal of natural vegetation from an area. The vegetation is
replaced with crops for human or animal use.
Describe the consequences for wildlife when vegetation is removed for farming.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
4
3 The table below shows the location and relative sizes of all the known oil reserves around For
the world. Examiner’s
Use
region percentage of total

world oil reserve
Middle East
Central and South 9
America
Africa 7
North America 5
Eastern Europe and 5
former USSR
Asia 4
Western Europe 2
All others 2
(a) (i) Calculate the percentage of world oil reserves in the Middle East.
............................... % [1]
(ii) Complete the graph below by adding the data for the Middle East, a suitable title for
the Y-axis and the missing region. [3]
70
60
………………………… (%)
50
40
30
20
10
0
Middle Africa North Eastern Asia Western All
East America Europe & Europe others
former
USSR
country / region
© UCLES 2011 0680/12/O/N/11
5
(iii) Give an advantage and a disadvantage of the majority of oil being located in the For
Middle East. Examiner’s
Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Oil and coal are both fossil fuels. The table below shows the percentage of electricity
generated from coal in nine countries or regions.
country/region percentage
of electricity
obtained from
coal
South Africa 93
China 82
Australia 80
India 75
USA 51
South Korea 36
Europe 30
Russia 30
Japan 22
(i) What percentage of electricity is provided from sources other than coal in China?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Suggest why there is such variation in reliance on coal.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Suggest two non-fossil fuel alternatives to coal that these countries may use.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]

6
4 (a) (i) What is an El Nino event? For

Examiner’s
.................................................................................................................................. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
The graph below shows variations in sea surface temperatures in the Pacific.
variation from average temperature (°C)
3
above average
sea temperature
2
–1
below average
–2
sea temperature
–3
1982 1984 1986 1988 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004 2006 2008
El Nino events
(ii) Using data from the graph describe how sea surface temperature and El Nino
events are linked.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) During an El Nino event fisheries off the coast of Peru decline. Why?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2011 0680/12/O/N/11

7
(b) An El Nino event in Peru brings torrential rainfall and floods to the normally desert For
areas. Examiner’s
Use
Describe the ways in which improved weather forecasting allows earlier warnings of an
El Nino event.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]

8
5 Water is essential to life on Earth. It is one of the chemical substances from which plants can For
make food (sugar), with oxygen as a byproduct. Examiner’s
Use
(a) (i) Complete this word equation which shows how plants make food.
using energy from ..........................................
water + .......................................... sugar + oxygen [2]
(ii) What is the name of the process shown by the equation?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) If crops have too little water, what technique can a farmer use to help to improve
crop yield?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) People in households in some countries use a lot of water. Sometimes there may be
shortages.
Read the following passage from a UK newspaper.
Water companies have said that a wet November and normal rainfall during December,
January and February will refill reservoirs in Kent in South East England. Water
conservation will only be needed if the winter is dry so reservoirs do not refill and if Kent
experiences drought conditions like those of 2006.
Households in Kent can help by using water efficiently and conserving supplies using
some simple measures.
(i) Explain what the newspaper means by drought.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Suggest two simple measures that households could take to ‘use water efficiently’.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) How could the water supply companies help to conserve water?
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2011 0680/12/O/N/11

9
6 Countries trade in commodities such as minerals, timber, gold and oil. For
Examiner’s
Oil trade in 2008 Use
318.5
43.4
24.4 22.4
23.8
121.7 49.5
127.6 196.9
90.9
101.3
32.6 92.0
64.7
119.7 53.1 20.7
21.4
107.6
25.4 119.4
44.5 49.2
25.2 238.3
238.3
38.8
20.0 20.0
39.1
Exports from white circle to arrow.

Numbers indicate millions of tonnes of oil
(a) (i) Put the letter A on the map to show the largest exporter of oil. [1]
(ii) Put the letter B on the map to show the largest importer of oil. [1]
(iii) How much more oil (in millions of tonnes) was exported from South America than
was imported?
[2]
(iv) Is oil traded from the poor South to the rich North? Explain your answer.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]

10
(b) (i) Ghana is a leading exporter of cocoa beans. UK companies import the cocoa beans For
to make chocolate. Examiner’s
Use
Explain why the farmers remain poor whilst the UK companies make good profits.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Ghana’s other main exports are timber and gold. Suggest reasons why Ghana does
not export chocolate, furniture and gold jewellery.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2011 0680/12/O/N/11

11
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2011 0680/12/O/N/11

12
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2011 0680/12/O/N/11

w
w
w
.X
tr
m e
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
* 2 8 0 1 7 0 7 5 0 4 *

1 hour 30 minutes
Total
DC (NF/DJ) 47568
2
1 (a) (i) The Earth’s atmosphere consists of a mixture of gases. For

Examiner’s
Which gas in the atmosphere is used in respiration? Use
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Which atmospheric gas can fall to the ground in the form of precipitation?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
The poster below shows a slogan in a shop window.
(b) (i) What is meant by ‘Climate Change’ in the slogan?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Explain how humans, by their use of fossil fuels, may be causing climate change.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(iii) State two ways in which people could reduce their use of fossil fuels.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iv) Suggest how climate change might ‘cost lives’.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2011 0680/13/O/N/11

3
2 The photographs below show two early stages in a process called vegetational succession For
on the bare rock surface of a wall. Examiner’s
Use
A B
(a) (i) Which photograph shows the earlier stage in the vegetational succession?
photograph ....................................... [1]
(ii) What vegetation types can be seen in the photographs?
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Describe how and why the vegetation would change on a rock surface in a warm,
wet climate over many years.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [4]
(iv) When different plant species share the same habitat they are said to be in
competition. What does this mean?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Farming has led to the removal of natural vegetation from an area. The vegetation is
replaced with crops for human or animal use.
Describe the consequences for wildlife when vegetation is removed for farming.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
4
3 The table below shows the location and relative sizes of all the known oil reserves around For
the world. Examiner’s
Use
region percentage of total

world oil reserve
Middle East
Central and South 9
America
Africa 7
North America 5
Eastern Europe and 5
former USSR
Asia 4
Western Europe 2
All others 2
(a) (i) Calculate the percentage of world oil reserves in the Middle East.
............................... % [1]
(ii) Complete the graph below by adding the data for the Middle East, a suitable title for
the Y-axis and the missing region. [3]
70
60
………………………… (%)
50
40
30
20
10
0
Middle Africa North Eastern Asia Western All
East America Europe & Europe others
former
USSR
country / region
© UCLES 2011 0680/13/O/N/11
5
(iii) Give an advantage and a disadvantage of the majority of oil being located in the For
Middle East. Examiner’s
Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Oil and coal are both fossil fuels. The table below shows the percentage of electricity
generated from coal in nine countries or regions.
country/region percentage
of electricity
obtained from
coal
South Africa 93
China 82
Australia 80
India 75
USA 51
South Korea 36
Europe 30
Russia 30
Japan 22
(i) What percentage of electricity is provided from sources other than coal in China?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Suggest why there is such variation in reliance on coal.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Suggest two non-fossil fuel alternatives to coal that these countries may use.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]

6
4 (a) (i) What is an El Nino event? For

Examiner’s
.................................................................................................................................. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
The graph below shows variations in sea surface temperatures in the Pacific.
variation from average temperature (°C)
3
above average
sea temperature
2
–1
below average
–2
sea temperature
–3
1982 1984 1986 1988 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004 2006 2008
El Nino events
(ii) Using data from the graph describe how sea surface temperature and El Nino
events are linked.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) During an El Nino event fisheries off the coast of Peru decline. Why?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2011 0680/13/O/N/11

7
(b) An El Nino event in Peru brings torrential rainfall and floods to the normally desert For
areas. Examiner’s
Use
Describe the ways in which improved weather forecasting allows earlier warnings of an
El Nino event.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]

8
5 Water is essential to life on Earth. It is one of the chemical substances from which plants can For
make food (sugar), with oxygen as a byproduct. Examiner’s
Use
(a) (i) Complete this word equation which shows how plants make food.
using energy from ..........................................
water + .......................................... sugar + oxygen [2]
(ii) What is the name of the process shown by the equation?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) If crops have too little water, what technique can a farmer use to help to improve
crop yield?
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) People in households in some countries use a lot of water. Sometimes there may be
shortages.
Read the following passage from a UK newspaper.
Water companies have said that a wet November and normal rainfall during December,
January and February will refill reservoirs in Kent in South East England. Water
conservation will only be needed if the winter is dry so reservoirs do not refill and if Kent
experiences drought conditions like those of 2006.
Households in Kent can help by using water efficiently and conserving supplies using
some simple measures.
(i) Explain what the newspaper means by drought.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Suggest two simple measures that households could take to ‘use water efficiently’.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) How could the water supply companies help to conserve water?
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2011 0680/13/O/N/11

9
6 Countries trade in commodities such as minerals, timber, gold and oil. For
Examiner’s
Oil trade in 2008 Use
318.5
43.4
24.4 22.4
23.8
121.7 49.5
127.6 196.9
90.9
101.3
32.6 92.0
64.7
119.7 53.1 20.7
21.4
107.6
25.4 119.4
44.5 49.2
25.2 238.3
238.3
38.8
20.0 20.0
39.1
Exports from white circle to arrow.

Numbers indicate millions of tonnes of oil
(a) (i) Put the letter A on the map to show the largest exporter of oil. [1]
(ii) Put the letter B on the map to show the largest importer of oil. [1]
(iii) How much more oil (in millions of tonnes) was exported from South America than
was imported?
[2]
(iv) Is oil traded from the poor South to the rich North? Explain your answer.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]

10
(b) (i) Ghana is a leading exporter of cocoa beans. UK companies import the cocoa beans For
to make chocolate. Examiner’s
Use
Explain why the farmers remain poor whilst the UK companies make good profits.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Ghana’s other main exports are timber and gold. Suggest reasons why Ghana does
not export chocolate, furniture and gold jewellery.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2011 0680/13/O/N/11

11
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2011 0680/13/O/N/11

12
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2011 0680/13/O/N/11

w
w
w
.X
tr
m e
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
* 9 0 3 6 6 8 8 9 9 8 *

1 hour 30 minutes
Total
DC (LEO/SW) 50260/6
2
1 In Bristol Bay, Alaska, salmon have been fished for centuries. The fishery income is about For
$100 million per year. Gold and copper have been discovered in the area recently and people Examiner’s
are worried that pollution from mining will destroy the fishery. The mine is thought to have Use
about $100 000 million worth of gold and copper in it.
(a) (i) How many years of ‘fishery income’ will the mine yield? Show your working.
......................................... years [2]
(ii) One person living in Bristol Bay objecting to the mining development said:
“The fishing we are doing now is sustainable. The mining operation is going to be
very profitable but unsustainable.”
Using the information above and your own knowledge, explain what the person
meant.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(b) One of the problems from mining in the Bristol Bay area is acidic drainage from the
mine going into rivers and lakes.
(i) State one way, other than by discharge, that lakes and rivers can become more
acidified.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Describe how acidification affects ecosystems in rivers and lakes.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2012 0680/11/O/N/12

3
(iii) Why is acidification of rivers and lakes an international problem? For

Examiner’s
.................................................................................................................................. Use
.............................................................................................................................. [1]

4
2 The world map below shows carbon dioxide emissions per head of population. For
Examiner’s
Use
Key:
CO2 emissions per person per year (arbitrary units)
more than 7.0
7.0 or less
(a) (i) Describe how the information on this map gives evidence for the existence of a
‘North-South divide’.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
(ii) How strong is the evidence on the map supporting a North-South divide?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(iii) Name four other measures of world poverty or wealth used to show differences
between countries in the North and the South.
1. ...............................................................................................................................
2. ...............................................................................................................................
3. ...............................................................................................................................
4. ........................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2012 0680/11/O/N/12

5
(b) Carbon dioxide emissions are thought to be a major cause of increased global warming. For
Examiner’s
(i) What is global warming? Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) The graph below shows how world production of the biofuel ethanol changed
world ethanol production 1975–2007
50 000
40 000
30 000
millions
of litres
20 000
10 000
0
1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010
year
Describe how the trend since 2001 might help to reduce global warming.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]

6
3 The sketches below show two ways in which people use their natural environment. For
Examiner’s
A Use
(a) (i) Write down the letter that shows each of the following types of farming:
crop farming ............................................................
pastoralism ............................................................ [1]
(ii) The sketches show extensive and intensive farming. Using what you can see in the
sketches, and your own knowledge, describe differences between extensive and
intensive farming.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [4]
© UCLES 2012 0680/11/O/N/12

7
(b) (i) Land used for farming is one of the main causes of deforestation. Explain how For
farming and other human activities lead to deforestation. Examiner’s
Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(ii) State two consequences of deforestation.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]

8
4 Popocatépetl is a volcano. The map shows Mexico City and the area to its South-East, where For
over 20 million people live. Examiner’s
Use
Mexico
City
Popocatépetl
5, 482 m
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
km
Key:
Areas threatened by volcano
more than one metre of ash after a large eruption
11 cm to 99 cm of ash after a large eruption
1 cm to 10 cm of ash after a large eruption
towns and cities
(a) (i) What is a volcano?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) What is the furthest from Popocatépetl where more than 10 cm of ash would fall
after a large eruption?
............................................. km [1]
(iii) How many towns and cities would be affected by a fall of more than 10 cm of ash
after such an eruption?
................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2012 0680/11/O/N/12

9
(iv) Suggest reasons why people live close to Popocatépetl. For

Examiner’s
.................................................................................................................................. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(b) Using the map below and your own knowledge suggest why there are volcanoes at
location X.
North
American
plate
X Caribbean
plate
Cocos
plate
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]

10
5 The world average fresh water availability is 7000 m3/person/year. This would be enough for For
all the world’s people if it were evenly distributed. The graph shows the water wealth of ten Examiner’s
countries. Use
100 000
90 000
80 000
70 000
60 000
water
availability 50 000
/ m3 per person
per year 40 000
30 000
20 000
10 000
0
a
an
go
t
a
en
a
le
Ve livia
yp
el
by
ad
bi
hi
rd
on
m
zu
Eg
ra
Li
C
an
Bo
Jo
Ye
C
ne
iA
C
ud
D
Sa
country
The water wealth of the five countries with the lowest water wealth (water poor) is shown
below:
water availability
water poor
/ m3 per person
countries
per year
Yemen 240
Saudi Arabia 120
Jordan 115
Libya 100
Egypt 45
© UCLES 2012 0680/11/O/N/12

11
(a) (i) Plot the values for the five water poor countries on the grid below, choosing an For
appropriate scale so that the differences between them are clearer than on the Examiner’s
graph on the previous page. Use
[3]
(ii) There are a number of ways in which water poor countries can increase their
supplies of fresh water. One is desalination. Suggest why the world’s largest users
of desalinated water are the countries around the Gulf in the Middle East.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) Apart from desalination describe how water poor countries can increase their water
supplies.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]

12
(b) Give reasons why there is often better access to safe (clean) water in urban areas than For
in rural areas. Examiner’s
Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
© UCLES 2012 0680/11/O/N/12

13
QUESTION 6 BEGINS ON PAGE 14

14
6 The diagram shows the structure of the atmosphere in temperate latitudes. For
Examiner’s
Use
height above the Earth’s surface (metres) 30 000
20 000
10 000
Earth’s surface
0
Four gases found in the atmosphere are ozone, carbon dioxide, oxygen and water vapour.
(a) (i) Write on the diagram where the majority of each of these gases is found. [2]
(ii) These gases are all important for life on Earth. The following passage gives some
of the reasons why. Complete it using the names of the gases above.
Of the four gases in the atmosphere, two are used by plants. For photosynthesis
............................................ is used and for respiration ............................................
is used. Animals also use ............................................ in respiration. Of these gases,
two, ............................................ and ............................................ are greenhouse
gases. One of the four gases, ............................................ protects all life on
Earth from harmful ultra-violet light from the Sun. [3]
© UCLES 2012 0680/11/O/N/12

15
(b) Over human history the atmosphere has been changing. These changes have For
consequences for human health and global temperature. Examiner’s
Use
(i) Explain how changes in carbon dioxide concentration can affect global temperature.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
(ii) Explain how changes in ozone concentration can affect human health.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(iii) Describe strategies for dealing with the problems caused by changes in the amount
of ozone.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2012 0680/11/O/N/12

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2012 0680/11/O/N/12

w
w
w
.X
tr
m e
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
* 3 4 5 3 7 3 1 0 9 2 *

1 hour 30 minutes
Total
DC (SJF/SW) 50038/5
2
1 (a) The table shows the composition of the atmosphere. For

Examiner’s
Use
gas percentage
nitrogen 78
oxygen 21
other gases 1
TOTAL 100
(i) Draw a pie graph to show these percentages and complete the key.
0
Key
[3]
(ii) Name two gases which contribute to global warming.
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2012 0680/12/O/N/12

3
(b) Human sources add many gases to the atmosphere. These include oxides of nitrogen For
(NOx) and sulfur dioxide (SO2). Examiner’s
Use
(i) What type of atmospheric pollution do these gases cause?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Name a different source for each gas.
NOx ..........................................................................................................................
SO2 .........................................................................................................................
[2]
(iii) For one of the activities, explain how it could be reduced.
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]

4
2 The map shows the distribution of some minerals. For

Examiner’s
C Use
G
I
I
I
C
C
I
C B
B
B I
G I
C
I
I I
G
C G
G
C I I B
Key
B Bauxite (common)
C Copper (quite rare) old igneous rocks
G Gold (rare) young fold mountains
I Iron ore (common)
(a) (i) Describe the distribution of two of the four minerals shown on the map.
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [4]
(ii) Explain why mining is a dangerous job.
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2012 0680/12/O/N/12

5
(b) What are the economic advantages and disadvantages of mining for a country? For
Examiner’s
.......................................................................................................................................... Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]

6
3 Read these sentences about ecosystems. For

Examiner’s
“An ecosystem contains a number of species each of which has a population Use
living in a particular habitat and occupying a niche. They all live together in a
community.”
(a) (i) Explain the meaning of each of the following terms.
population ................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
habitat .....................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
niche ........................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
community ...............................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [4]
(ii) Species are adapted to the physical environment in which they live.
Explain how desert plants are adapted to the hot desert environment.
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2012 0680/12/O/N/12

7
(b) Humans can alter natural ecosystems by developing new varieties of crops. One way in For
which this is done is by genetic modification (GM). Examiner’s
Use
Here are some statements about GM crops.
A They can lead to more efficient use of existing farm land.
B They can be made to be pest resistant.
C They can be made to be herbicide (weedkiller) tolerant.
D Their use may create ‘super weeds’ without natural controls.
E Use of natural crop varieties will decrease.
F Their cultivation could lead to greater use of herbicides.
Choose three of these statements. For each, write the letter and state possible effects
on natural ecosystems.
Statement ………
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
Statement ………
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
Statement ………
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]

8
4 (a) The Earth has 1.4 billion km3 of water of which only 3% is freshwater. For
Examiner’s
(i) How many cubic kilometres of the Earth’s water is freshwater? Show your working. Use
.............................................. km3 [2]
(ii) The freshwater was once in the sea and most of it will go back to the sea. Explain
how this happens in the water cycle.
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
(b) People use freshwater for many purposes. One is for the disposal of human wastes. The
table shows the number of people with no access to improved sanitation in the world in
2004.
number of people without

world region %
improved sanitation (millions)
Sub-Saharan Africa + Middle East 950 38
South Asia 500 ……
Latin America ………… 4
East Asia 950 38
TOTAL 2500 100
(i) Complete the table. [1]
© UCLES 2012 0680/12/O/N/12

9
(ii) The data could be represented in a graph. Which would be the most suitable from For
the following list, and why? Examiner’s
Use
A bar chart
B line graph
C pie graph
D histogram
Letter ……………
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) In areas where sanitation is poor, water related diseases are common. Name one
water related disease and state whether it is water-based, water-borne or water-
bred and how it can be controlled.
name of disease ......................................................................................................
water-based, water-borne or water-bred .................................................................
method of control ....................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]

10
5 Look at the diagram which shows a land-based (terrestrial) ecosystem. For

Examiner’s
Use
rainfall
birds eat insects,

small animals, sun gives energy
fruits and nuts for photosynthesis
and plant growth
air provides
carbon dioxide
squirrels eat nuts
trees and berries
leaves take in CO2
and use energy from
the sun; give out O2
vegetation
dead leaves
fall foxes eat
rabbits and
rabbits mice eat mice
eat grass insects and
seeds
animal dung fertilises soil
dead leaves rot and bacteria and fungi
soil add nutrients to the soil decay dead leaves
roots take in
water and roots bind soil
dissolved nutrients
soil contains rock
water, air and plant nutrients
(a) (i) All ecosystems need photosynthesis to survive. The word equation for
photosynthesis is:
………………
carbon dioxide + water glucose + oxygen.
………………
Complete the word equation by writing on the dotted lines. [2]
© UCLES 2012 0680/12/O/N/12

11
(ii) Other than the substances mentioned in (a)(i), what other substances do plants For
need for growth and from where do they obtain these? Examiner’s
Use
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) Use information from the ecosystem diagram to draw a food chain which
includes insects, trees, mice and foxes.
[3]
(b) Explain how the living and non-living environments can be affected when the trees are
removed from forest ecosystems.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]

12
6 Look at the map below which shows the course of the river Nile in part of Sudan and in For
Egypt. Examiner’s
Use
Cairo
Ni
le
Egypt
Aswan
Lake
Nasser
0 500
Nile
km
Lake Nasser was formed by the building of the Aswan High Dam.
(a) (i) How long is Lake Nasser?
................................................ km [1]
(ii) Suggest three ways in which the building of the Aswan High Dam has benefited
Egypt.
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
(iii) Describe two problems caused by the building of large dams such as the Aswan
High Dam.
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2012 0680/12/O/N/12

13
(b) Many countries such as Egypt also make use of the resource potential of the adjoining For
seas and oceans. Some potential resources are shown in the spider diagram below. Examiner’s
Use
desalination
oceans as a
resource
tourism
(i) Complete the diagram by adding two further resources. [2]
(ii) Choose one of the resources you have named and explain how human use of this
resource affects the oceans.
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2012 0680/12/O/N/12

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2012 0680/12/O/N/12

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2012 0680/12/O/N/12

16
BLANK PAGE
Question 2 © ADAPTED: J Pallister; Environmental Management ; Oxford University Press; 2005.

Question 5 © ADAPTED: J Pallister et al.; Longman Geography for GCSE ; Longman; 2001.
© UCLES 2012 0680/12/O/N/12

w
w
w
.X
tr
m e
eP
ap
er
s
.c
om
* 1 4 5 8 2 2 9 0 1 1 *

1 hour 30 minutes
Total
DC (SLM) 65451
2
1 (a) The table shows the composition of the atmosphere. For

Examiner’s
Use
gas percentage
nitrogen 78
oxygen 21
other gases 1
TOTAL 100
(i) Draw a pie graph to show these percentages and complete the key.
0
Key
[3]
(ii) Name two gases which contribute to global warming.
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2012 0680/13/O/N/12

3
(b) Human sources add many gases to the atmosphere. These include oxides of nitrogen For
(NOx) and sulfur dioxide (SO2). Examiner’s
Use
(i) What type of atmospheric pollution do these gases cause?
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) Name a different source for each gas.
NOx ..........................................................................................................................
SO2 .........................................................................................................................
[2]
(iii) For one of the activities, explain how it could be reduced.
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]

4
2 The map shows the distribution of some minerals. For

Examiner’s
C Use
G
I
I
I
C
C
I
C B
B
B I
G I
C
I
I I
G
C G
G
C I I B
Key
B Bauxite (common)
C Copper (quite rare) old igneous rocks
G Gold (rare) young fold mountains
I Iron ore (common)
(a) (i) Describe the distribution of two of the four minerals shown on the map.
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [4]
(ii) Explain why mining is a dangerous job.
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2012 0680/13/O/N/12

5
(b) What are the economic advantages and disadvantages of mining for a country? For
Examiner’s
.......................................................................................................................................... Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]

6
3 Read these sentences about ecosystems. For

Examiner’s
“An ecosystem contains a number of species each of which has a population Use
living in a particular habitat and occupying a niche. They all live together in a
community.”
(a) (i) Explain the meaning of each of the following terms.
population ................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
habitat .....................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
niche ........................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
community ...............................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [4]
(ii) Species are adapted to the physical environment in which they live.
Explain how desert plants are adapted to the hot desert environment.
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2012 0680/13/O/N/12

7
(b) Humans can alter natural ecosystems by developing new varieties of crops. One way in For
which this is done is by genetic modification (GM). Examiner’s
Use
Here are some statements about GM crops.
A They can lead to more efficient use of existing farm land.
B They can be made to be pest resistant.
C They can be made to be herbicide (weedkiller) tolerant.
D Their use may create ‘super weeds’ without natural controls.
E Use of natural crop varieties will decrease.
F Their cultivation could lead to greater use of herbicides.
Choose three of these statements. For each, write the letter and state possible effects
on natural ecosystems.
Statement ………
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
Statement ………
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
Statement ………
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]

8
4 (a) The Earth has 1.4 billion km3 of water of which only 3% is freshwater. For
Examiner’s
(i) How many cubic kilometres of the Earth’s water is freshwater? Show your working. Use
.............................................. km3 [2]
(ii) The freshwater was once in the sea and most of it will go back to the sea. Explain
how this happens in the water cycle.
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
(b) People use freshwater for many purposes. One is for the disposal of human wastes. The
table shows the number of people with no access to improved sanitation in the world in
2004.
number of people without

world region %
improved sanitation (millions)
Sub-Saharan Africa + Middle East 950 38
South Asia 500 ……
Latin America ………… 4
East Asia 950 38
TOTAL 2500 100
(i) Complete the table. [1]
© UCLES 2012 0680/13/O/N/12

9
(ii) The data could be represented in a graph. Which would be the most suitable from For
the following list, and why? Examiner’s
Use
A bar chart
B line graph
C pie graph
D histogram
Letter ……………
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) In areas where sanitation is poor, water related diseases are common. Name one
water related disease and state whether it is water-based, water-borne or water-
bred and how it can be controlled.
name of disease ......................................................................................................
water-based, water-borne or water-bred .................................................................
method of control ....................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]

10
5 Look at the diagram which shows a land-based (terrestrial) ecosystem. For

Examiner’s
Use
rainfall
birds eat insects,

small animals, sun gives energy
fruits and nuts for photosynthesis
and plant growth
air provides
carbon dioxide
squirrels eat nuts
trees and berries
leaves take in CO2
and use energy from
the sun; give out O2
vegetation
dead leaves
fall foxes eat
rabbits and
rabbits mice eat mice
eat grass insects and
seeds
animal dung fertilises soil
dead leaves rot and bacteria and fungi
soil add nutrients to the soil decay dead leaves
roots take in
water and roots bind soil
dissolved nutrients
soil contains rock
water, air and plant nutrients
(a) (i) All ecosystems need photosynthesis to survive. The word equation for
photosynthesis is:
………………
carbon dioxide + water glucose + oxygen.
………………
Complete the word equation by writing on the dotted lines. [2]
© UCLES 2012 0680/13/O/N/12

11
(ii) Other than the substances mentioned in (a)(i), what other substances do plants For
need for growth and from where do they obtain these? Examiner’s
Use
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) Use information from the ecosystem diagram to draw a food chain which
includes insects, trees, mice and foxes.
[3]
(b) Explain how the living and non-living environments can be affected when the trees are
removed from forest ecosystems.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]

12
6 Look at the map below which shows the course of the river Nile in part of Sudan and in For
Egypt. Examiner’s
Use
Cairo
Ni
le
Egypt
Aswan
Lake
Nasser
0 500
Nile
km
Lake Nasser was formed by the building of the Aswan High Dam.
(a) (i) How long is Lake Nasser?
................................................ km [1]
(ii) Suggest three ways in which the building of the Aswan High Dam has benefited
Egypt.
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
(iii) Describe two problems caused by the building of large dams such as the Aswan
High Dam.
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2012 0680/13/O/N/12

13
(b) Many countries such as Egypt also make use of the resource potential of the adjoining For
seas and oceans. Some potential resources are shown in the spider diagram below. Examiner’s
Use
desalination
oceans as a
resource
tourism
(i) Complete the diagram by adding two further resources. [2]
(ii) Choose one of the resources you have named and explain how human use of this
resource affects the oceans.
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2012 0680/13/O/N/12

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2012 0680/13/O/N/12

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2012 0680/13/O/N/12

16
BLANK PAGE
Question 2 © ADAPTED: J Pallister; Environmental Management ; Oxford University Press; 2005.

Question 5 © ADAPTED: J Pallister et al.; Longman Geography for GCSE ; Longman; 2001.
© UCLES 2012 0680/13/O/N/12

* 2 9 6 1 7 5 5 3 5 7 *

1 hour 30 minutes

Total
DC (NF/CGW) 70274/3
2
1 Read the following newspaper report of 24th October in 2011: For

Examiner’s
“An earthquake of 7.3 magnitude shook the city of Van in eastern Turkey at 13:41 yesterday. Use
The city has a population of about 500 000. Up to 1000 are feared dead under collapsed
buildings.”
“Everyone remembers the earthquake that struck the city of Izmit with a magnitude of 7.6 at
03:00 on the morning of 17th August 1999. In this 17 000 people died, out of a population of
300 000.”
Eurasian Plate N
200 km
Black Sea 7.3 magnitude
13:41 local time
Istanbul
X
Izmit
North Anatolian Fault
Anatolian Plate TURKEY

X
East Anatolian Fault Van
24 mm per year
Aegean
Mediterranean Sea
Sea
Arabian Plate
African Plate 18 mm per year

Key
plate movements relative to Eurasian Plate
plate boundary
sea
land border of Turkey
(a) What name is given to the locations marked X on the map?
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2013 0680/11/O/N/13

3
(b) (i) The Van earthquake was caused by convergent plate movement, the Izmit one by For
conservative movement. Describe the movement of the plates at these boundaries Examiner’s
using names from the map and your own knowledge. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [4]
(ii) The official death toll for the Van earthquake was 600. How many times bigger was
the death toll at Izmit compared to that of Van?
Space for working.
....................................... times [1]
(iii) Suggest reasons why there was such a big difference in the death toll between
these two earthquakes.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [4]
[Total: 10]

4
2 The table shows the production of palm oil, by country, in 2011. For
Examiner’s
Use
country production / millions tonnes % world total
Colombia 0.9 1.8
Indonesia 25.4 51.4
Malaysia 18.7 37.8
Nigeria 0.9 1.8
Thailand 1.5 3.0
others 2.0 4.2
total 49.4 100
(a) (i) Complete the pie graph by adding the country names.
B C Colombia
others
Indonesia
A ............................
B ............................
C ............................
[1]
© UCLES 2013 0680/11/O/N/13

5
The map shows the location of the major palm oil producing countries. For
Examiner’s
Use
Tropic of
Cancer
equator
Tropic of
Capricorn
Key
palm oil producing countries
(ii) Oil palms can only be grown in one climate type. Name the climate type and give
two of its features.
climate type ..............................................................................................................
features ....................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]

6
(b) (i) Here are two statements about palm oil: For
Examiner’s
Use
Oil palms are very efficient

oil producers, because each
The cost to the environment fruit contains about 50% oil.
and the global climate of The oil can be used in foods
growing oil palms is great. and as a substitute for crude
Forests in South East Asia oil / petroleum. Palm oil and
are being cleared to provide palm kernel oil are entirely
land for oil palm plantations. GM free.
Describe and explain two advantages and disadvantages of growing and using
palm oil.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [4]
© UCLES 2013 0680/11/O/N/13

7
(ii) One species threatened by the spread of oil palm plantations is the orangutan in For
Malaysia. Suggest how this animal might be conserved. Examiner’s
Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]

8
3 Look at the diagrams showing population pyramids for the United Kingdom and India. For
Examiner’s
Use
male United Kingdom - 2011 female male India - 2011 female
100+ 100+
95 - 99 95 - 99
90 - 94 90 - 94
85 - 89 85 - 89
80 - 84 80 - 84
75 - 79 75 - 79
70 - 74 70 - 74
65 - 69 65 - 69
60 - 64 60 - 64
55 - 59 55 - 59
50 - 54 50 - 54
45 - 49 45 - 49
40 - 44 40 - 44
35 - 39 35 - 39
30 - 34 30 - 34
25 - 29 25 - 29
20 - 24 20 - 24
15 - 19 15 - 19
10 - 14 10 - 14
5-9 5-9
0-4 0-4
3.0 2.4 1.8 1.2 0.6 0.0 0.0 0.6 1.2 1.8 2.4 3.0 65 52 39 26 13 0.0 0.0 13 26 39 52 65
population / millions
population / millions
(a) (i) Describe the differences shown in the population and age structures between the
two countries.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [4]
(ii) Describe the different problems which result from population structures like those
shown for the United Kingdom and India.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [4]
© UCLES 2013 0680/11/O/N/13

9
(b) How can national policies help to solve population problems? For
Examiner’s
.......................................................................................................................................... Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 10]

10
4 Soil is formed from a mixture of materials including minerals, air and water. For
Examiner’s
(a) (i) Describe and explain the formation of the mineral content of soils. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
(ii) Name one other material found in soils and describe how it is formed.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2013 0680/11/O/N/13

11
(b) (i) The sketches show three methods of soil conservation, A, B and C. For
Examiner’s
Use
Name the methods.
A ........................
B ........................
C ........................
[2]
(ii) Choose one of the methods and explain how it helps to conserve the soil.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]
12
5 The map shows the tracks of two cyclones, one that hit Bangladesh in 1991 and another For
which hit in 2007. Examiner’s
Use
N
Bangladesh
Tropic of Cancer
India
Bay
of Andaman South
Bengal Islands China
Sea
Indian Ocean
equator
Key
1991
2007
(a) (i) What is similar and what is different about the tracks of the two cyclones?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2013 0680/11/O/N/13

13
(ii) Cyclones cause flooding in Bangladesh. For

Examiner’s
Why are floods so extensive in this low-lying coastal region? Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) (i) The 1991 cyclone is estimated to have killed over 130 000 people, the one in 2007
no more than 4000. Suggest reasons for the difference.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
(ii) Suggest reasons why people continue to live in such areas, despite the high risk of
cyclones and floods.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]

14
6 The map shows the major ocean currents of the world. For
Examiner’s
Use
Arctic Ocean
60°
north Atlantic
30°
Ocean
Pacific Ocean
0°
Pacific Ocean
Indian Ocean
south Atlantic
30° Ocean
Southern Ocean
60°
(a) (i) On the map label a warm current with the letter P and a cold current with the letter Q.
Write the names of the two currents in the spaces below.
P ................................................
Q ................................................
[2]
(ii) Mark on the map, with a letter R and a letter S, the location of two major fishing
areas. State the location of each one in the spaces below.
R ..............................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
S ..............................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
[2]
© UCLES 2013 0680/11/O/N/13

15
(b) (i) Even where there are major fisheries, fish stocks can become limited due to For
overfishing. Explain how changed fishing methods might lead to overfishing. Examiner’s
Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [4]
(ii) What strategies are there for the sustainable harvesting of ocean fisheries?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2013 0680/11/O/N/13

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2013 0680/11/O/N/13

* 7 9 8 3 2 3 9 8 2 8 *

1 hour 30 minutes

Total
DC (CW/CGW) 67400/4
2
1 The diagram shows some of the layers of rock that form the bulk of the Grand Canyon in For
Arizona, USA. Examiner’s
Use
limestone
sandstone and limestone
sandstone
shale
sandstone
limestone
limestone
shale
(a) (i) On the diagram, mark with an X the oldest layer of rock shown. [1]
(ii) Put a circle around the type of rock that is shown in the diagram.
sedimentary igneous metamorphic

[1]
(iii) Choose one of the rocks named in the diagram and suggest an industrial use for it.
rock type ....................................................
industrial use ............................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
[1]
(iv) One of the rock types named in the diagram has been changed, by natural
processes, into marble in some other parts of the world. Explain how marble is
formed.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2013 0680/12/O/N/13

3
(b) (i) Describe how coal is formed. For

Examiner’s
.................................................................................................................................. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) The table below shows changes in the various energy sources used in a country
energy source 1995 / million tonnes oil 2005 / million tonnes oil
equivalent equivalent
coal 228 205
oil 156 225
natural gas 64 93
nuclear 13 16
renewables 2 25
Describe what the table shows about the changing importance of coal compared
with the other energy sources between 1995 and 2005.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(iii) Suggest one reason for the changes.
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 10]

4
2 Between 1951 and 1974 crop yields increased due to the Green Revolution. For
Look at the table which shows changes in crop yields. Examiner’s
Use
average yields / kg per hectare

year
wheat rice maize millet
1951 901 892 565 300
1974 2408 2045 1610 1100
(a) (i) Use the data to complete the following bar graph, including labels for both axes and
a suitable key.
3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0
wheat rice maize millet
[2]
(ii) Which crop shows the greatest increase in yield between 1951 and 1974, and what
was that increase in yield?
crop ............................................ increase ............................................ [1]
© UCLES 2013 0680/12/O/N/13

5
(b) Suggest what changes in agriculture and farming practice have led to these increased For
crop yields. Examiner’s
Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
(c) Describe and explain problems for farmers in achieving these high yields.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [4]
[Total: 10]

6
3 The graphs below give information about the effect of various factors on soil erosion by wind For
and water. Examiner’s
Use
A B
constant rainfall intensity constant rainfall intensity
constant slope constant time for collection
surface surface
runoff runoff
0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
time / minutes percentage slope
C
constant slope
constant time for collection
Key:
surface bare soil
runoff
forest cover
0 50 100 150
rainfall intensity / mm per hour
(a) (i) Describe the factors which increase the risk of soil erosion by water for each of A,
B and C.
A ...........................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
B ...........................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
C ...........................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
[3]
© UCLES 2013 0680/12/O/N/13

7
(ii) Soil erosion can be reduced by effective land management. One strategy is contour For
ploughing. Examiner’s
Describe and explain how contour ploughing can reduce soil erosion. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
(b) (i) Study the bar graph showing the sizes for farms in Brazil.
30
25
20
percentage
of total 15
area
10
0
<2
99
0
2-
-4
99
99
00
-1
10
0-
-4
>5
50
20
00
10
size of land holding / hectares
Describe what the graph shows about the size of farms in Brazil.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Suggest whether you think that large farms make soil conservation more or less
likely than small farms. Explain your answer.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]
8
4 Look at the diagram below, showing a food web in the Pacific Ocean, off the coast of Peru. For
Examiner’s
Use
sun
sea birds
e.g. cormorants humans sharks
large fish
small fish e.g. tuna
e.g. anchovy
zooplankton
phytoplankton
(a) From the diagram name:
a producer ........................................................................................................................
a carnivore .......................................................................................................................
a fish eaten by people ................................................................................................. [3]
(b) In El Niño years the upwelling of nutrient-rich cold water off the coast of Peru is replaced
by a current of nutrient-poor warm water.
Suggest and explain what effects this will have on this food web.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
© UCLES 2013 0680/12/O/N/13

9
(c) In the 1970s, the anchovy fish were seriously over-fished, resulting in a collapse of the For
population of anchovy. Examiner’s
Use
Explain the different effects that this will have had on the populations of zooplankton
and sea birds e.g. cormorants.
zooplankton .....................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
sea birds ..........................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
[Total: 10]

10
5 The diagram shows natural vegetation zones (biomes) between the North Pole and the For
equator. Examiner’s
Use
North Arctic Tropic of

Pole Circle Cancer equator
A B X C D
(a) (i) Name zones (biomes) A, B, C and D.
A .............................................
B .............................................
C .............................................
D .............................................
[2]
(ii) The following table shows the adaptations of plants living in biome X. Complete the
table.
adaptations of plants living in biome X

adaptation purpose
spikes instead of leaves
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
store water
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
long, deep roots

.....................................................................
.....................................................................
collect water, even when amount of rain is

..................................................................... low
.....................................................................
[4]
© UCLES 2013 0680/12/O/N/13

11
(b) Biome X can be extended into areas of biome C in a process called desertification. For
Describe the human and physical factors which explain this. Examiner’s
Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [4]
[Total: 10]

12
6 (a) (i) The diagrams show 4 stages in the extraction of a mineral, such as coal, from For
the ground. They are not in the correct order. Put the letters A, B, C and D in the Examiner’s
correct order and state the type of mining. Use
Key
seam of a mineral
such as coal
A B C D
correct order
type of mining .....................................................

[3]
(ii) Describe how land could be restored after such mining.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2013 0680/12/O/N/13

13
(b) The graph below shows past and expected coal production for China. For
Examiner’s
Use
2500
2000
mass of 1500
coal produced
/ megatonnes 1000
500
0
1950 2000 2050 2100
year
(i) Give the date of the expected peak production from this graph.
............................................................ [1]
(ii) What could be done to extend the life of the known coal reserves in China?
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2013 0680/12/O/N/13

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2013 0680/12/O/N/13

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2013 0680/12/O/N/13

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2013 0680/12/O/N/13

* 2 4 3 2 8 4 8 8 9 5 *

1 hour 30 minutes

Total
DC (NF/SW) 69737/3
2
1 Look at the photograph below. For

Examiner’s
Use
(a) (i) Name the types of farming at A and B.
A ............................................. B ............................................. [1]
(ii) The farmers in the area on the photograph use chemicals, such as pesticides, to
increase farm output.
Describe how the use of pesticides can increase output.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2013 0680/13/O/N/13

3
(iii) The stream, shown in the photograph, has become polluted from fertilisers For
dissolved in the run-off from the fields. Describe the environmental changes that Examiner’s
this could cause in the stream. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [4]
(b) What are the advantages of genetic engineering to help improve the quantity and quality
of food production?
quantity ............................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
quality ..............................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
[Total: 10]

4
2 Read the newspaper report below. For

Examiner’s
Use
15:30 hrs 11th November 2011
Earthquakes hit Turkey
Two earthquakes near Van in Turkey have left 626 people dead and many
more homeless.
The ﬁrst earthquake on 23rd October led to the death of 604 people. It took
place at 13:41 hrs with a 7.2 magnitude. The epicentre was 16 km north east
of Van. It injured 4,152 people and destroyed at least 11,232 buildings.
At 21:30 hrs on November 9th a 5.6 magnitude earthquake hit the area. The
epicentre of this earthquake was 16 km south of Van. First reports indicate
22 dead, hundreds injured and damage to 25 buildings.
600,000 people have refused to return to their homes since November 9th.
Some are staying with friends or relatives. Others are sleeping in tents
outside their undamaged homes, although the ground is covered in snow and
the temperature drops below freezing at night.
Scientists have reported over 2,500 aftershocks in the area since the
October earthquake.
(a) (i) Using the information in the report complete the table below comparing the two
earthquakes.
Sunday 23rd October Wednesday 9th November
local time
............................................... ...............................................
magnitude
............................................... ...............................................
number of people who
died ............................................... ...............................................
number of buildings
destroyed or damaged ............................................... ...............................................
[1]
(ii) What information in the report could explain why thousands of people have refused
to return to their undamaged homes?
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2013 0680/13/O/N/13

5
(iii) The United Nations immediately sent 4,000 tents, 50,000 blankets and 10,000 bed For
mats to the Turkish Red Crescent. Examiner’s
Use
Suggest two other items that were needed immediately after the earthquake and
explain why each would be needed.
1 ...............................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
2 ...............................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) All earthquakes have an epicentre and a focus. Explain the meaning of:
epicentre ..........................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
focus ................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) There are many earthquakes of large magnitude around the world every year.
Without reference to magnitude, describe and explain why some earthquakes are more
damaging than others.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
[Total: 10]

6
3 Look at the climate graph for a weather station in the Amazon Basin. For
Examiner’s
Use
30 30
temperature 25 25 temperature
/ °C / °C
20 20
450 450
400 400
350 350
300 300
rainfall rainfall
/ mm 250 250 / mm
200 200
150 150
100 100
50 50
0 0
months
(a) (i) Complete the rainfall graph using these figures.
January 413 mm December 330 mm [2]
(ii) Calculate the annual temperature range at this weather station.
answer ................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2013 0680/13/O/N/13

7
(b) The main vegetation in this area is tropical rainforest. Describe and explain how tropical For
rainforest vegetation is adapted to the climate. Examiner’s
Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
(c) Explain how deforestation causes soil erosion in tropical rainforests.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
[Total: 10]

8
4 The diagram shows the water cycle and some ways in which water is used. For
Examiner’s
Use
A
C
B
F
D
domestic forest
use
reservoir sewage
industrial disposal
use Y
sea
river flow
pump E
domestic sewage
Z
use
(a) (i) Name processes A, B, C and D.
A .............................................
B .............................................
C .............................................
D .............................................
[2]
(ii) Explain what is happening at E.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2013 0680/13/O/N/13

9
(b) (i) Explain how substance F might interact with substance C to cause damage to For
buildings in the town. Examiner’s
Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [4]
(ii) Suggest two differences between the water entering the sea at Y and that entering
at Z.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 10]

10
5 Study the diagram below showing a cyclone. For

Examiner’s
Use
B
A
D E
C
(a) Match the letters in the diagram to the labels below.
ocean water heated above 26 °C ...................
eye ...................
warm moist air ...................
strong winds up to 300 km / hr ...................
torrential rain ................... [3]
(b) (i) Describe how cyclones affect coastal communities in developing countries.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [4]
© UCLES 2013 0680/13/O/N/13

11
(ii) Suggest strategies to reduce the impact of cyclones on people. For

Examiner’s
.................................................................................................................................. Use
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 10]

12
6 The pie graphs below show the percentages of the population of Europe, Africa and Asia For
that have access to safe and unsafe water in urban and rural areas. Examiner’s
Use
The area of each pie graph shows the population of urban and rural Europe, Africa and Asia.
urban population 2011 rural population 2011
1% 533 Key
5% 199
million
million safe drinking
Europe water
95 % unsafe drinking
water
99 %
620
11 % 40 % million
412
million
Africa
60 %
89 %
14 %
3%
1757
million 2409
million
Asia
97 % 86 %
(a) The table shows the number of people in Europe, Africa and Asia who have access to
unsafe water, in urban and rural areas and in total.
number of people who only have access to

unsafe water / millions
urban rural total
Europe 5
.................... ....................
Africa 45 248 293
Asia 53 337 390
© UCLES 2013 0680/13/O/N/13

13
(i) Complete the table by calculating the number of people with access to unsafe For
water in rural Europe and the total number of such people in Europe. Examiner’s
Use
Show your working.
[2]
(ii) Explain what the pie graphs and table show about the percentage and number of
people who only have access to unsafe water in Africa and in Asia.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
(b) (i) Malaria is a disease which affects many people around the world. Explain how
malaria is associated with water.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) Describe and explain two strategies that could be used to control malaria.
1 ...............................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
2 ...............................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 10]
© UCLES 2013 0680/13/O/N/13

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2013 0680/13/O/N/13

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2013 0680/13/O/N/13

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2013 0680/13/O/N/13

* 3 3 9 0 4 0 2 9 8 6 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (CW/SW) 81153/5
2
1 Study the map below showing the Earth’s tectonic plates and their directions of movement.
Eurasian
North Eurasian
American
Juan de Fuca
Iranian
e
Philippin
Arabian Indo-
Caribbean African
Pacific Cocos Australian
South
Nazca American
Australia
Indo-Australian
Antarctic
(a) (i) Name one plate that is moving north and one oceanic plate.
plate moving north .................................
oceanic plate ..........................................

[2]
(ii) Suggest why there are no active volcanoes in Australia.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) A city is located 30° south of the equator and is on a plate which is moving at 10 cm a year.
If 1° = 440 km, how many years would it take for the city to end up on the equator?
Show your working.
........................................................ years [3]
© UCLES 2014 0680/11/O/N/14

3
(b) Suggest and explain reasons why some people choose to live near a volcano.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]

4
2 (a) Over 70% of the Earth’s surface is water. Most of the water is salty and is not suitable for
drinking by humans. Salt water is made into fresh water by the action of the sun in the water
cycle.
With the aid of the diagram below explain how salt water is made into fresh water in the water
cycle.
air movement condensation

precipitation
rain snow
evaporation
transpiration infiltration
evaporation
groundwater
flow
stream surface
flow run-off
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Ghana is a developing country in West Africa with a population of 25 million. Seven million
people in Ghana do not have access to clean safe water.
(i) What percentage (%) of the population of Ghana does not have access to clean safe
water?
Show your working.
....................................................... % [2]
© UCLES 2014 0680/11/O/N/14

5
(ii) Explain two ways in which fresh water might not be safe to drink.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(iii) Suggest how water that is safe to drink might be supplied to a village in Ghana.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]

6
3 (a) (i) Complete the following passage about the gases which make up the Earth’s atmosphere,
by filling in the missing words.
The Earth’s atmosphere is a mixture of gases. The most abundant gas is
.............................. , followed by .............................. . A gas which makes up less
than 0.04% of the atmosphere but from which plants make food is ..............................
.............................. .
High up in the atmosphere is the .............................. layer which absorbs UV radiation
from the Sun. [2]
(ii) Explain why it is important for life on Earth that most UV light is screened out at the top of
the atmosphere.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2014 0680/11/O/N/14

7
(b) Look at the photograph below of a sign on a fuel pump at a petrol (gasoline) station.
(i) Why is it important that petrol is unleaded?
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) The ethanol in the fuel is made from organic materials.
Explain the environmental benefits of using ethanol rather than petrol.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]

8
4 In 1937 an area of agricultural land around Machakos in Kenya was described like this:
‘The Machakos Reserve is a large area of land on which uncontrolled agricultural development has
occurred. The local people have misused the land and this has caused hopeless and miserable
poverty. Their farmland is turning into a desert of rocks, stones and sand.’
(i) Describe how the land could have been misused.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]
(ii) In 1937 the population of the area was about 250 000, by 1990 it was 1 500 000. How many
times bigger was the population in 1990 than it was in 1937?
Show your working.
................................................. times [2]
© UCLES 2014 0680/11/O/N/14

9
(iii) Although the population has increased, the soil is now much better for farming than it was
in 1937.
Look at the photographs below showing the same area in 1937 and 1990. Describe the
changes in the photographs that show how the soil has been conserved. Explain how these
changes have conserved the soil.
1937
1990
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]

10
5 (a) The table shows crop yields in a developing and a developed country.
developing world country developed world country
yield of cereals per hectare 2.2 3.9

/ tonnes
yield of roots and tubers per hectare 13.8 29.2

/ tonnes
(i) How much more total crop yield is produced in the developed world country than in the
developing world country?
Show your working.
............................................... tonnes [2]
(ii) Suggest reasons for the low total crop yield in the developing country.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(iii) Describe ways in which a developing country might increase its agricultural yields.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) What are the disadvantages of farmland in a developing country being used to grow biomass
for fuel?
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2014 0680/11/O/N/14
11
6 The pie graph shows land use in a developed country in 2009.
Key
rough grazing
permanent grassland
crops
other agriculture
urban
forestry
(a) (i) What percentage of this land was urban in 2009?
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Extensive and intensive are two systems of farming. The following are some of the
impacts that farming may have:
• overuse of pesticides and inorganic fertilisers

• crops requiring irrigation
• traditional crop varieties disappearing
• overproduction and waste in developed countries
• concentration of land owned by fewer people
• environmental damage, such as pollution and soil erosion
• habitat loss
Which system of farming, extensive or intensive, contributes most to such impacts?

Explain your choice.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[5]

12
(b) Human uses of the natural environment often lead to habitat destruction. Describe how
conservation organisations such as UNEP, IUCN, WWF and CITES might help to reduce
habitat destruction and its effects.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]
Question 3b G Skinner © UCLES

Question 4 © M Tiffen et al.; More People, Less Erosion; J Wiley & Sons Ltd; 1994
© UCLES 2014 0680/11/O/N/14

* 3 8 8 1 7 0 0 8 5 0 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (CW/SW) 81154/6
2
1 (a) Explain the statement, “a forest is an ecosystem where all the living things rely on the Sun”,
by referring to the living things below.
oak tree oak caterpillar

(an insect)
insect-eating bird woodlouse eating

dead leaves
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]
(b) (i) Forest ecosystems are some of the most biodiverse in the world. Explain what this
means.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2014 0680/12/O/N/14

3
(ii) What human activities are leading to a reduction in biodiversity?
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(iii) Suggest why biodiversity should be conserved.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]

4
2 (a) (i) Look at the diagram below of a volcano. Name the features labelled A to D.
C...............................................
D...............................................
B...............................................
A...............................................
[2]
(ii) The map below shows the Cascadia subduction zone in the north western part of North
America.
Key
volcano
Canada
subduction zone
Pacific
Ocean
Juan de Fuca Plate USA
North American Plate
Explain the distribution of volcanoes shown on the map.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2014 0680/12/O/N/14

5
(b) (i) In 1995 the Soufrière Hills volcano on the island of Montserrat began erupting. Since
then the people living in the southern part of the island have been evacuated. This part
of Montserrat is still dangerous and is an exclusion zone (it is illegal to go there). The
population is currently estimated at 5028, before the eruption it was over 11 000.
Suggest how the 1995 eruption affected the following people who still live on the island:
a farmer .............................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
a taxi driver ........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
an hotel owner ...................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(ii) Why is the number of deaths from earthquakes usually much greater than those from a
volcanic eruption?
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]

6
3 (a) Tropical climates are hot and near the equator. Cold climates have low temperatures and are
far from the equator.
Using the diagram below and your own knowledge, explain why this difference exists.
Sun’s rays
Earth
Sun equator
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Crop growing and pastural grazing are two types of farming.
(i) What type of farming is most likely to be found in an equatorial climate and what type in
a savanna climate? Give reasons for your answer.
equatorial climate ..............................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
savanna .............................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]
© UCLES 2014 0680/12/O/N/14

7
(ii) Climate is a very important factor in determining what might need to be done to make
farming possible.
Study the aerial photograph below of crops growing in a desert region.
Name the requirement for plant growth that is being added to the ground and name the
strategy that is providing it.
name of requirement ................................................
name of strategy ....................................................... [2]
(iii) Name one other plant requirement which farmers may add to desert soil to improve crop
yield.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]

8
4 (a) (i) Complete the following passage about rocks using words from the list below. The words
may be used once, more than once or not at all.
erosion igneous pressure sediment sedimentary tectonic
Igneous and .......................................... rocks can both be changed into metamorphic
rocks by the action of heat and .......................................... . All three rock types
may be uplifted and then .......................................... will lead to the formation of
.......................................... and then, after compaction, .......................................... rocks.

[2]
(ii) Describe how a named rock is used in industry and farming.
name of rock ......................................................................................................................
use ....................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) (i) Describe how producing energy from coal causes environmental problems.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(ii) Suggest ways in which an individual might help to conserve fossil fuels.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2014 0680/12/O/N/14

9
5 (a) The diagram below shows the water cycle and human involvement in it. Use the diagram to
help answer the following questions.
sun
B
A
Key
well
water cycle
C process
groundwater
bedrock
(i) Name the source of energy that powers the water cycle.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Name the processes shown by:
arrow A .........................................
arrow B .........................................
arrow C .........................................
[2]
(iii) There are other water cycle processes which are listed below. Add labelled arrows to the
diagram to show these.
interception run-off transpiration

[2]
(iv) The diagram shows one way in which humans obtain safe clean water for domestic use.
This method is used mainly in rural areas. State one other way in which humans in rural
areas might get safe clean water.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]

10
(b) (i) The table below shows how one person in a developed country uses on average
150 litres of water each day.
volume of water /
use litres per day
car washing 5
dish washing 10
drinking 10
laundry 20
personal washing 50
WC flushing 55
TOTAL 150
These figures can be put in a pie graph, as shown below.
Key
..............................................
..............................................
..............................................
..............................................
..............................................
..............................................
Complete the key. [2]
(ii) Providing safe clean water is expensive. Water that has been used for washing dishes is
suitable for re-use in several ways. Suggest one such use, from the table, for this water.
Explain your answer.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2014 0680/12/O/N/14

11
6 (a) Human population growth needs to be managed. One way of managing growth is by family
planning.
Study the following table.
millions of
method of family planning
couples
modern 660
none by choice 300
none available 140
traditional 80
TOTAL couples 1180
(i) Plot these data (not the TOTAL) as a bar graph on the grid below.
[3]
(ii) Suggest other strategies for managing population growth.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
12
(b) Another impact of increasing numbers of people is increased tourism.
Here is what some people said about tourism.
Tourism causes vegetation to be

Tourism causes increased air travel badly trampled.
and pollution of air and the water.
A lot of people are doing poorly

paid jobs and our local traditions
and cultures are dying.
One way of managing this is by ecotourism. Tourists pay money to spend time in ecosystems,
observing and learning about living things. Some of this money is used to protect the
ecosystem and some goes to local people.
Discuss to what extent ecotourism may reduce the impacts of tourism quoted above.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]
Question 3a © Google Maps
© UCLES 2014 0680/12/O/N/14

* 0 7 4 4 5 5 2 5 5 1 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (LK/JG) 91635/2
2
1 Look at the map below, which shows the distribution of three forest biomes.
N
60°N
EUROPE
NORTH
AMERICA ASIA
Tropic of Cancer
AFRICA
Equator
Tropic of Capricorn SOUTH OCEANIA

AMERICA
60°S
Key
taiga forest
tropical rainforest
monsoon forest
(a) (i) Describe the distribution of these three forest biomes, shown on the map above.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(ii) State two characteristics of a coniferous tree in the taiga forest.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2014 0680/13/O/N/14

3
(b) (i) Deforestation is a major problem in forest biomes. State two causes of deforestation.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Explain two ways forests can be managed sustainably.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]

4
2 (a) Look at the diagram below, which shows the limpet; a device installed on a coastal cliff in
Western Europe. It is used to generate electricity.
direction of
movement of
turbine
wave barrier
airflow wave
air crest
turbine
coastal cliff wa
ter
direction of
movement of
turbine
wave barrier
airflow
turbine wave
air trough
coastal cliff wa
ter
(i) State the energy source being used in the diagram to generate electricity.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Using the information in the diagram, suggest how electricity is generated in the limpet.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2014 0680/13/O/N/14

5
(iii) Electricity can be generated in hydro-electric power stations (HEP).

State two advantages and two disadvantages of HEP.
advantages ........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
disadvantages ...................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]
(b) The limpet and HEP are described as sustainable ways of generating electricity. State what
this means.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]

6
3 (a) Look at the pie graph and table, which show the sources of lead pollution in the air in a
developed country.
source percentage
leaded aviation gas 45
metal industries 23
manufacturing 14
waste incineration 8
boilers 5
other 5
Key
........................................................
........................................................
........................................................
........................................................
........................................................
........................................................
(i) Using the information in the table, complete the key for the pie graph. [2]
© UCLES 2014 0680/13/O/N/14

7
(ii) Look at the graph, which shows the trend for lead pollution in the developed country from
1990 to 1999.
2500
2000
lead pollution
/ tonnes 1500
1000
500
0
1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999
year
Using the information in (a)(i) and the graph above, describe and explain the trend in
lead pollution from 1990 to 1999.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]

8
(b) Air pollution is made worse when there is a temperature inversion. Look at the diagram below,
which shows the air temperature above a city on a normal day and during a temperature
inversion.
temperature / °C temperature / °C
18 24
19 25
20 26
21 25
22 24
23
23
normal day temperature
inversion
(i) Use the diagram and your own knowledge to explain how a temperature inversion could
make air pollution in the city worse.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Suggest what strategies could be used to reduce air pollution in this city.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2014 0680/13/O/N/14

9

10
4 (a) Look at the map, which shows some of the world’s major ocean currents and average annual
precipitation by continent.
ASIA
NORTH EUROPE
AMERICA PACIFIC
NORTH
ATLANTIC OCEAN
OCEAN
AFRICA
PACIFIC
SOUTH
AMERICA
INDIAN
SOUTH
OCEAN OCEANIA
ATLANTIC
OCEAN
Key average precipitation

/ mm per year.
..................................... ocean current
3000mm
..................................... ocean current
2000mm
1000mm
500mm
(i) Complete the key to show which are cold and which are warm currents. [1]
(ii) Cold currents reduce agricultural production on land but increase fish catches at sea.
Using the map, suggest an explanation for low agricultural production when a cold
current is offshore.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2014 0680/13/O/N/14

11
(iii) Explain why cold ocean currents can lead to very high fish catches.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Describe and explain reasons for overfishing.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]

12
5 (a) Look at the pie graph below, which shows the composition of a soil sample.
Key
mineral particles
air
water
humus
roots
organisms
(i) Calculate the percentage of the soil that is organic matter.
Space for working.
....................................................... % [1]
(ii) Name the component in the pie graph that plants get from the soil for use in photosynthesis.
....................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) Soils can be improved by farmers. Suggest one way in which each of the following soils
could be improved.
desert soil ...........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
overcultivated soil ...............................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]
© UCLES 2014 0680/13/O/N/14

13
(b) Removal of vegetation causes increased loss of soil due to erosion. Look at the graph, which
shows the relationship between ground cover and soil loss on some agricultural land.
100
80
60
soil loss
/%
40
20
0
0 20 40 60 80 100
ground cover / %
Suggest four strategies for reducing soil erosion.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]

14
6 (a) Look at the diagram, which shows the nitrogen and carbon cycles.
(i) Complete the diagram using the words below.
bacteria carbon denitrification nitrogen respiration starch

dioxide gas
gas
[3]
reservoir
carbon
cycle .............................
nitrogen
cycle .............................
removed by fixed by
carbon carbon green
cycle ............................. cycle plants
nitrogen nitrogen
in living things
cycle ............................. cycle ..............................
carbon
cycle .............................
nitrogen
cycle protein
(ii) Look at the diagram, which shows that nutrient cycles are driven by energy flow.
Sun
A (input)
energy flow
nutrient cycle B (output)
State what form the energy takes at A and at B.
A …………………………..
B ………………………….. [2]
© UCLES 2014 0680/13/O/N/14

15
(b) (i) Suggest how the draining of wetlands and deforestation can effect wildlife, food chains
and people.
draining of wetlands ...........................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
deforestation.......................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]
(ii) Suggest one strategy for the conservation of wildlife.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2014 0680/13/O/N/14

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2014 0680/13/O/N/14

* 8 1 2 2 9 2 9 1 0 6 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (ST/SW) 97053/3
2
1 (a) Three gases in the Earth’s atmosphere are carbon dioxide, oxygen and nitrogen. Match each
gas to the correct description in the table below.
gas description
....................................... the most abundant
....................................... used by animals in respiration
....................................... used in photosynthesis

[2]
(b) (i) Use the information in the table to complete the divided bar graph and key.
source of carbon dioxide total carbon dioxide emissions

emissions from human activities since 1750 / gigatonnes
burning coal 674
burning oil 497
burning gas 203
making cement 36
changes in land use 590
2500
Key
total carbon dioxide emissions since 1750
source of carbon dioxide

emissions from human activities
2000
..................................
making cement
/ gigatonnes
1500
..................................
..................................
1000
burning coal
500
0
emissions
from human activities
[3]
© UCLES 2015 0680/11/O/N/15

3
(ii) State and explain one change in land use that increases carbon dioxide emissions.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(iii) Over 40 percent of these carbon dioxide emissions are still in the atmosphere. Describe
the environmental problems that this increase in the amount of carbon dioxide in the
atmosphere has caused.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]

4
2 (a) (i) Complete the following passage.
All living things need food to grow. Plants make their own food in a process called
............................................... . Carbon dioxide and ............................................... are
combined together using ............................................... energy to make sugar and starch.

[2]
(ii) Describe how the use of fertilisers and pesticides improves the yield of crops.
fertilisers ............................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
pesticides ..........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) Coffee beans are an important cash crop in some developing countries. The table below gives
information about the cost of a cup of coffee in a café in a developed country.
money received by: US$

growers 0.05
traders 0.30
roasters 0.79
shippers 0.17
café 0.44
total cost of a cup of coffee 1.75
Calculate the percentage of the total cost of a cup of coffee which goes to the growers.
Space for working.
...................................................... % [2]
© UCLES 2015 0680/11/O/N/15

5
(c) Look at the flow chart below, which shows how a fairtrade agreement works.
fairtrade organisation buys coffee beans from

growers in developing countries at a fair price
money paid to growers in advance
shops in developed countries sell coffee

stamped with fairtrade logo
customers in developed countries pay a little

more for this coffee
Briefly suggest different advantages of fairtrade to each the following people.
a coffee bean grower
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
a buyer for a fairtrade organisation
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
a shop owner, selling fairtrade coffee
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
a customer, buying fairtrade coffee
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[4]

6
3 (a) Look at the diagram below, which shows the expected distribution of temperature across the
Earth if the Sun were the only factor influencing temperature.
COLD
A B
WARM
Tropic of Cancer
Equator HOT
Key
cold
Tropic of Capricorn
WARM warm
COLD hot
(i) Explain why this distribution is what would be expected.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
Look at the map below, which shows the actual distribution of average temperatures in
January.
A B
North Eurasia
Pacific America Atlantic Pacific
Tropic of Cancer
Equator
Tropic of Capricorn
Key
cold
warm
hot
© UCLES 2015 0680/11/O/N/15

7
(ii) Describe and explain the differences between the expected and actual distribution of
temperature along the line labelled A to B.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) (i) Energy from the Sun is an example of alternative energy. State the names of two other
alternative energy sources.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Thousands of villages in a developing country are not connected to a national power
grid, supplying electricity from power stations. This country gets an average of 300 sunny
days a year. Suggest what the government might do to supply the people living in these
villages with electricity.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]

8
4 (a) Look at the map below, which shows the distribution of major ocean fisheries.
Tropic of Atlantic
Cancer Ocean
Equator Pacific
Ocean
Tropic of
Capricorn Indian
Ocean
Key
major ocean fisheries
Describe and explain the distribution of these major ocean fisheries.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]
(b) A book states:
“About 70 percent of world ocean fisheries are no longer sustainable.”
(i) Define the term sustainable.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2015 0680/11/O/N/15

9
(ii) Look at the pie graph below, which shows information about the world’s ocean fisheries.
To what extent do you agree with the statement in the book? Explain your answer.
Key
overfished
moderately fished
under-fished
depleted fishery
recovering fishery
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(iii) Describe strategies for the sustainable harvesting of fish from world ocean fisheries.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]

10
5 (a) Look at the newspaper report about an earthquake.
On the afternoon of Tuesday, 24 September 2013 there was an earthquake

in Pakistan that measured 7.7 magnitude on the Richter Scale. It caused
widespread destruction in the province of Balochistan. Powerful tremors and
shaking lasted for 2 minutes. At least 400 people were killed and 100 000 lost
their homes. The frequent earthquakes in this area are a result of collisions of
the Arabian and Indian plates with the Eurasian Plate.
Eurasian
Plate
Key
direction of Eurasian Plate movement
epicentre
Balochistan
Arabian
Plate Indian
Plate
(i) Use the information in the newspaper report to suggest the direction of movement of the
Arabian and Indian plates.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Explain why earthquakes are frequent in this area.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2015 0680/11/O/N/15

11
(b) Look at the table below, which shows the number of deaths recorded from fourteen
earthquakes of magnitude 7.7 since records began.
earthquake number of deaths

1 2400
2 550
3 13
4 10 000
5 5000
6 12
7 6
8 250
9 2500
10 300
11 10
12 15 000
13 50 000
14 11
(i) State the range of the numbers of deaths caused by magnitude 7.7 earthquakes.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Suggest why some earthquakes of the same magnitude cause a greater loss of life than
others.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]

12
(c) Explain why fewer people are usually killed during volcanic eruptions than during earthquakes.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2015 0680/11/O/N/15

13
6 (a) Look at the list of biological (living) factors and physical factors which affect ecosystems.
competitors consumers humidity light nutrients pH predators
producers salinity temperature water wind
(i) Write each word from the list above once only in the relevant box A, B or C. [4]
D A
human climatic
.............................................
............................................. .............................................
............................................. .............................................
.............................................
biological (living) factors ecosystem physical factors
C B
non-human soil
............................................. .............................................
............................................. .............................................
............................................. .............................................
............................................. .............................................
(ii) Complete box D with two examples of human activities which might affect an ecosystem.
[2]

14
(b) (i) Soil erosion is a major problem for ecosystems around the world. Describe and explain
one cause of soil erosion.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Describe one strategy for the conservation of soil.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2015 0680/11/O/N/15

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2015 0680/11/O/N/15

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2015 0680/11/O/N/15

* 3 6 2 4 0 5 9 5 1 2 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (ST/SW) 97055/3
2
1 (a) (i) State three physical factors and three living factors of an ecosystem.
physical factors ……………………………
……………………………
……………………………
living factors ……………………………
……………………………
…………………………… [3]
(ii) Nomadic pastoralists, hunter-gatherers and settled farmers use their natural environment
in different ways. Explain the differences between these three ways of life.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) (i) Deforestation is a major problem for some ecosystems. State two causes of deforestation.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Describe ways in which the demand for timber products could be reduced.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2015 0680/12/O/N/15

3
2 (a) Look at the following newspaper report.
Mount Sinabung, on the island of Sumatra in Indonesia erupted at 03.00

on Sunday, 15 September 2013. More than 6000 people were evacuated
and buildings and cars were covered in ash. People suffered breathing
difficulties after inhaling volcanic ash. The evacuees were sheltered in
eight locations, where officials gave them food. Mount Sinabung lies on
the Great Sumatran Fault.
Mount Sinabung
Key
volcano
Gr
Great Sumatran Fault
ea
tS
um
atr
an
Indian
Fa
Ocean
ult
0 200 400
km
(i) Using information from the newspaper report and your own knowledge, explain why
there is a line of volcanoes near the west coast of Sumatra.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Suggest two reasons why no one died during this eruption.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]

4
(b) Look at the data below, which show the deaths due to volcanic eruptions in different parts of
the world from 1650 to the present day. Total deaths have been calculated at 240 000.
country or region percentage of all deaths caused

by volcanic eruptions since 1650
Indonesia 67.0
Caribbean 12.9
Japan 8.1
Iceland 3.9
Central America 2.3
Mediterranean 1.7
Philippines 1.6
Papua New Guinea 1.5
others 1.0
(i) Calculate the number of people who have died as a result of volcanic eruptions in
Indonesia since 1650.
Space for working.
................................................people [1]
(ii) Suggest reasons why more people died in Indonesia as a result of volcanic eruptions
than in the rest of the world.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2015 0680/12/O/N/15

5
(iii) Explain reasons why, even though there is a risk, people live close to volcanoes.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]

6
3 (a) The table below shows what happens to solar energy reaching the planet Earth.
solar energy that is: percentage key to divided

bar graph
absorbed by the Earth’s surface 50 A
absorbed by gases in the atmosphere 18 B
reflected by clouds 21 C
reflected by dust 5 D
reflected by the Earth’s surface 6 E
(i) Draw and label a divided bar graph to show these data in the grid below.
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
[3]
(ii) Calculate the percentage of solar energy reaching the planet Earth that is reflected.
Space for working.
....................................................... % [1]
© UCLES 2015 0680/12/O/N/15

7
(b) (i) The heat from the Sun causes winds. Describe how wind speed and direction can be
measured.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Measurements of wind speed and direction help decide where to locate wind turbines to
generate electricity. Suggest four reasons why a country might increase the use of wind
power to generate electricity.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]

8
4 (a) (i) Complete the following passage about the atmosphere.
The Earth’s atmosphere contains a gas, called ............................................. , which is
used by plants to make food in a process called ............................................. . Another
gas, called ............................................. , is released by this process. [2]
(ii) Methane is a gas in the atmosphere. Explain how methane is a threat to the environment.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(iii) Look at the graph below which shows methane levels at a monitoring station in Antarctica.
1760
methane / parts per billion
1740
1720
1700
1680
1660
1990 1995 2000 2005 2010 2015

year
Describe the pattern shown by the graph.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
Suggest reasons for the pattern you have described.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[3]
© UCLES 2015 0680/12/O/N/15
9
(b) (i) State the name of one gas that causes acid rain.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Explain why acid rain is an international problem.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]

10
5 (a) The world’s oceans are polluted by:
raw sewage toxic metals oil plastics
(i) From the list above state the name of the pollutant that can be controlled using skimmers,
detergent sprays and floating booms.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) From the list above, state the name of the pollutant which causes an increase in nutrients
leading to eutrophication. Describe the stages leading to eutrophication.
pollutant ............................................
description .........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[3]
(iii) Look at the map below, which shows areas where one of these pollutants has built up.
North
Pacific
Tropic of Cancer
North
Equator Atlantic
Tropic of Capricorn
South Atlantic Indian

South Pacific
Key
area of pollutant build-up
© UCLES 2015 0680/12/O/N/15

11
From the list in part (a), state the name of the pollutant and explain why it is found in
these areas.
pollutant ............................................
reason ...............................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[3]
(b) (i) Put a ring around the two diseases that can be spread by contact with water contaminated
by raw sewage.
bilharzia typhoid malaria cholera [1]
(ii) Describe how raw sewage can be managed to prevent the spread of diseases.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]

12
6 (a) (i) Crops need water from the soil to grow. State two other substances needed for growth
that crops obtain from the soil.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) A book states that,
“In the past it was not possible to grow the same crop on the same piece of land year
after year. However, the same crop can now be grown year after year on tropical
plantations.”
Explain how agricultural techniques led to this change.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2015 0680/12/O/N/15

13
(b) Many farmers in developing countries grow cash crops such as bananas.
The table below gives information about the cost of a bunch of bananas which sells for 4 US$
in a shop in a developed country.
money received by: US$

farm owner 0.42
farm worker 0.06
storage and shipping 1.40
ripening and distribution 0.80
shop 1.32
total cost of a bunch of bananas 4.00
(i) Calculate the percentage of the total cost of a bunch of bananas which goes to the farm
owner.
Space for working.
....................................................... % [2]
(ii) A fairtrade agreement was introduced in 1993, which ensures that farmers are always
paid a higher price than without the agreement for their bananas. Suggest how a fairtrade
agreement benefits farmers and the local community in the banana growing area.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2015 0680/12/O/N/15

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2015 0680/12/O/N/15

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2015 0680/12/O/N/15

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2015 0680/12/O/N/15

* 7 9 7 2 0 8 4 0 5 8 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (ST/SW) 97056/4
2
1 The graphs below show average maximum and minimum monthly temperatures, precipitation and
snow depth at Yellowstone National Park in the United States of America.
30.0 Key
average maximum
25.0 monthly temperature
average minimum
20.0 monthly temperature
15.0
temperature / °C
10.0
5.0
0
–5.0
–10.0
–15.0
60.0
50.0
precipitation / mm
40.0
30.0
20.0
10.0
0
250
snow depth / mm
200
150
100
50
0
© UCLES 2015 0680/13/O/N/15

3
(a) Use information from the graphs to complete the passage.
In Yellowstone National Park there is snow on the ground for ..................................... months
of the year. The temperature stays below freezing in the months of .....................................
and ..................................... . The hottest month is ..................................... with a maximum
temperature of ..................................... . Summers are wet, with most rain falling in
..................................... . [3]
(b) The mountain slopes in Yellowstone National Park are covered by taiga vegetation (coniferous
trees).
Describe and explain how coniferous trees are adapted to the climate shown on the graphs.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]
(c) National Parks are set up to conserve the biodiversity of ecosystems.
Describe two other strategies for conserving the biodiversity of ecosystems.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

4
2 Look at the map below of world ocean fishing areas.
Europe
North
America ATLANTIC
Asia
Tropic of Cancer OCEAN
Africa PACIFIC
quatorial
Equator ECounter OCEAN
South
ou th Equatorial America
S X
Tropic of Capricorn
Peruvian Oceania
INDIAN
PACIFIC OCEAN
OCEAN
Key
main fishing areas
other important fishing areas
ocean current
(a) (i) Describe the location of the main ocean fishing areas shown on the map.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) In some years area X on the map is a very productive fishing area. In other years, very
few fish are caught. Explain how ocean currents cause these changes.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]
© UCLES 2015 0680/13/O/N/15

5
(b) In some of the areas on the map too many fish have been caught and there are not enough
fish left to reproduce. This is called overfishing.
Explain two causes of overfishing.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]

6
3 Look at the newspaper report below.
11.00 6 March 2013
Europe s highest active volcano erupts

Mount Etna, on the island of Sicily, erupted last night throwing ash and
lava high into the sky. Mount Etna has been erupting periodically for over
3500 years. In 2008, an eruption continued for 417 days and there were
more than 200 earthquakes.
Mount Etna is 3329 metres high and covers an area of 1190 km2. Over one
million people live in towns and villages on the slopes of the volcano, where
there are many vineyards and orchards.
Aeroplanes sometimes have to alter their routes to avoid flying through

ash clouds to reach Catania airport at the foot of the volcano.
(a) (i) State how many people live on the slopes of Mount Etna.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Using the information in the newspaper report and your own knowledge, explain why so
many people live on the slopes of Mount Etna.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2015 0680/13/O/N/15

7
(b) Describe strategies for managing the impacts of volcanic activity.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]
(c) The newspaper report states there were 200 earthquakes in 2008. Suggest reasons why no
people died as a result of these 200 earthquakes.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]

8
4 Some of the reasons why people are moving to Lagos, a large city in Nigeria, from rural areas are
shown below.
A B
jobs in factories government housing
C D E
drought few doctors little investment
by government
F G
modern machinery more educational
used on farms opportunities
H I J
tribal unrest wages above most houses
national average have electricity
(a) (i) State the name given to the movement of people to live in a different place.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Give the letters of three push and three pull factors.
push factors pull factors
1. ...................................... 1. ......................................
2. ...................................... 2. ......................................
3. ...................................... 3. ...................................... [2]
(b) (i) Describe and explain how the growth of cities increases air pollution.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2015 0680/13/O/N/15

9
(ii) Suggest and explain two strategies for managing the problem of informal settlements
such as shanty towns.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]

10
5 Look at the diagram below, which shows what happens to solar radiation.
solar radiation 100%
18%
absorbed by
5%
21%
dust
cloud
absorbed by
50% 6%
Earth
(a) (i) Complete the table below.
solar radiation percentage
reflected by clouds ................
reflected by dust ................
reflected by the surface of the Earth ................

[1]
(ii) Calculate the percentage of solar radiation that the diagram shows never reaches the
Earth’s surface.
Space for working.
....................................................... % [1]
(b) State two factors that cause temperatures to vary from place to place on the Earth’s surface.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2015 0680/13/O/N/15

11
(c) (i) Global warming is the increase in temperature of the Earth’s atmosphere. Describe and
explain two problems caused by global warming.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]
(ii) Explain why some people might view global warming as an advantage rather than a
problem.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]

12
6 Look at the bar graphs below, which show the reserves, production and consumption of oil in
2012.
/ thousand million barrels per year 12

Key
oil production and consumption
production
10
consumption
8
0
Africa Asia Europe Middle North South and
Pacific and East America Central
Eurasia America
region
900
800
oil reserves / thousand million barrels
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
Africa Asia Europe Middle North South and
Pacific and East America Central
Eurasia America
region
(a) (i) State the region that produced the most oil in 2012.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2015 0680/13/O/N/15

13
(ii) Calculate the difference between production and consumption in the Middle East in 2012.
Space for working.
...................................... thousand million barrels / year [1]
(iii) Use the information in the two graphs to explain why imports of oil by countries in the
Asia Pacific region are likely to remain high in the future.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) (i) State two ways in which crude oil is transported around the world.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) State and explain two environmental problems caused by the transport of oil around the
world.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]
© UCLES 2015 0680/13/O/N/15

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2015 0680/13/O/N/15

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2015 0680/13/O/N/15

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2015 0680/13/O/N/15

* 6 5 6 7 5 8 9 2 6 4 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (NH/JG) 114896/5
2
1 (a) Look at the graph below, which shows the amount of ozone in the stratosphere layer of the
atmosphere over the Antarctic between 1960 and 2015.
1 2 3 4
amount of
ozone
1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020

year
(i) Describe the main trend in the amount of ozone between 1960 and 1997, and between
1997 and 2015.
between 1960 and 1997 ....................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
between 1997 and 2015 ....................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(ii) Give reasons for the trend between 1997 and 2015.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2016 0680/11/O/N/16

3
2015.
A B C D
(iii) Match the drawings to the numbers on the graph by completing the table below. One has
been done for you.
number on graph drawing letter

1
2
3
4 D
[2]
(iv) Explain why the ozone layer in the stratosphere is important.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Acid rain is caused by gases, such as sulfur dioxide, from factories and power stations.
Explain why acid rain may affect countries even when they have few factories and power
stations.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]

4
2 Look at the graph below, which shows actual and predicted world population growth.
actual predicted
2014
14
12
10
world 8
population
/ billion 6
0
1950 1970 1990 2010 2030 2050 2070 2090 2110
year
(a) (i) State the predicted growth in population between 2014 and 2050 shown by the graph.
Space for working.
..................................................billion [1]
(ii) The predicted population for 2100 could be either 10% bigger or 10% smaller than that
shown on the graph. Calculate these two values.
Space for working.
value if 10% bigger ......................................................billion
value if 10% smaller ......................................................billion

[2]
© UCLES 2016 0680/11/O/N/16

5
(iii) Describe two impacts of population growth on the natural environment.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]
(b) Describe two strategies for managing population growth.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

6
3 Look at the graphs below, which show changes from the average temperature of the Sea of Japan
and the yellowtail fish catch off the coast between 1965 and 2005.
2.0
1.5
above average
1.0
change from the average 0.5
temperature of 0 average
the Sea of Japan –0.5
/ °C
–1.0
below average
–1.5
–2.0
1965 1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005
year
25
20
15 above average
10
change from average 5
yellowtail fish catch 0 average
/ thousand tonnes –5
–10
–15 below average
–20
–25
1965 1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005
year
(a) (i) State the year with the highest yellowtail fish catch.
..................................... [1]
(ii) How many degrees below average was the temperature of the Sea of Japan in 1978?
.....................................°C [1]
(iii) A scientist thinks that the yellowtail fish catch is lower when the sea temperature is lower.
To what extent do the graphs support this?
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2016 0680/11/O/N/16

7
(b) Look at the map below, which shows some ocean currents and areas of shallow water around
Japan.
N
nt
rre
Cu
an area of shallow
Lim Oyashio
Current water
Sea of nt cold ocean current

re
Japan Cur
a Japan
m
hi
us
Ts warm ocean current
Kuroshio Current
grounds are found off the coast of Japan.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
(c) Suggest two strategies for sustainable management of ocean fisheries.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]

8
4 (a) Coal is a fossil fuel.
Explain how coal was formed.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]
(b) The table below and bar graph opposite show the reserves of shale gas and other natural
gases in 10 countries.
country shale gas other natural gases

/ arbitrary units / arbitrary units
China 1115 120
Argentina 800 12
Algeria 707 160
United States 665 320
Indonesia 580 150
Canada 573 68
Mexico 545 17
Australia 437 40
Russia 285 1680
Brazil 240 14
© UCLES 2016 0680/11/O/N/16

9
1800
Key
1600
shale gas
1400 other natural gases
1200
gas volume 1000

/ arbitrary units
800
600
400
200
0
China Argentina Algeria United Indonesia Canada Mexico Australia Russia Brazil
States
country
(i) Complete the bar graph for Russia and Brazil using information from the table and the
key. [1]
(ii) Some countries are starting to extract shale gas.
Which country would have the largest percentage increase in its available gas when it
starts to extract shale gas? Circle your choice. [1]
Argentina Australia Brazil Mexico Russia
(iii) Explain your answer to (b)(ii).
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Fossil fuels will eventually be used up.
Explain how fossil fuels can be made to last longer.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

10
5 (a) State the meaning of the term biodiversity.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) The introduction of species from other parts of the world (alien species) into Europe is a
problem.
Look at the graph below, which shows the number of alien species found in Europe.
4000
3500
3000
2500
number of
species 2000
found
1500
1000
500
0
1910 1920 1930 1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010
Key year
alien producers alien consumers
(i) How many species in total have been introduced into Europe between 1910 and 2010?
...............................................species [1]
(ii) Compare the trends shown by alien producers and alien consumers.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2016 0680/11/O/N/16

11
(iii) Suggest the effect that introducing alien producers might have on food webs in an
ecosystem.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(iv) Suggest how the introduction of alien species could be reduced.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]

12
6 The table below shows climate data for four locations.
location P Q R S
latitude 3 °N 10 °N 15 °N 20 °N
average January
temperature 26 24 22 21
/ °C
average June
temperature 28 30 33 34
/ °C
rainfall
2000 850 450 110
/ mm
number of dry months 0 6 9 11
(a) (i) State the range of temperature between January and June at location R.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Using the information in the table, describe the change in temperature and rainfall from
location P to location S.
temperature .......................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
rainfall ................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[4]
(b) (i) Suggest problems for crop farming at location R.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Suggest a solution to one of the problems in (b)(i).
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2016 0680/11/O/N/16
13
(c) For a developing country, explain one advantage and one disadvantage of using land to
grow biomass for fuel.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2016 0680/11/O/N/16

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2016 0680/11/O/N/16

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2016 0680/11/O/N/16

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2016 0680/11/O/N/16

* 7 2 7 6 6 9 4 0 0 4 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (NH/JG) 114895/5
2
1 (a) (i) Fill in the gaps in the passage describing the formation of a cyclone. Use words and
numbers from the list below.
15 22 27 clouds dry eye high low
moist moisture snow spin straighten
Cyclones form when seawater reaches temperatures of over .................... °C in the
tropics. The air above the sea is heated. The warm, .................... air starts to rise. A centre
of .................... pressure develops and sucks air in. The rotation of the Earth causes the
air to .................... around the centre of the cyclone. Winds blow at high speeds. The
.................... in the rising air condenses producing .................... and heavy rain. [3]
(ii) Look at the graph below, which shows the number of deaths in country X caused by
cyclones in the tropics in some years.
1500
number of deaths 1000

in country X
caused by cyclones
in the tropics
500
0
2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013
year
In 2005, cyclones in the tropics caused 1440 deaths in country X. Complete the graph
using this information. [1]
(iii) In 1999, cyclones in the tropics killed many more people in country X than in 2013.
Suggest three reasons for the difference.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2016 0680/12/O/N/16

3
(b) (i) State the meaning of the term drought.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Suggest two ways to reduce the effects of drought.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]

4
2 Look at the drawing below of part of the food web of a wetland ecosystem.
great blue heron racoon
frog
dragonfly
large fish
medium fish mosquito

larvae
zooplankton
small fish
phytoplankton
(a) (i) In the space below, draw a food chain from the wetland food web that includes the great
blue heron and phytoplankton. [3]
[3]
(ii) The zooplankton is a primary consumer in this food web.
Name a producer and a secondary consumer in this food web.
producer ........................................
secondary consumer ........................................ [2]
© UCLES 2016 0680/12/O/N/16

5
(b) Look at the map below, which shows the extent of wetlands in southern Florida in 1900 and in
2015.
N
Lake
Okeechobee
I DA
OR Fort
FL
Lauderdale
Key
c Ocean
water
Miami
city
Atlanti wetlands
Gulf of
Mexico
and in 1900
0 40 in 2015
km
(i) Describe the changes in distribution of wetlands in southern Florida between 1900 and
2015.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Suggest why some wetlands around the world are being drained.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]

6
3 (a)
vapour.
(i) State the names of the gases from this list that are greenhouse gases.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) State the name of the gas from this list which is used by plants in photosynthesis.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) Explain how greenhouse gases may cause climate change.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Look at the graph below, which shows the sources of greenhouse gas emissions from human
activity.
waste disposal
biomass burning
domestic
sources
agriculture
transport
industry
power stations
0 5 10 15 20 25
greenhouse gas emissions / %
© UCLES 2016 0680/12/O/N/16

7
(i) A textbook states,
Use the information in the graph to decide if the textbook statement is true or false.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Suggest three ways in which the emission of greenhouse gases from transport could be
reduced.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]

8
4 (a) Look at the map below, which shows the distribution of malaria in one part of the world.
North
America
Tropic of The
Cancer Caribbean
Central
America
Equator
Tropic of South
Capricorn America
Key
malaria
land
sea
(i) Describe the distribution of malaria shown on the map.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2016 0680/12/O/N/16

9
(ii) Explain how malaria spreads through a human population.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(iii) Water-related diseases can be water-borne or water-based.
Name one disease of each type.
water-borne ........................................................
water-based .......................................................
[2]
(b) Describe two strategies to control and eradicate water-related diseases.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

10
5 Look at the diagram below, which shows the rock cycle.
rock A
cooling
weathering and erosion
melting
heat and pressure
D E
compaction
melting
heat and pressure

rock B rock C
(a) Complete the table below using letters from the diagram.
stage in the rock cycle letter

igneous rock ...................
magma ...................
metamorphic rock ...................
sedimentary rock ...................
sediment ...................
[3]
© UCLES 2016 0680/12/O/N/16

11
(b) Rocks, such as coal, are obtained by mining.

Look at the diagram below, which shows part of an open-pit (opencast) coal mine.
soil
other rock
coal seam other rock
(i) Using the diagram, describe the process of open-pit mining.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(ii) Landscaping and restoration often take place after mining has finished.
Explain how these methods might be used in the open-pit mine in the diagram.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]

12
6 (a) Look at the photograph below of an area of land which was cleared 30 years ago.
Vegetational succession has taken place.
Describe what has happened over the 30-year period. You may use some or all of the words
below.
competition dispersal seeds soil
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]
© UCLES 2016 0680/12/O/N/16

13
(b) (i) State two reasons for deforestation.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Deforestation can lead to soil erosion.
Describe one way of reducing deforestation and one different way of reducing soil
erosion.
reducing deforestation .......................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
reducing soil erosion .........................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[4]
© UCLES 2016 0680/12/O/N/16

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2016 0680/12/O/N/16

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2016 0680/12/O/N/16

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2016 0680/12/O/N/16

* 3 0 2 6 2 7 4 0 5 1 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (CW/JG) 136280
2
1 (a) (i) Fill in the gaps in the passage describing the formation of a cyclone. Use words and
numbers from the list below.
15 22 27 clouds dry eye high low
moist moisture snow spin straighten
Cyclones form when seawater reaches temperatures of over .................... °C in the
tropics. The air above the sea is heated. The warm, .................... air starts to rise. A centre
of .................... pressure develops and sucks air in. The rotation of the Earth causes the
air to .................... around the centre of the cyclone. Winds blow at high speeds. The
.................... in the rising air condenses producing .................... and heavy rain. [3]
(ii) Look at the graph below, which shows the number of deaths in country X caused by
cyclones in the tropics in some years.
1500
number of deaths 1000

in country X
caused by cyclones
in the tropics
500
0
2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013
year
In 2005, cyclones in the tropics caused 1440 deaths in country X. Complete the graph
using this information. [1]
(iii) In 1999, cyclones in the tropics killed many more people in country X than in 2013.
Suggest three reasons for the difference.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2016 0680/13/O/N/16

3
(b) (i) State the meaning of the term drought.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Suggest two ways to reduce the effects of drought.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]

4
2 Look at the drawing below of part of the food web of a wetland ecosystem.
great blue heron racoon
frog
dragonfly
large fish
medium fish mosquito

larvae
zooplankton
small fish
phytoplankton
(a) (i) In the space below, draw a food chain from the wetland food web that includes the great
blue heron and phytoplankton. [3]
[3]
(ii) The zooplankton is a primary consumer in this food web.
Name a producer and a secondary consumer in this food web.
producer ........................................
secondary consumer ........................................ [2]
© UCLES 2016 0680/13/O/N/16

5
(b) Look at the map below, which shows the extent of wetlands in southern Florida in 1900 and in
2015.
N
Lake
Okeechobee
I DA
OR Fort
FL
Lauderdale
Key
c Ocean
water
Miami
city
Atlanti wetlands
Gulf of
Mexico
and in 1900
0 40 in 2015
km
(i) Describe the changes in distribution of wetlands in southern Florida between 1900 and
2015.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Suggest why some wetlands around the world are being drained.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]

6
3 (a)
vapour.
(i) State the names of the gases from this list that are greenhouse gases.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) State the name of the gas from this list which is used by plants in photosynthesis.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) Explain how greenhouse gases may cause climate change.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Look at the graph below, which shows the sources of greenhouse gas emissions from human
activity.
waste disposal
biomass burning
domestic
sources
agriculture
transport
industry
power stations
0 5 10 15 20 25
greenhouse gas emissions / %
© UCLES 2016 0680/13/O/N/16

7
(i) A textbook states,
Use the information in the graph to decide if the textbook statement is true or false.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Suggest three ways in which the emission of greenhouse gases from transport could be
reduced.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]

8
4 (a) Look at the map below, which shows the distribution of malaria in one part of the world.
North
America
Tropic of The
Cancer Caribbean
Central
America
Equator
Tropic of South
Capricorn America
Key
malaria
land
sea
(i) Describe the distribution of malaria shown on the map.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2016 0680/13/O/N/16

9
(ii) Explain how malaria spreads through a human population.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(iii) Water-related diseases can be water-borne or water-based.
Name one disease of each type.
water-borne ........................................................
water-based .......................................................
[2]
(b) Describe two strategies to control and eradicate water-related diseases.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

10
5 Look at the diagram below, which shows the rock cycle.
rock A
cooling
melting
heat and pressure
D E
compaction
melting
heat and pressure

rock B rock C
(a) Complete the table below using letters from the diagram.
stage in the rock cycle letter

igneous rock ...................
magma ...................
metamorphic rock ...................
sedimentary rock ...................
sediment ...................
[3]
© UCLES 2016 0680/13/O/N/16

11
(b) Rocks, such as coal, are obtained by mining.

Look at the diagram below, which shows part of an open-pit (opencast) coal mine.
soil
other rock
coal seam other rock
(i) Using the diagram, describe the process of open-pit mining.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(ii) Landscaping and restoration often take place after mining has finished.
Explain how these methods might be used in the open-pit mine in the diagram.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]

12
6 (a) Look at the photograph below of an area of land which was cleared 30 years ago.
Vegetational succession has taken place.
Describe what has happened over the 30-year period. You may use some or all of the words
below.
competition dispersal seeds soil
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]
© UCLES 2016 0680/13/O/N/16

13
(b) (i) State two reasons for deforestation.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Deforestation can lead to soil erosion.
Describe one way of reducing deforestation and one different way of reducing soil
erosion.
reducing deforestation .......................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
reducing soil erosion .........................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[4]
© UCLES 2016 0680/13/O/N/16

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2016 0680/13/O/N/16

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2016 0680/13/O/N/16

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2016 0680/13/O/N/16

* 3 6 5 3 6 9 6 4 9 6 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (NH/FC) 136839/4
2
1 A textbook states that successful farming requires good soil.
(a) (i) Describe the characteristics of soil that allow good crop growth.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(ii) It is important for a farmer to manage the soil. Good management can reduce problems
of soil erosion.
Explain strategies to reduce soil erosion.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2017 0680/11/O/N/17

3
(b) In the last twenty years 8 million hectares of rainforest in South-East Asia have been removed
to grow oil palm trees. This may cause problems. The diagram shows an oil palm plantation
and part of a rainforest.
oil palm rainforest

plantation
A student said
oil palms form a forest
need to worry
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]

4
2 The table shows information about some earthquakes between 2006 and 2015.
location of earthquake year estimated magnitude

number of / Richter
deaths Scale
Nepal 2015 9 018 7.8
Yunnan, China 2014 617 6.2
Pakistan 2013 825 7.7
Sichuan, China 2012 81 5.6
Japan 2011 18 184 9.0
Sumatra 2009 1 115 7.6
Sichuan, China 2008 69 197 7.9
Peru 2007 519 8.0
Java, Indonesia 2006 5 782 6.3
(a) (i) Complete the graph of estimated number of deaths plotted against magnitude using
information from the table about the earthquake in Sichuan in 2008.
70 000
60 000
50 000
estimated
number of
40 000
deaths
30 000
20 000
10 000
0
5 5.5 6 6.5 7 7.5 8 8.5 9 9.5
magnitude / Richter scale
[1]
(ii) State the country and magnitude of the earthquake with the lowest estimated number of
deaths.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) State the country and estimated number of deaths of the earthquake with the highest
magnitude.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2017 0680/11/O/N/17

5
(iv) Circle the statement which describes the relationship between magnitude and estimated
number of deaths for these earthquakes. [1]
A. There is a positive relationship
B. There is a negative relationship
C. There is no relationship
(v) State three factors, other than magnitude, which may affect the number of deaths
caused by earthquakes.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
3 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[3]
(b) Describe strategies for managing the impacts immediately after an earthquake.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

6
3 World population reached 7 500 000 000 in 2015. It was estimated that 750 000 000 lived in the
(a) (i) Calculate the estimated percentage of the world population living in the 100 largest cities
in 2015 using these figures.
Space for working.
............................................................[1]
(ii) By the beginning of 2009, an estimated 52% of the world population were living in urban
areas.
Calculate the number of people living in urban areas in 2009, when the world population
reached 7 100 000 000.
Space for working.
............................................................[1]
One of the main reasons for urban growth is migration to cities from rural areas.
A questionnaire was given to a group of recent migrants to the city of Bangalore in India.
Questions were asked about the reasons for their migration. Some answers are shown below.
A. I have a higher income in Bangalore.

B. Lack of jobs.
C. I could not grow enough food.
D. I got a job here.
E. My family are in Bangalore.
F. I only had a small plot of land.
G. There was poor health care.
H. Other reasons.
(iii) Write the letters of three push factors and three pull factors in the table.
push pull
[2]
© UCLES 2017 0680/11/O/N/17

7
(iv) Suggest one of the other reasons (H) for the migration to Bangalore and state whether it
is a push or pull factor.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) In a report it was stated that,
(i) The table below shows the composition of the solid waste. Complete the key to the pie
graph using the information in the table. [2]
percentage of
type of waste
total waste
paper 27.4
food 14.5
garden waste 13.5
plastic 12.7
metal 8.9
glass 4.6
other 18.4
0%
90% 10%
Key
.......................................
80% 20% .......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
30% .......................................
70%
.......................................
60% 40%
50%

8
(ii) Suggest the problems that are caused by uncollected waste.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2017 0680/11/O/N/17

9
Asia
North Europe
America
Tropic of
Cancer Africa
Equator
South
America
Tropic of
Capricorn Oceania
Key
main coffee producing countries
(a) Describe the distribution of coffee producing countries shown on the map.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Coffee rust fungus is a serious pest of coffee plants. The coffee rust fungus causes leaves to
go yellow and eventually fall off.
(i) Explain why the coffee rust fungus reduces the yield of coffee beans from plants.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]

10
(ii) Coffee plants can be grown above 3500 m where it is too cold for the coffee rust fungus.
Explain how climate change might lead to an increase in the number of coffee plants
affected by coffee rust fungus.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Suggest techniques for reducing crop pests.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]
© UCLES 2017 0680/11/O/N/17

11
5 The diagram shows processes in the water cycle.
B C D
F
lake
E
(a) (i) State the letter which represents the uptake of water into plants.
.................................................. [1]
(ii) Name processes shown by letters B, C and D.
B ..................................................
C ..................................................
D ..................................................
[2]
(iii) Explain how human activity may lead to an increase in process F.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]

12
The divided bar graph shows the use of fresh water in the world and in some regions of the
world.
100
Key:
90
domestic
80 industry
70 agriculture
use of 60
fresh water
/% 50
40
30
20
10
0
World Middle East North South Sub-Saharan
and North America America Africa
Africa
(b) (i) Complete the divided bar graph for North America, using the information in the table and
key.
use of fresh water

category in North America
%
agriculture 38
industry 44
domestic 18
[2]
(ii) Complete the paragraph using information from the divided bar graph.
The region which uses the greatest percentage of fresh water for agriculture is
...................................................................... . The region which has the lowest domestic
use is ...................................................................... . For industry, the percentage used
by North America is ...................................................................... times as much as the

world percentage.
[3]
© UCLES 2017 0680/11/O/N/17

13
6 The photograph shows an area of land where a lava flow stopped many years previously.
lava flow
vegetation
(a) (i) Describe the vegetation in the photograph.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]

14
(ii) A guide explained to visitors that, after many years, vegetation would eventually grow on
the lava flow.
Explain how this would happen.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]
(b) If a natural area is threatened by destruction, one strategy to conserve it is to set up a

biosphere reserve.
Describe the main features of a biosphere reserve.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2017 0680/11/O/N/17

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2017 0680/11/O/N/17

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2017 0680/11/O/N/17

* 4 8 0 3 8 5 2 5 8 3 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (AL/JG) 136879/3
2
1 The diagram shows the nitrogen cycle.
atmospheric nitrogen (N2)
nitrogen compounds
in animals
nitrogen decomposers
A B
denitrifying C nitrogen fixing
bacteria bacteria
(a) (i) Match the letters, A, B and C, with the words in the list.
ammonia ………………..
nitrate ………………..
nitrification ………………..
[2]
(ii) Explain why plants need nitrogen compounds.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(iii) If crop plants do not absorb enough nitrogen compounds, crop yields may be low.
A farmer may use fertilisers to improve crop yield.
Explain one problem caused by the overuse of fertilisers.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]
© UCLES 2017 0680/12/O/N/17

3
(iv) Suggest one way crop yields may be improved without the use of fertilisers.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]

4
2 In 2015 a United Nations report stated that:
At the time of this report, the world population was 7 billion.
(a) (i) Calculate the number of people in the world with improved sanitation in 2015.
Space for working.
............................ billion [1]
(ii) Calculate the percentage of the world population that used unimproved sanitation
in 2015. Give your answer to one decimal place.
Show your working.
.................................. % [2]
(iii) Explain why access to clean fresh water is better in urban areas than it is in rural areas in
some countries.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2017 0680/12/O/N/17

5
(b) (i) Circle one disease that is carried to humans by a vector. [1]
bilharzia cholera malaria typhoid
(ii) Describe strategies used to control a named vector.
name of vector ...................................................................................................................
strategies ............................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]

6
3 (a) (i) State two energy sources that are alternatives to fossil fuels.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[1]
The pie graph shows world production of coal by country in 2015. A large proportion of
this coal is used to generate electricity.
rest of world
20% United States
of America
28%
Germany
5%
India
7%
Australia Russia
9% 18%
China
13%
(ii) Name the two countries which together account for nearly 50% of world coal production.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) World coal production in 2015 was 8000 million tonnes.
Calculate how many million tonnes of coal were produced by Australia in 2015.
Show your working.
............................million tonnes [2]
© UCLES 2017 0680/12/O/N/17

7
(b) Transport is one of the biggest contributors to poor air quality. Electric cars are thought to
offer a solution. The photograph shows a charging point for an electric car.
A website states that:
(i) To what extent do you agree with this statement? Give reasons for your answer.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]

8
(ii) Describe how householders in developed countries could reduce their contribution to air
pollution.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2017 0680/12/O/N/17

9
4 The map shows some major ocean currents.
ARCTIC ARCTIC OCEAN

OCEAN
NORTH
ATLANTIC
Tropic OCEAN
of Cancer PACIFIC
OCEAN
Equator
INDIAN
Tropic OCEAN
of Capricorn SOUTH
ATLANTIC
PACIFIC OCEAN
OCEAN
SOUTHERN OCEAN
(a) (i) Label, in a box on the map, one cold current as C. [1]
(ii) Label, in a box on the map, one warm current as W. [1]
(iii) Explain how an ocean current can increase fish populations.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]

10
(b) (i) State one way in which pollution with raw sewage might affect water quality in the ocean.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Explain how raw sewage can be managed to reduce its effects on water quality.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2017 0680/12/O/N/17

11
5 This diagram shows an area of land before it was farmed.
before farming
This diagram shows the same area after 20 years of farming.
after farming
(a) Describe and explain how the land has changed.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]

12
(b) (i) One land management strategy is terracing.
Draw and label a diagram to show the hillside after terracing. [2]
before terracing after terracing
(ii) Explain how terracing reduces soil erosion.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(iii) Describe other benefits of terracing.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2017 0680/12/O/N/17

13
6 The map shows the world distribution of volcanoes and earthquake zones.
North Europe
America Asia
Tropic of
Cancer
Africa
Equator
South
America
Tropic of
Capricorn Oceania
Key
earthquake zone
active volcano
(a) (i) Compare the distribution of earthquake zones with that of volcanoes.
similarities ..........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
differences ..........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[3]
(ii) Explain how an understanding of volcanic eruptions can reduce their impact on
communities.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]

14
(b) (i) Nuclear energy does not contribute to acid rain or an increased global temperature.
Name one source of energy which does contribute to both of these problems.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Describe some of the problems which are associated with nuclear power.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2017 0680/12/O/N/17

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2017 0680/12/O/N/17

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2017 0680/12/O/N/17

* 1 5 5 8 8 0 3 5 4 7 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (KN/SG) 135020/3
2
1 The diagram shows oil trapped in rocks.
gas
stone
lime oil
clay
e
d ston
san
clay
(a) (i) State the name of the rock in which the oil is trapped.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Circle the rock type of the rocks named in the diagram.
igneous metamorphic sedimentary [1]
(iii) Explain how the oil is trapped in the rock in the diagram.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(iv) Describe how an oil company could extract the oil from the rock in the diagram.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2017 0680/13/O/N/17

3
(b) Suggest ways the environment could be damaged when oil is transported from one part of
the world to another.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

4
2 The pie graphs, A and B, show the main sources of methane in the atmosphere.
A: natural sources of methane
oceans
10%
termites
12%
wetlands
78%
B: sources of methane from human activities
biofuels
4%
rice farming
9%
fossil fuel
burning biomass production
11% 33%
landfill and
waste disposal
16%
livestock
farming
27%
(a) (i) Name the largest natural source of methane.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Name the human activity that produces the most methane.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) Calculate the percentage of methane produced by livestock and rice farming.
Space for working.
........................................................% [1]
© UCLES 2017 0680/13/O/N/17

5
(b) (i) State and explain one way that rising global temperatures are affecting the environment.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) State and explain one way that rising global temperatures are affecting people.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(iii) Suggest strategies people can use to reduce greenhouse gas emissions.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]

6
3 The diagram shows the percentage of water found in stores in the water cycle.
ice and snow

2.1%
rivers and lakes

0.1%
oceans
groundwater 0.6%
(a) (i) Calculate the percentage of water in oceans. Give your answer to one decimal place.
Show your working.
........................................................% [2]
(ii) Name the two main stores of water shown in the diagram.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[1]
(iii) Explain why only a limited amount of clean fresh water is available for human use.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]
© UCLES 2017 0680/13/O/N/17
7
(b) In some countries dams have been built across rivers to increase the supply of fresh water.
Suggest reasons why some people do not want dams built.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

8
4 The diagram shows four methods used to conserve soil.
(a) (i) Complete the table using letters A to D from the diagram.
method letter
contour ploughing .............
terracing .............
tree planting .............
wind break .............
[2]
(ii) Suggest the direction from which the wind blows in the area shown in the diagram.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2017 0680/13/O/N/17

9
(b) Explain how planting trees can conserve the soil and prevent soil erosion.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]
(c) Suggest three strategies for reducing deforestation.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
3 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[3]

10
5 The diagram shows some types of energy production.
wave
biomass oil wind hydro-

electric
boiler
gas heating turbine generator
water
tidal
nuclear coal
electricity
supply
(a) (i) State two types of energy production, shown on the diagram, that use heat.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[1]
(ii) State two renewable sources of energy shown on the diagram.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[1]
(iii) State two sources of energy, shown on the diagram, that are fossil fuels.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[1]
© UCLES 2017 0680/13/O/N/17

11
(b) Explain two advantages and two disadvantages of using wind power to generate electricity.
advantages ...............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
disadvantages ..........................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[4]
(c) Iceland is located in the northern Atlantic Ocean close to the Arctic Circle on a plate boundary.
(i) Suggest one reason why people use more energy per person in Iceland than in any
other country.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Suggest how living on a plate boundary meets most of the energy needs of people in
Iceland.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]

12
6 The map shows the main cocoa producing countries.
Europe Asia
North
America
Tropic of
Cancer Africa
equator
South
America
Tropic of
Capricorn Oceania
Key
main cocoa producing countries
(a) Describe the distribution of the main cocoa producing countries shown on the map.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Cocoa farming is an example of intensive farming.
Explain what is meant by the term intensive farming.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2017 0680/13/O/N/17

13
(c) Five percent of cocoa is grown on very large farms called plantations.
Describe two problems that growing only one crop can cause.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) Suggest reasons why over 72% of the cocoa produced is exported to countries in North
America and Europe.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2017 0680/13/O/N/17

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2017 0680/13/O/N/17

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2017 0680/13/O/N/17

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2017 0680/13/O/N/17

* 5 9 9 7 6 9 4 3 8 3 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (SCD/JB) 148050/4
2
1 The pie graph shows sources of marine pollution.
litter from land

5%
oil rigs in the ocean
5%
industrial waste water sewage from land
from land 30%
10%
oil from marine

transport
10%
air pollution
run-off from farms from land
20% 20%
(a) (i) Calculate the percentage of marine pollution that comes from the land.
....................................................... % [1]
(ii) Complete the table by matching one source of marine pollution from the pie graph with
each type of pollution.
type of pollution source of marine pollution
acid rain ..............................................................
excess fertiliser ..............................................................
pieces of plastic ..............................................................
oil spill ..............................................................
[2]
© UCLES 2018 0680/11/O/N/18

3
(b) (i) Describe three ways in which oil spills damage ecosystems.
1 .........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
2 .........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
3 .........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[3]
(ii) Suggest strategies for dealing with oil spills.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(c) Radioactive waste can be detected in oceans.
Name one source of this radioactive waste.
...............................................................................................................................................[1]

4
2 The map shows some plate boundaries and fold mountains.
Eurasian Rocky Y
Alps plate Mountains
Himalayan North
Mountains X American
Atlas Pacific plate
Mountains plate
Indo- Andes
African Australian Nazca
plate Mountains
plate plate
South
American
plate
Antarctic
plate
Key
plate boundary
direction of plate movement
fold mountain
(a) (i) Name the fold mountains on the African plate.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Name the two plates that are forming the Himalayan Mountains.
1 .........................................................................................................................................
2 .........................................................................................................................................
[1]
(iii) State how the plate boundaries forming the Andes Mountains differ from those forming
the Himalayan Mountains.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2018 0680/11/O/N/18

5
(iv) Describe how fold mountains are formed.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Name the types of plate boundary at X and Y on the map.
X ................................................................................................................................................
Y ................................................................................................................................................
[1]
(c) Volcanic activity occurs on plate boundaries.
Suggest three ways volcanic activity can benefit people.
1 .................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 .................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
3 .................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[3]

6
3 The bar graph shows the number of years some natural resources were expected to last when
this data was published in 1982.
120
100
80
years
60
remaining
40
20
0
al
as
er
ld
oi
or
or
or
or
or
or
or
co
go
lv
lg
si
n
um
ad
er
nc
tin
ra
iro
iu
pp
zi
le
tu
in
in
co
na
at
um
pl
al
natural resource
(a) (i) Name three natural resources in the bar graph that are fossil fuels.
1 .........................................................................................................................................
2 .........................................................................................................................................
3 .........................................................................................................................................
[1]
(ii) Determine the number of years the bar graph shows that aluminium ore and tin ore were
expected to last.
aluminium ore ……….….… years
tin ore ……….….… years

[1]
(iii) Name the ores in the bar graph that were expected to last the longest time and the
shortest time.
longest time ……….….……………….…
shortest time ..………………………….…

[1]
(iv) Give one reason why, in 2016, there were still deposits of all the natural resources shown
in the bar graph.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
© UCLES 2018 0680/11/O/N/18

7
(b) Some natural resources are mined by the opencast (open-pit) method of mining.
Describe the opencast (open-pit) method of mining.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
(c) Some people think that wind power is a viable alternative to energy produced from fossil
fuels.
Suggest disadvantages of wind power as a source of energy.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

8
4 The diagram shows the atmosphere around the Earth.
Arctic
A rays from
Earth
the Sun
E
Antarctic
(a) Complete the table using letters A to E from the diagram.
feature letter
ozone layer …………
stratosphere …………
troposphere …………
ultra-violet light reflected into space …………
…………
[3]
© UCLES 2018 0680/11/O/N/18

9
(b) Describe how human activities have damaged the ozone layer.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
(c) Production of the chemicals that caused damage to the ozone layer was banned in 1987 by
an international agreement.
Suggest why an international agreement was needed.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) The depletion of the ozone layer is at its greatest over the Antarctic. Australia and Argentina
are countries close to the Antarctic.
Suggest reasons why people living in Australia and Argentina are advised to keep their skin
covered and wear a hat when out in the sun.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

10
5 The diagram shows the structure of a biosphere reserve. Four areas, P, Q, R and S, are labelled.
N
P
0 10
km
Key
laboratory
education and training facility
tourist facility
road
path
village
© UCLES 2018 0680/11/O/N/18

11
(a) (i) Match letters P, Q, R and S on the diagram, with the descriptions in the boxes.
letter of area …….
Local people live in villages in the

reserve. The local people work with
conservation agencies to manage
resources sustainably.

The ecosystem is managed.
The ecosystem is protected. Only
Education, training and tourist
scientists are allowed to enter.
facilities are present.
This land surrounds the

biosphere reserve.
[2]
(ii) Determine the length of the path from the laboratory to the nearest education and training
facility.
..................................................... km [1]
(iii) Suggest ways the local people would benefit from the biosphere reserve.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[4]

12
(b) Biosphere reserves are one strategy for conserving ecosystems.
Describe other strategies for conserving ecosystems.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2018 0680/11/O/N/18

13
6 The graph shows the urban and rural populations of the world between 1950 and 2050. The
population figures after 2010 are predictions.
actual predicted
7
6
urban
4
population
/ billion rural
3
0
1950
1955
1960
1965
1970
1975
1980
1985
1990
1995
2000
2005
2010
2015
2020
2025
2030
2035
2040
2045
2050
year
(a) (i) Use the graph to determine the year when the urban and rural populations were the
same.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Describe the trends in urban and rural populations between 1950 and 2050 shown on
the graph.
urban population ................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
rural population ..................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]

14
(b) Migration can cause urban population to change.
(i) State what is meant by the term migration.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Suggest one reason, other than migration, why urban populations change.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Describe two problems caused by the rapid growth of urban populations in developing
countries.
1 .................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 .................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
(d) Suggest strategies that can be used to limit population growth.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2018 0680/11/O/N/18

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2018 0680/11/O/N/18

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2018 0680/11/O/N/18

* 3 6 7 0 8 9 7 4 5 7 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (SCD (JB)) 148049/4

2
1 The diagram shows the structure of the Earth and the approximate thickness of some of the layers.
continental
crust
ocean temperature
increases
with depth
oceanic crust
mantle
2900 km thick
liquid outer core

2200 km thick
solid
inner
core
1250 km
thick
(a) (i) Use the diagram to describe the core of the Earth.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) The average radius of the Earth is 6400 km.
crust.
..................................................... km [1]
© UCLES 2018 0680/12/O/N/18

3
(b) Name the three
1 .................................................................................................................................................
2 .................................................................................................................................................
3 .................................................................................................................................................
[1]
(c)
power station.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
(d) Geothermal energy can be one benefit of living near a volcano.
Suggest other benefits of living near a volcano.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

4
2 The diagrams show the coast of Peru in South America in a normal year and in an El Niño year.
normal year
west east
Peru
wind
cold water
Peru current plankton

upwelling
nutrients
cold water
Pacific Ocean
El Niño year
west east
Peru
wind
water d nutrients
current of warm low oxygen an
Peru current
cold water
Pacific Ocean
© UCLES 2018 0680/12/O/N/18

5
(a) (i) Use the diagrams and the words to complete the passage.
cold oxygen Peru warm water
In a normal year cold ……………………… upwells off the coast of ………………………
in South America. This water is rich in nutrients, carbon dioxide and ……………………. .
In an El Niño year the flow of water reverses and a ……………………… current replaces
the ……………………… current.

[3]
(ii) Use the diagram to describe why upwelling occurs.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) Suggest reasons why few fish are caught in an El Niño year.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Explain two advantages and two disadvantages of using modern technology for ocean
fishing.
advantage 1 ...............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
advantage 2 ...............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
disadvantage 1 ..........................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
disadvantage 2 ..........................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[4]

6
3 The pie graph shows global greenhouse gas emissions in 2012. Some of the countries responsible
for emissions are named.
China
other countries 24.0%
30.0%
Indonesia
1.5%
USA
DR Congo
12.0%
1.5%
Canada countries of the
2.0% European Union
Japan Brazil India 9.0%
3.0% Russia 6.0% 6.0%
5.0%
Key
developing countries
developed countries
other countries
(a) Use the pie graph to answer these questions.
(i) Name the country responsible for almost one quarter of global greenhouse gas emissions
in 2012.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Name the developed country responsible for the largest percentage of global greenhouse
gas emissions in 2012.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) Calculate the total percentage of greenhouse gas emissions from the developing
countries that are named in the pie graph.
........................................................% [1]
© UCLES 2018 0680/12/O/N/18

7
(b) Explain why the amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere is increasing.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
(c) Describe ways in which people could reduce their contribution to carbon dioxide emissions.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]

8
4 The map shows some of the hot deserts of the world.
NORTH ASIA
EUROPE
AMERICA
Thar
Tropic of X 23.5° N
Cancer Sahara
Equator AFRICA Arabian 0°

SOUTH
AMERICA
Tropic of Atacama 23.5° S
Capricorn Namib Kalahari OCEANIA
Great Australian
Key
hot deserts
(a) Use the map to answer these questions.
(i) Name two hot deserts south of the Equator.
1 ................................................................................
2 ................................................................................
[1]
(ii) Describe the location of the Sahara desert.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(iii) In 2016 a solar power station was completed in Morocco at location X on the map.
Explain why location X is a good place for a solar power station.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2018 0680/12/O/N/18

9
(b) Before the solar power station was built, Morocco depended on fossil fuels for 98% of the
(i) Name two renewable energy sources other than solar power.
1 .........................................................................................................................................
2 .........................................................................................................................................
[1]
(ii) Name one source of energy that is an alternative to fossil fuels and to renewable energy.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Suggest disadvantages of solar power as a source of energy.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

10
5 The bar graph shows the number of megacities in the world in 2005 and in 2015. A megacity is a
city with a population of over 10 million people.
25
20
15
number of
megacities
10
0
Africa Asia Europe North Oceania South and
America Central
America
continent
Key
2005
2015
(a) (i) Name the two continents where there has been no change in the number of megacities
1 .........................................................................................................................................
2 .........................................................................................................................................
[1]
(ii) Calculate the percentage increase in megacities in Asia between 2005 and 2015.
Show your working.
....................................................... % [2]
© UCLES 2018 0680/12/O/N/18

11
(b) The populations of megacities are growing faster in developing countries than in developed
countries as a result of push and pull factors.
(i) Explain what is meant by the terms push factor and pull factor.
push factor .........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
pull factor ............................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(ii) Explain three pull factors that would result in rapid population growth in megacities.
pull factor 1 .........................................................................................................................
explanation .........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
pull factor 2 .........................................................................................................................
explanation .........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
pull factor 3 .........................................................................................................................
explanation .........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[3]
(c) Describe two environmental problems caused by rapid population growth in cities.
1 .................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 .................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]

12
6 The diagram shows information about the work of a water treatment company.
atmosphere
river
reservoir
water treatment works
treated
clean drinking water
wastewater
homes and industry
dirty water
sewer system
sewage treatment
treated wastewater
sea
(a) (i) Use the diagram to name one natural and one artificial store of water.
natural store .......................................................................................................................
artificial store ......................................................................................................................

[1]
(ii) Use the diagram to describe the work the water treatment company does.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
© UCLES 2018 0680/12/O/N/18

13
(b) In some parts of the world people use untreated water from rivers.
(i) Explain why untreated water from rivers may not be safe to use.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(ii) Mosquitoes breed in water and transmit disease.
Name one disease transmitted by mosquitoes.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c)
Suggest reasons why only a few countries use desalination to supply fresh water.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2018 0680/12/O/N/18

14
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2018 0680/12/O/N/18

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2018 0680/12/O/N/18

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2018 0680/12/O/N/18

* 2 2 6 6 4 4 0 5 4 5 *

1 hour 30 minutes

DC (SCD (AC)) 148048/2

2
1 The diagram shows a volcano erupting on a plate boundary.
surface of ocean
C
D
Key
direction of movement
(a) (i) Complete the table using letters A to F from the diagram.
feature letter
continental plate …………
ash and gas …………
lava and mud …………
magma …………
oceanic plate …………
subduction …………
[3]
© UCLES 2018 0680/13/O/N/18

3
(ii) Name the type of plate boundary shown in the diagram.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Explain how volcanoes are formed at this type of plate boundary.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
(c) Suggest three hazards for people living on the slopes of an active volcano.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
3 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[3]

4
2 The Arctic Ocean is in the Northern Hemisphere. Graphs A and B show the maximum and
minimum area of sea ice in the Arctic Ocean between 1979 and 2015.
Graph A, the maximum area of Arctic sea ice
17.0
16.5
16.0
area of 15.5
Arctic
sea ice 15.0
/ million km2
14.5
14.0
0.0
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
year
Graph B, the minimum area of Arctic sea ice
8.0
7.0
6.0
5.0
area of
Arctic
sea ice 4.0
/ million km 2
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
year
© UCLES 2018 0680/13/O/N/18

5
(a) (i) State the year with the greatest maximum area of sea ice.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) State the minimum area of sea ice in 2012.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(iii) Suggest in which month the data for graph B was likely to have been collected.
Circle your answer.
March May September December [1]
(iv) State the trend shown in both graphs.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Suggest three impacts of rising sea levels.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
3 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[3]
(c) Explain how human activities alter the composition of the atmosphere.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

6
3 The map shows information about flooding in Bangladesh.
heavy rain and melting snow N

on the mountains in CHINA
summer increases run-off
NE
PA
L
BHUTAN
u tr
a
p
ra hma
R .B
R.
G INDIA
a ng e s
BANGLADESH MYANMAR
10% of Bangladesh
is rivers, lakes
and wetland 70% of Bangladesh is
INDIA less than one metre
above sea level
cyclones in the autumn the rivers slow down

bring heavy rain and and deposit silt blocking
0 500 storm surges from the sea the main channels
km Bay of Bengal
Key
capital city
mountains
run-off from mountains
international boundary
(a) Use information on the map to describe three reasons for floods in Bangladesh.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
3 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[3]
© UCLES 2018 0680/13/O/N/18

7
(b) Explain how deforestation in the mountains shown on the map could increase flooding in
Bangladesh.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[4]
(c) Tree planting is one strategy to reduce the impact of flooding.
Suggest one other strategy.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) Flooding increases the risk of water-related diseases.
Suggest two strategies to control water-related diseases.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]

8
4 The diagram shows a food chain.
lynx
fox
mouse
plants
(a) Name a predator, consumer and producer from the food chain diagram.
predator .........................................................
consumer .......................................................
producer ........................................................
[3]
© UCLES 2018 0680/13/O/N/18

9
(b) State four physical factors that affect an ecosystem.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
3 ................................................................................................................................................
4 .................................................................................................................................................
[4]
(c) Suggest ways in which wildlife might be affected by deforestation.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

10
5 The map shows areas in the world with a hot desert climate.
ASIA
NORTH
EUROPE
AMERICA
Tropic of Cancer
Equator AFRICA
SOUTH
AMERICA
Tropic of Capricorn OCEANIA
Key
areas with a hot desert climate
(a) Describe the distribution of areas with a hot desert climate shown on the map.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[3]
© UCLES 2018 0680/13/O/N/18

11
(b) (i) Suggest why few countries in hot desert areas use desalination for fresh water supplies.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[2]
(ii) Suggest one environmental problem caused by desalination.
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Describe ways, other than by desalination, for improving the quantity of fresh water available.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) Explain why some countries have plentiful supplies of fresh water.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[2]

12
6 The diagram shows three population pyramids for 2015.
China 2015 age

100 +
95 – 99
male 90 – 94 female
85 – 89
80 – 84
75 – 79
70 – 74
65 – 69
60 – 64
55 – 59
50 – 54
45 – 49
40 – 44
35 – 39
30 – 34
25 – 29
20 – 24
15 – 19
10 – 14
5–9
0–4
65 52 39 26 13 0 0 13 26 39 52 65
population in millions
Ethiopia 2015 age

100 +
95 – 99
85 – 89
80 – 84
75 – 79
70 – 74
65 – 69
60 – 64
55 – 59
50 – 54
45 – 49
40 – 44
35 – 39
30 – 34
25 – 29
20 – 24
15 – 19
10 – 14
5–9
0–4
9.0 7.2 5.4 3.6 1.8 0 0 1.8 3.6 5.4 7.2 9.0
© UCLES 2018 0680/13/O/N/18

13
France 2015 age

100 +
95 – 99
85 – 89
80 – 84
75 – 79
70 – 74
65 – 69
60 – 64
55 – 59
50 – 54
45 – 49
40 – 44
35 – 39
30 – 34
25 – 29
20 – 24
15 – 19
10 – 14
5–9
0–4
3.0 2.4 1.8 1.2 0.6 0 0 0.6 1.2 1.8 2.4 3.0
(a) Use the 2015 population pyramids to answer these questions.
(i) State the country with the largest population under 15 years of age.
.......................................................... [1]
(ii) State the country with a steadily increasing birth rate.
.......................................................... [1]
(iii) Rank the three countries in order of population of males in the age group 25 to 29.
rank of population of males

country
in the age group 25 to 29
highest 1 ………………………………
2 ………………………………
lowest 3 ………………………………
[1]
(b) State what is meant by the term infant mortality rate.
...................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................[1]

14
(c) (i) In 1979, China introduced a one-child per family policy to manage population growth. In
2015, the government in China ended its one-child policy.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................[3]
(ii) Describe three other strategies for managing population growth.
1 .........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
2 .........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
3 .........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[3]
© UCLES 2018 0680/13/O/N/18

15
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2018 0680/13/O/N/18

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2018 0680/13/O/N/18

* 5 3 4 3 0 7 3 5 3 0 *

Paper 1 Theory October/November 2019
1 hour 45 minutes

DC (SC/FC) 172934/2
2
Section A
1 Many minerals are in short supply and new mineral deposits need to be found.
(a) One method of exploration for finding new mineral deposits is using photographs taken from
the air.
Suggest how photographs taken from the air might help to locate mineral deposits.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Describe one other method of exploration for finding new mineral deposits.
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) The bar chart shows estimates of when some metals are predicted to run out. The estimates
were made in 2010.
2040
2030
year
2020
antimony
copper
indium
silver
gold
lead
zinc
2010
metal
(i) Identify which metal is predicted to run out first.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Identify the metal(s) that are predicted to still be available after 2030.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 5]
© UCLES 2019 0680/11/O/N/19
3
2 (a) An ecosystem consists of abiotic and biotic components.
Complete the ecosystem table, using the following words.
bacteria fungi insects light
oxygen plants soil pH temperature
ecosystem
abiotic components biotic components
[3]
(b) Describe how changes in the availability of water may affect plant growth in an ecosystem.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 6]

4
3 The diagram shows part of the water cycle.
Y lake
X
ocean
Key
movement of water
(a) (i) State the water store shown at X.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) State the process shown at Y.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Name two different types of precipitation.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
[2]
[Total: 4]
© UCLES 2019 0680/11/O/N/19

5
4 Atmospheric pollution may be harmful to humans.
One example of atmospheric pollution is smog.
(a) Explain how smog is formed.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(b) State two ways smog is harmful to human health.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
[Total: 5]

6
Section B
5 The diagram shows some of the processes used to generate electricity in a nuclear power station.
containment structure
nuclear
generator
reactor
turbine
condenser
(a) Use the diagram to describe how electricity is generated within a nuclear power station.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [4]
(b) Describe three reasons why using nuclear power to generate electricity is better for the
environment than using coal.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
3 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[3]
© UCLES 2019 0680/11/O/N/19

7
(c) Describe ways a country can reduce its energy demand without damaging its economy.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(d) Building a nuclear power station is expensive. The table shows the percentage costs for
building a new nuclear power station.
costs percentage costs

steam supply system 12
generating equipment 12
equipment costs
mechanical equipment 16
instrumentation and control system 8
building materials 12
labour
other costs ...............
design 10
fuel 3
total 100
(i) Complete the table by calculating the percentage cost for labour. [1]
(ii) The power station is predicted to cost 14 billion USD to build.
Calculate the total equipment costs for building the power station.
.................................................. USD [2]
(iii) A nuclear power station creates radioactive waste. The management of this waste is
expensive and difficult.
The most dangerous waste costs 93 000 USD per m3 to manage. It is estimated that the
power station will produce 12 m3 of the most dangerous waste each year.
Calculate the estimated cost of managing this waste per year.
.................................................. USD [1]
[Total: 14]
8
6 The table shows official data on the world fish catch from 2006 to 2014.
year 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014
wild fish catch
90.0 90.3 89.7 89.6 88.6 90.4 89.9 88.8 90.4
/ million tonnes
farmed fish catch
47.3 49.9 52.9 55.7 59.9 63.6 67.1 71.5 75.9
/ million tonnes
total fish catch
137.3 140.2 142.6 145.3 148.5 154.0 160.3 166.3
/ million tonnes ..........
(a) (i) Complete the table by calculating the total fish catch in 2012. [1]
(ii) Compare the trends in fish catch from 2006 to 2014.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(iii) Suggest two reasons for the changes in the farmed fish catch between 2006 and 2014.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) Other than fish farming, describe ways fish stocks in the ocean can be maintained.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2019 0680/11/O/N/19

9
(c) A scientist disagrees with the official data provided about the world fish catch.
The fish catch is not recorded

accurately.
My calculations suggest that the

actual catch might be an extra
32 million tonnes per year.
Suggest three reasons why the actual fish catch might be greater than the official data in the
table.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
3 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[3]
[Total: 12]

10
7 The article is from a newspaper reporting on local flooding in Malawi, a country in Africa.
Floods in Karonga District, Malawi

Four people died and three people are still missing after flooding on 4th April 2017.
Officials say that 5520 households were affected and about 1075 hectares of crops
were damaged.
The Vice President of Malawi visited the area and assured the people that the
government will do everything it can to support them. Experts predict the long term
effects of this flood will result in more deaths.
A road bridge was washed away in the floods, causing major traffic problems and
affecting delivery of emergency supplies.
Similar floods occurred in the north of the country in April 2016. At least 12 people
died and 9000 were left homeless. Earlier in 2017, floods hit the Malawi capital
after a river burst its banks following six hours of heavy rain.
(a) Complete the table using information from the article about the flood on 4th April 2017.
number of people killed

...........................................................
number of households affected

...........................................................
area of crops damaged

...........................................................
[3]
(b) Explain why experts predict that the number of deaths will increase in the long term.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2019 0680/11/O/N/19

11
(c) The government of Malawi are developing a plan to reduce the impact of future floods.
Describe three ways the impact of flooding can be reduced.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
3 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[3]
[Total: 9]

12
8 The table contains data on phosphate fertiliser use with different crop types.
crop type percentage world phosphate fertiliser use

grains 44
oil seeds 18
fruit and vegetables 8
sugar and cotton 4
other crops 26
(a) Complete the pie chart and the key to show the data in the table.
Phosphate fertiliser use with different crop types
Key
0
[4]
(b) There has been an increase in the use of phosphate fertilisers in the last 20 years.
Give two reasons for this increase.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
© UCLES 2019 0680/11/O/N/19

13
(c) The fact sheet presents an argument for not eating meat for environmental reasons.
Fact sheet
Not eating meat is the future of food production.
It takes 7 kg of grain to produce 1 kg of beef. This gives a ratio of 7:1 for beef.
The ratio for chicken is 2:1.
Producing meat also uses a large quantity of water; 15 415 litres for 1 kg of beef.
Meat production also releases CO2; 27 kg of CO2 for 1 kg of beef.
It is more efficient to obtain food from plants rather than animals; 1 kg of lentils
releases only 0.9 kg of CO2.
(i) Calculate the difference in carbon dioxide released by the production of 1 kg of beef
compared with 1 kg of lentils.
...................................................... kg [1]
(ii) Suggest why the production of chicken is less expensive than the production of beef.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) One animal in a herd of beef cattle produces 375 kg of beef.
Calculate the volume of water needed to produce this mass of beef.
.................................................. litres [1]
(iv) Suggest two reasons why some farmers continue to raise livestock rather than grow
crops, even if it is more efficient to grow crops.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
[Total: 11]

14
9 (a) The map shows changes to the population in Australia between 2015 and 2016.
Key
population increase > 1.5%
population increase 0.5 – 1.5%
population increase < 0.5%

0 1000 population decrease
km
(i) Describe the changes to the population in Australia between 2015 and 2016.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(ii) Suggest reasons for the changes to the population in Australia between 2015 and 2016.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2019 0680/11/O/N/19
15
(b) State three ways a country can manage the growth of its population.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
3 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[3]
(c) ‘A growing population is good for the environment and the economy of a country.’
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [6]
[Total: 14]
© UCLES 2019 0680/11/O/N/19

16
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2019 0680/11/O/N/19

* 1 2 0 7 9 8 0 4 9 5 *

1 hour 45 minutes

DC (NF/TP) 172933/2
2
Section A
1 The photograph shows terracing, a method of reducing soil erosion.
(a) Describe how this method reduces soil erosion.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) State two other methods that could be used to reduce soil erosion.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
[2]
[Total: 4]
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/O/N/19

3
2 The graph shows a typical growth curve for a population.
A B C
D D
population size
time
(a) State the name of each part of the graph, labelled A, B, C and D.
part name of part
A
...............................................................
B
...............................................................
C
...............................................................
D
...............................................................
[3]
(b) Describe two ways a country could control its birth rate.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
[Total: 5]

4
3 (a) The photograph shows a child collecting water to drink in an LEDC.
(i) Suggest two reasons why the water may be unsafe to drink.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(ii) Describe two ways a supply of safe drinking water could be provided to the area.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/O/N/19

5
(b) A scientist investigated the impact of water quality on female life expectancy.
female life expectancy

water quality
/ years
safe drinking water 82.6
polluted water 72.9
Calculate the percentage increase in female life expectancy if there is a supply of safe
drinking water.
.......................................................% [2]
(c) Suggest two reasons why some countries do not have sufficient access to safe drinking
water.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
[Total: 8]

6
4 The photograph shows the damage caused by an earthquake in Japan.
Describe the damage shown in the photograph.
..........................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................... [3]
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/O/N/19

7
BLANK PAGE

8
Section B
5 Teak is an important timber tree.
The table shows some data about the growth of teak trees.
age of tree average diameter of trunk average height of tree

/ years / cm /m
10 6.0 12.5
20 11.0 13.5
30 17.0 18.0
40 22.0 21.0
50 27.0 24.0
60 32.0 26.0
70 37.0 28.0
80 42.0 29.0
90 46.0 30.0
100 50.0 21.0
110 54.0 32.0
120 58.0 33.0
130 61.0 34.0
140 65.0 34.0
150 68.0 34.0
(a) (i) Identify the age teak trees reach their maximum height.
................................................ years [1]
(ii) Calculate the average annual increase in tree height over the first 50 years.
....................................................... m [1]
(iii) The trees may still continue to grow after 150 years.
State the evidence for this from the table.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/O/N/19

9
(iv) The greater the circumference of a tree, the greater the volume of wood that is available
for timber.
The circumference of a tree can be determined using the following formula:
circumference = 3.142 × diameter
Calculate the average circumference of a 50 year old teak tree.
..................................................... cm [1]
(v) The average harvested volume of wood from a 50 year old teak tree is 8 m3. The planting
density of a managed teak forest is 200 trees per hectare.
Calculate the volume of wood that could be harvested from one hectare of this managed
teak forest if all the trees are harvested at 50 years old.
..................................................... m3 [1]
(b) Suggest how replacing natural rainforest with managed teak forest can affect biodiversity.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(c) Excessive logging can have a negative impact on an area of forest.
Instead of banning all timber extraction in natural rainforests, some countries allow selective
logging of teak.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 11]
10
6 The newspaper report is about air pollution in 2012.
7 million deaths due to air pollution in 2012
The World Health Organisation estimates that around 7 million people died as a result of air
pollution in 2012. This represents one in eight of total global deaths. This information confirms
that air pollution is now the world’s largest single environmental health risk. Reducing air
pollution could save millions of lives.
Low and middle income countries in the South East Asia and Western Pacific regions were
the most affected by air pollution in 2012. There were 3.3 million deaths due to indoor air
pollution and 2.6 million deaths due to outdoor air pollution in these regions.
(a) (i) Calculate the percentage of global deaths that were due to air pollution in 2012.
.......................................................% [1]
(ii) Suggest reasons why low and middle income countries were greatly affected by air
pollution in 2012.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(iii) Give the ratio of air pollution deaths in the South East Asia and Western Pacific regions
compared to the total global deaths from air pollution in 2012.
.......................................................... [1]
(b) Suggest two health problems that could be caused by the air pollution.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
[2]
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/O/N/19

11
(c) Suggest reasons why governments have difficulty in reducing air pollution.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [4]
[Total: 11]

12
7 The bar chart shows the number of oil tanker spills in the world’s oceans between 1976 and 2016.
100
90
80
70
60
number
of oil
tanker 50
spills
40
30
20
10
0
1976
1978
1980
1982
1984
1986
1988
1990
1992
1994
1996
1997
1998
2000
2002
2004
2006
2008
2010
2012
2014
2016
year
Key
small oil spills (7–700 tonnes)
large oil spills (> 700 tonnes)
(a) (i) Complete the bar chart using the data in the table for 1997.
number of oil tanker spills in 1997

small oil spills (7–700 tonnes) 10
large oil spills (>700 tonnes) 18
[2]
(ii) Identify the year with the highest number of large oil spills.
.......................................................... [1]
(iii) Identify the number of small oil spills in 1988.
.......................................................... [1]
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/O/N/19

13
(iv) Describe the trends in oil tanker spills between 1976 and 2016.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(v) Suggest two reasons for the differences in the number of oil tanker spills between 1976
and 2016.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) Explain ways oil spills can impact marine organisms.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(c) Transportation of oil by tankers is a major source of oil pollution.
State one other major source of oil pollution.
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 13]

14
8 The map shows the location of coral reefs.
Arctic
Ocean
North Atlantic Europe

America Ocean Asia Pacific
Tropic of Ocean
Cancer Pacific Africa
Equator Ocean
South Indian
Tropic of America Ocean
Capricorn Oceania
Great Barrier Reef
Key
coral reefs
(a) Describe the location of the coral reefs.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(b) The Great Barrier Reef is a major coral reef and a popular tourist destination.
Scientists estimate that the living coral has decreased by 50% since 1988.
(i) Suggest two reasons for this decrease.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/O/N/19

15
(ii) In 1988, living coral covered an area of 300 000 km2 on the Great Barrier Reef.
Calculate the current area covered by living coral.
................................................... km2 [1]
(c) Some coral reefs are marine ecological reserves.
Suggest reasons why it is difficult to make coral reefs into marine ecological reserves.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 9]

16
9 The photograph shows an example of surface mining.
(a) State two advantages and two disadvantages of surface mining compared with subsurface
mining.
advantage 1 ..............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
advantage 2 ..............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
disadvantage 1 .........................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
disadvantage 2 .........................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[4]
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/O/N/19

17
(b) Rocks are classified into three main types.
Complete the table by identifying each type of rock.
basalt granite limestone
sandstone shale slate
type of rock
igneous metamorphic sedimentary
[3]
(c) Describe how metamorphic rocks are formed.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]

18
(d) Two students were talking about the extraction of minerals.
The extraction of minerals is

necessary as it will help the
economy of the country. This is
more important than preserving the
environment. I disagree.
Preserving the environment

is far more important than
obtaining minerals.
How far do you agree with these views?
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [6]
[Total: 16]
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/O/N/19

19
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/O/N/19

20
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2019 0680/12/O/N/19

* 6 4 3 9 9 2 1 8 5 8 *

1 hour 45 minutes

DC (ST/CT) 172932/2
2
Section A
1 (a) Complete the sentences about the atmosphere of the Earth.
The atmosphere of the Earth is a mixture of liquids, solids and ............................................. .
The most abundant element in the atmosphere is nitrogen, followed by ................................... ,
which forms around 21% of the atmosphere.
The atmosphere is divided into zones, the lowest of these is the .............................................. .
This is the zone where clouds and precipitation form.
Atmospheric pressure .............................................. as the height in the atmosphere
increases.
[4]
(b) Sulfur dioxide and oxides of nitrogen react with water in the atmosphere to form acid rain.
Describe three effects acid rain may have on the environment.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
3 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[3]
[Total: 7]
© UCLES 2019 0680/13/O/N/19

3
2 The photograph shows a location where marble is being extracted.
(a) Name the method of extraction shown in the photograph.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Some rocks and minerals are in short supply.
State two strategies for the sustainable use of rocks and minerals.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
(c) Suggest three benefits of mineral extraction for the economy of a country.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
3 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[3]
[Total: 6]

4
3 The photograph shows flooding in a city.
(a) Suggest three reasons why the development of cities, such as the one shown in the
photograph, may increase the risk of flooding.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
3 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[3]
© UCLES 2019 0680/13/O/N/19

5
(b) A flood in a more economically developed country (MEDC) might have less of an impact on
the human population than in a less economically developed country (LEDC).
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(c) State one opportunity a flood might provide to people.
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 7]

6
Section B
4 The diagram shows a cross-section through a hydro-electric power station.
reservoir generator
long distance
power lines
intake
turbine
river
(a) Explain how electricity is generated in a hydro-electric power station.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2019 0680/13/O/N/19

7
(b) A report in a local newspaper is about a planned hydro-electric power station.
New power station planned

The government has approved plans for a new hydro-electric power
station. Building work should start next year.
When completed, it is expected that the power station will provide

4 800 000 kW h of electricity each day. Local politicians agree
with the plans but some people disagree and are writing to the
government to express their views.
(i) A typical household in the area uses 12 kW h of electricity each day.
Calculate the number of households the new power station will be able to supply with
electricity each day.
....................................... households [1]
(ii) Suggest two ways the new hydro-electric power station may benefit the local population.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(iii) Some local people disagree with the construction of the new hydro-electric power station.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]

8
(c) The table shows information about the cost of generating electricity from different energy
resources in the United States of America (USA).
energy renewable cost

fossil fuel
resource resource / USD per kW h
coal 0.120
wind 0.100
biomass 0.098
natural gas 0.075
hydro-electric 0.064
solar 0.058
geothermal 0.050
(i) Complete the table to identify each energy resource as either a fossil fuel or a renewable
resource. One has been completed for you. [1]
(ii) Use the table to compare the cost of generating electricity using fossil fuels with using
renewable resources in the USA.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
[Total: 12]
© UCLES 2019 0680/13/O/N/19

9
5 An article from a farming magazine is about a new genetically modified (GM) crop.
New genetically modified crop
Brazil’s latest genetically modified (GM) soybean is about to be

planted for the first time. The new GM soybean is resistant to a range
of herbicides and produces larger yields than non-GM soybeans.
Soybeans are eaten by humans and animals.
This new GM soybean will be exported to 17 countries, including

China, the largest global importer of soybeans.
Brazilian scientists are one of the world’s leading developers of GM

crops. Brazil is the second largest grower of GM crops in the world,
with over 43 million hectares currently in production, of which
29 million hectares are GM soybeans.
(a) Calculate the percentage of the current area of GM crops in Brazil that is used for growing
soybeans.
....................................................... % [1]
(b) Suggest two reasons why the development of the new GM soybean will benefit the economy
of Brazil.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
(c) Suggest one way of controlling weeds in the fields where the new GM soybean crops are
growing.
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [1]

10
(d) The table shows the value of the GM soybean crop in Paraguay from 2002 to 2015.
year 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015
crop value
13.4 20.4 29.9 40.0 70.0 82.6 87.5 87.8 58.8 60.5 85.9 82.7 95.5 95.4
/ million USD
(i) Calculate the average crop value for the period 2011 to 2015.
....................................... million USD [1]
(ii) Describe the trends in crop value from 2002 to 2015.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(e) Some people disagree with the use of GM techniques for food production.
Discuss the environmental advantages and disadvantages of introducing GM crops.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [5]
[Total: 12]
© UCLES 2019 0680/13/O/N/19

11
6 The diagram shows part of the carbon cycle.
A
fuel
carbon dioxide in photosynthesis

plants
the atmosphere and
dissolved in water
decay C
B animals
(a) Match each process to the correct letter, A, B or C, on the diagram.
process letter
combustion
…………………..
death
…………………..
respiration
…………………..
[2]

12
(b) (i) Complete the word equation for photosynthesis.
light
+ +
................................ ................................ ................................ ................................
chlorophyll
[2]
(ii) Explain why chlorophyll is needed for photosynthesis.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) One impact of deforestation is increased carbon dioxide in the atmosphere.
Describe two other impacts of deforestation.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
© UCLES 2019 0680/13/O/N/19

13
(d) The graph shows the change in the percentage coverage of forests for some countries
80
70
60
percentage area 50
covered by
forest 40
30
20
10
0
1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004 2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016
year
Key
Brazil
Cambodia
China
Nigeria
Puerto Rico
United Kingdom
(i) Use the data in the table to plot the percentage area covered by forest for China.
year 1990 1994 1998 2002 2006 2010 2015

percentage area
17 18 18 20 21 21 22
covered by forest
[3]
(ii) Identify the country that has the greatest decrease in the percentage area covered by
forest between 1990 and 2015.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]

14
(iii) The table shows the actual area of forest in km2 for Puerto Rico in 1990 and 2015.
area of forest
year
/ km2
1990 2870
2015 4960
Calculate the percentage increase in the area of forest from 1990 to 2015 in Puerto Rico.
...................................................... % [2]
(iv) A student researched the impact of hurricanes in 2017 on the area of forest in Puerto
Rico.
They made the following notes.
Puerto Rico - Hurricane impacts in 2017
area of forest before hurricane 4960 km2
percentage of trees uprooted or damaged 85%
percentage of trees likely to re-grow 65%
loss of leaves by hurricane almost all
expected time for damaged trees to re-grow 15 years
Use the student’s notes to complete the table.
area of trees not uprooted or

damaged .................................................
expected year for damaged trees to
have re-grown .................................................
[2]
[Total: 16]
© UCLES 2019 0680/13/O/N/19

15
7 The map shows the predicted availability of water in different countries in 2025.
Some countries will be water-rich and others will be water-poor.
Asia
North
Europe
America
Tropic of
Cancer
Africa
Equator
South
America
Tropic of
Capricorn Oceania
Key
water-rich
water-poor
no data
(a) Describe the predicted distribution of water-rich and water-poor regions in 2025.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(b) Suggest three reasons why countries may be water-poor.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
3 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[3]
[Total: 6]
16
8 The European Union (EU) sets quotas on the amount of fish allowed to be caught each year.
The total allowable catch of bluefin tuna in 2015 was 15 821 tonnes. The actual catch of bluefin
tuna was 9320 tonnes.
(a) Calculate the percentage of the total allowable catch of bluefin tuna that was actually caught
in 2015.
...................................................... % [1]
(b) Suggest ways the amount of bluefin tuna caught in 2015 will impact on the future bluefin tuna
population.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2019 0680/13/O/N/19

17
(c) The actual catch of bluefin tuna by EU countries in 2015 is shown in the table.
country Greece Spain France Croatia Italy Cyprus Malta Portugal

actual catch
150 2960 2900 460 2300 80 190 280
/ tonnes
(i) Draw a bar chart to show the actual catch of bluefin tuna per country.
[4]
(ii) List the three EU countries with the highest bluefin tuna catch in rank order from highest
to lowest.
rank country
highest 1st
.....................................................
2nd
.....................................................
lowest 3rd
.....................................................
[1]

18
(d) ‘It is not possible to make all fishing sustainable.’
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [6]
[Total: 14]
© UCLES 2019 0680/13/O/N/19

19
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2019 0680/13/O/N/19

20
BLANK PAGE
© UCLES 2019 0680/13/O/N/19

EM Paper 1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

EM Paper 1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Cambridge International Examinations

Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT 0680/12

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Answer all questions.

Electronic calculators may be used.

This document consists of 13 printed pages and 3 blank pages.

water cycle process letter

groundwater flow ................

(b) Large dams are built to store water in reservoirs.

© UCLES 2016 0680/12/F/M/16

© UCLES 2016 0680/12/F/M/16 [Turn over

zooplankton lemming hare

phytoplankton grasses flowering plants

© UCLES 2016 0680/12/F/M/16

(b) State and explain two characteristics of vegetation in the tundra.

Suggest how increasing temperatures might affect vegetation in the tundra.

© UCLES 2016 0680/12/F/M/16 [Turn over

3 Look at the report below about global energy consumption in 2013.

Global Energy Report for 2013

Global hydro-electric power (H.E.P.) output was 6% of global energy consumption.

Global natural gas consumption grew to 23% of global energy consumption.

© UCLES 2016 0680/12/F/M/16 [Turn over

4 Look at the climate graph below for a weather station.

month average temperature / °C precipitation / mm

(ii) Circle the type of climate shown in the graph. [1]

desert equatorial savanna tundra

© UCLES 2016 0680/12/F/M/16

instrument name of instrument what it measures

Explain the advantages of trickle drip irrigation.

© UCLES 2016 0680/12/F/M/16 [Turn over

Mount Kelud Erupts

Yogyakarta Malang Bali

Mount Kelud on the Indonesian island of Java erupted yesterday throwing

There are 130 active volcanoes in Indonesia.

(a) Use the newspaper report to answer these questions.

(ii) Determine the distance of Surabaya from Mount Kelud.

© UCLES 2016 0680/12/F/M/16

(iii) The island of Java has 45 active volcanoes.

(b) Suggest reasons why, during the eruption:

some of the airports on Java were closed ................................................................................

thousands of people were evacuated. ......................................................................................

Suggest reasons why millions of people live close to active volcanoes.

© UCLES 2016 0680/12/F/M/16 [Turn over

(a) (i) Describe the distribution of malaria shown on the map.

(ii) State and explain one way of controlling malaria.

(iii) Malaria is a water-related disease.

© UCLES 2016 0680/12/F/M/16

© UCLES 2016 0680/12/F/M/16

© UCLES 2016 0680/12/F/M/16

© UCLES 2016 0680/12/F/M/16

© UCLES 2016 0680/12/F/M/16

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT 0680/12

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Answer all questions.

Electronic calculators may be used.

This document consists of 14 printed pages and 2 blank pages.

1 The diagram shows a plate boundary.

continental plate ...............

oceanic plate ...............

subduction zone ...............

© UCLES 2017 0680/12/F/M/17

© UCLES 2017 0680/12/F/M/17 [Turn over

2 The graph shows the sources of water used by a developed country.